diff options
| -rw-r--r-- | CMakeLists.txt | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | debian/changelog | 22 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/apt-verbatim.ent | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/apt-doc.pot | 19 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/de.po | 801 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/es.po | 839 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/fr.po | 933 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/it.po | 995 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/ja.po | 974 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/nl.po | 855 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/pl.po | 644 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/pt.po | 957 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/po/pt_BR.po | 415 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | doc/sources.list.5.xml | 2 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/apt-all.pot | 27 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ar.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ast.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/bg.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/bs.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ca.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/cs.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/cy.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/da.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/de.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/dz.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/el.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/es.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/eu.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/fi.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/fr.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/gl.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/hu.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/it.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ja.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/km.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ko.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ku.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/lt.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/mr.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/nb.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ne.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/nl.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/nn.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pl.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/pt_BR.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ro.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/ru.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sk.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sl.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/sv.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/th.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/tl.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/tr.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/uk.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/vi.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_CN.po | 25 | ||||
| -rw-r--r-- | po/zh_TW.po | 25 |
58 files changed, 4854 insertions, 3708 deletions
diff --git a/CMakeLists.txt b/CMakeLists.txt index 3523d6173..0b6c6ec39 100644 --- a/CMakeLists.txt +++ b/CMakeLists.txt @@ -204,7 +204,7 @@ endif() # Configure some variables like package, version and architecture. set(PACKAGE ${PROJECT_NAME}) set(PACKAGE_MAIL "APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>") -set(PACKAGE_VERSION "2.9.25") +set(PACKAGE_VERSION "2.9.26") string(REGEX MATCH "^[0-9.]+" PROJECT_VERSION ${PACKAGE_VERSION}) if (NOT DEFINED DPKG_DATADIR) diff --git a/debian/changelog b/debian/changelog index e8195f3fe..9350e55d7 100644 --- a/debian/changelog +++ b/debian/changelog @@ -1,3 +1,25 @@ +apt (2.9.26) unstable; urgency=medium + + [ Sam Hartman ] + * Fix regression that prevented sending intermediate client certificates + + [ Andreas Rönnquist ] + * apt-secure manual page is in manual section 8 + + [ Julian Andres Klode ] + * apt: Introduce the modernize-sources command + * Make notices about .list sources without signed-by less obnoxious + You get a single line telling you about modernize-sources now, unless + you run --audit (or have deb822 files without Signed-By). + * Documentation updates: + - Deprecate legacy one-line-style format harder. Removal not before 2029. + - Set signed-by/Signed-By in sources.list(5) short examples for Debian, Ubuntu + - Update Debian, Ubuntu example default sources to best practices: + We now ship debian.sources/ubuntu.sources instead of sources.list + - Update codenames for trixie, plucky as stable + + -- Julian Andres Klode <jak@debian.org> Tue, 28 Jan 2025 19:49:53 +0100 + apt (2.9.25) unstable; urgency=medium * sqv, gpgv: Do not fail if Dir::Etc::Trusted is set and trusted.gpg.d is missing diff --git a/doc/apt-verbatim.ent b/doc/apt-verbatim.ent index 85aca1607..f5a9832c4 100644 --- a/doc/apt-verbatim.ent +++ b/doc/apt-verbatim.ent @@ -268,7 +268,7 @@ "> <!-- this will be updated by 'prepare-release' --> -<!ENTITY apt-product-version "2.9.25"> +<!ENTITY apt-product-version "2.9.26"> <!-- (Code)names for various things used all over the place --> <!ENTITY debian-oldstable-codename "bookworm"> diff --git a/doc/po/apt-doc.pot b/doc/po/apt-doc.pot index 5b17c4398..9e21b8602 100644 --- a/doc/po/apt-doc.pot +++ b/doc/po/apt-doc.pot @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 2.9.25\n" +"Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 2.9.26\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-22 10:57+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -5537,6 +5537,13 @@ msgid "" "multi-architecture support." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before " +"2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -5702,10 +5709,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in " -"one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or " -"like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " -"id=\"1\"/>" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> diff --git a/doc/po/de.po b/doc/po/de.po index e25317f1a..09e6baa7d 100644 --- a/doc/po/de.po +++ b/doc/po/de.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.0.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-04-04 08:45+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Chris Leick <c.leick@vollbio.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -591,8 +591,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"Konfigurationszeichenkette\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -605,8 +606,8 @@ msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-config-file \"Konfigurationsdatei\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-target-release \"Ziel-Release\">" @@ -648,8 +649,8 @@ msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"regulärer_Ausdruck\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"CD-ROM-Einhängepunkt\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -1177,11 +1178,11 @@ msgstr "" "get</command> hat ein »intelligentes« Konfliktauflösungssystem und es wird " "versuchen, Upgrades der wichtigsten Pakete, wenn nötig zu Lasten der weniger " "wichtigen, durchzuführen. Aufgrunddessen könnte der <literal>dist-upgrade</" -"literal>-Befehl einige Pakete entfernen. Die <filename>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</filename>-Datei enthält eine Liste von Orten, von denen gewünschte " -"Paketdateien abgerufen werden. Siehe auch &apt-preferences; für einen " -"Mechanismus zum Außerkraftsetzen der allgemeinen Einstellungen für einzelne " -"Pakete." +"literal>-Befehl einige Pakete entfernen. Die <filename>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</filename>-Datei enthält eine Liste von Orten, von denen " +"gewünschte Paketdateien abgerufen werden. Siehe auch &apt-preferences; für " +"einen Mechanismus zum Außerkraftsetzen der allgemeinen Einstellungen für " +"einzelne Pakete." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1492,8 +1493,8 @@ msgid "" "Example: <literal>apt-get satisfy \"foo\" \"Conflicts: bar\" \"baz (>> " "1.0) | bar (= 2.0), moo\"</literal>" msgstr "" -"Beispiel: <literal>apt-get satisfy \"foo\" \"Conflicts: bar\" \"baz (>" -"> 1.0) | bar (= 2.0), moo\"</literal>" +"Beispiel: <literal>apt-get satisfy \"foo\" \"Conflicts: bar\" \"baz " +"(>> 1.0) | bar (= 2.0), moo\"</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1686,8 +1687,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" "Fehler beheben; versucht ein System von vorhandenen, beschädigten " "Abhängigkeiten zu befreien. Diese Option kann, wenn sie mit " @@ -1721,8 +1722,8 @@ msgstr "" "kann in einigen Situationen zu Fehlern führen. Wenn ein Paket zur " "Installation ausgewählt ist (besonders, wenn es auf der Befehlszeile " "angegeben wurde) und nicht heruntergeladen werden kann, wird es " -"stillschweigend zurückgehalten. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Fix-Missing</literal>." +"stillschweigend zurückgehalten. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1815,11 +1816,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" -"automatisches »Nein« auf alle Anfragen. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Assume-No</literal>." +"automatisches »Nein« auf alle Anfragen. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1859,15 +1860,15 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</" -#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -#| "SourceOverride</literal>." +#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." msgid "" "Add the given value to the <literal>Comment:</literal> field in history.log " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::History::Comment</literal>." msgstr "" "wählt die Quelldatei zum außer Kraft setzen, die mit dem <literal>sources</" -"literal>-Befehl benutzt wird. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." +"literal>-Befehl benutzt wird. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1875,9 +1876,9 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Diese Option steuert, wie die Architektur der durch <command>apt-get source " "--compile</command> gebauten Pakete und wie Cross-Bauabhängigkeiten erfüllt " @@ -1984,8 +1985,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dies ist eine gefährliche Option, die APT veranlasst, ohne Nachfrage " "fortzufahren, wenn es Downgrades durchführt. Sie sollte nicht benutzt " "werden, außer in ganz besonderen Situationen. Ihre Verwendung kann " -"möglicherweise Ihr System zerstören. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Eingeführt mit APT 1.1." +"möglicherweise Ihr System zerstören. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Eingeführt mit APT 1.1." # Tatsächlich fragt APT »J/n« #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2050,8 +2051,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" "Anstatt die Dateien herunterzuladen, werden ihre URIs ausgegeben. Jeder URI " "wird den Pfad, den Zieldateinamen, die Größe und den erwarteten MD5-Hash " @@ -2060,8 +2061,8 @@ msgstr "" "auch mit den Befehlen <literal>source</literal> und <literal>update</" "literal>. Wenn es mit dem Befehl <literal>update</literal> benutzt wird, " "sind MD5 und Größe nicht enthalten und es ist Aufgabe des Benutzers, " -"komprimierte Dateien zu dekomprimieren. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Print-URIs</literal>." +"komprimierte Dateien zu dekomprimieren. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2092,16 +2093,16 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" "Diese Option ist standardmäßig eingeschaltet. Um sie auszuschalten, benutzen " "Sie <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal>. Wenn eingeschaltet, wird " "<command>apt-get</command> den Inhalt von <filename>&statedir;/lists</" "filename> automatisch verwalten, um sicherzustellen, dass veraltete Dateien " "gelöscht werden. Nur das häufige Ändern der Quelllisten stellt den einzigen " -"Grund zum Ausschalten der Option dar. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." +"Grund zum Ausschalten der Option dar. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2181,8 +2182,8 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn der Befehl entweder <literal>install</literal> oder <literal>remove</" "literal> lautet, dann bewirkt diese Option wie das Ausführen des " "<literal>autoremove</literal>-Befehls das Entfernen der nicht mehr " -"benötigten abhängigen Pakete. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::Get::" -"AutomaticRemove</literal>." +"benötigten abhängigen Pakete. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2258,8 +2259,8 @@ msgstr "" #| "Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured " #| "sources. APT will fail at the update command for repositories without " #| "valid cryptographically signatures. See also &apt-secure; for details on " -#| "the concept and the implications. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -#| "AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." +#| "the concept and the implications. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." msgid "" "Allow the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured " "sources. APT will otherwise fail at the update command for repositories " @@ -2306,8 +2307,8 @@ msgstr "" "Felder wie <literal>origin</literal>, <literal>label</literal>, " "<literal>codename</literal>, <literal>suite</literal>, <literal>version</" "literal> und <literal>defaultpin</literal> zu erlauben. Siehe auch &apt-" -"preferences;. Konfigurationselement: <literal>Acquire::" -"AllowReleaseInfoChange</literal>." +"preferences;. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>Acquire::AllowReleaseInfoChange</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2322,8 +2323,9 @@ msgstr "" "Pakete installiert beziehungsweise entfernt werden oder ein Upgrade " "durchgeführt wird. Informationen über eine maschinell auswertbare Version " "dieser Daten finden Sie in README.progress-reporting im " -"Dokumentationsverzeichnis apt/doc. Konfigurationselemente: <literal>Dpkg::" -"Progress</literal> und <literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>." +"Dokumentationsverzeichnis apt/doc. Konfigurationselemente: " +"<literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> und <literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2799,12 +2801,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" "Das gleiche wie <literal>dotty</literal>, nur für xvcg vom <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG-Werkzeug</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG-Werkzeug</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2832,8 +2834,8 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" "<literal>apt-cache</literal>s <literal>madison</literal>-Befehl versucht, " "das Ausgabeformat und eine Untermenge der Funktionalität des Debian-" @@ -2847,8 +2849,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" "wählt die Datei zum Speichern des Paketzwischenspeichers. Der " "Paketzwischenspeicher ist der primäre Zwischenspeicher, der von allen " @@ -2869,8 +2871,8 @@ msgstr "" "ausgewertete Version der Paketinformationen von entfernt liegenden Quellen. " "Wenn der Paketzwischenspeicher gebildet wird, wird der " "Quellenzwischenspeicher benutzt, um ein erneutes Auswerten aller " -"Paketdateien zu vermeiden. Konfigurationselement: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"srcpkgcache</literal>." +"Paketdateien zu vermeiden. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2903,16 +2905,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" "Standardmäßig geben <command>depends</command> und <command>rdepends</" "command> alle Abhängigkeiten aus. Dies kann mit diesen Schaltern optimiert " "werden, die den angegebenen Abhängigkeitstyp weglassen. " -"Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>Abhängigkeitstyp</replaceable></literal> z.B. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>Abhängigkeitstyp</replaceable></" +"literal> z.B. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2984,8 +2986,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" "lässt <literal>pkgnames</literal> alle Namen, einschließlich virtueller " "Pakete und fehlender Abhängigkeiten, ausgeben. Konfigurationselement: " @@ -3024,10 +3026,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "fügt die angegebene Datei als Quelle für Metadaten hinzu. Dies kann " "wiederholt werden, um mehrere Dateien hinzuzufügen. Unterstützt werden " -"derzeit <literal>*.deb</literal>-, <literal>*.dsc</literal>-, <literal>*." -"changes</literal>-, <literal>Sources</literal>- und <literal>Packages</" -"literal>-Dateien sowie Quellpaketverzeichnisse. Dateien werden nur basierend " -"auf ihren Dateinamen abgeglichen, nicht auf ihrem Inhalt!" +"derzeit <literal>*.deb</literal>-, <literal>*.dsc</literal>-, " +"<literal>*.changes</literal>-, <literal>Sources</literal>- und " +"<literal>Packages</literal>-Dateien sowie Quellpaketverzeichnisse. Dateien " +"werden nur basierend auf ihren Dateinamen abgeglichen, nicht auf ihrem " +"Inhalt!" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -3080,8 +3083,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" "<command>apt-mark</command> kann als einheitliche Oberfläche zum Setzen " @@ -3323,10 +3326,11 @@ msgstr "Benutzerkonfiguration" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3339,8 +3343,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3641,12 +3646,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Sie signieren</emphasis>. Sie können dies tun, indem Sie " -"<command>gpg --clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> und <command>gpg -" -"abs -o Release.gpg Release</command> ausführen." +"<command>gpg --clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> und <command>gpg " +"-abs -o Release.gpg Release</command> ausführen." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml @@ -3807,8 +3812,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" "versucht nicht, den CD-ROM-Pfad automatisch zu bestimmen. Dies wird " "üblicherweise mit der Option <option>--cdrom</option> kombiniert. " @@ -3823,8 +3828,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Einhängepunkt; gibt den Ort an, an dem die CD-ROM eingehängt wird. Dieser " "Einhängepunkt muss in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> eingetragen und " -"angemessen konfiguriert sein. Konfigurationselement: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::mount</literal>." +"angemessen konfiguriert sein. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3842,8 +3847,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" "kein Einhängen; hindert <command>apt-cdrom</command> am Ein- und Aushängen " "des Einhängepunkts. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</" @@ -3948,8 +3953,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" "Dies wird die Shell-Umgebungsvariable $OPT auf den Wert von MyApp::options " "mit einer Vorgabe von <option>-f</option> setzen." @@ -4078,9 +4083,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" "alle Dateien in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in aufsteigender " "alphanumerischer Reihenfolge, die entweder keine oder »<literal>conf</" @@ -4133,9 +4138,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die Konfigurationsdatei ist in einem Baum mit Optionen organisiert, die in " "funktionellen Gruppen organisiert sind. Optionsspezifikation wird mit einer " -"doppelten Doppelpunktschreibweise angegeben, zum Beispiel ist <literal>APT::" -"Get::Assume-Yes</literal> eine Option innerhalb der APT-Werkzeuggruppe für " -"das Werkzeug Get. Optionen werden nicht von ihren Elterngruppe geerbt." +"doppelten Doppelpunktschreibweise angegeben, zum Beispiel ist " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> eine Option innerhalb der APT-" +"Werkzeuggruppe für das Werkzeug Get. Optionen werden nicht von ihren " +"Elterngruppe geerbt." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4403,10 +4409,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4732,8 +4740,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -5183,9 +5191,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -5319,21 +5327,22 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" "Changelogs können nur beschafft werden, falls ein URI bekannt ist, von dem " "sie geholt werden können. Vorzugsweise gibt die Release-Datei ihn in einem " @@ -5344,23 +5353,23 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>URSPRUNG</replaceable></literal>-Option existiert und, falls " "dies der Fall ist, wird dieser Wert genommen. Der Wert in der Release-Datei " "kann mit <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::" -"<replaceable>BESCHRIFTUNG</replaceable></literal> oder <literal>Acquire::" -"Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>URSPRUNG</replaceable></" -"literal> außer Kraft gesetzt werden. Der Wert sollte ein normaler URI auf " -"eine Textdatei sein, außer dass paketspezifische Daten durch den Platzhalter " -"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal> ersetzt werden. Der Wert dafür ist: 1. Falls " -"das Paket von einem Bestandteil stammt (z.B. <literal>main</literal>), ist " -"dies der erste Teil, ansonsten wird er weggelassen. 2. der erste Buchstabe " -"des Quellpaketnamens, es sei denn, der Paketname beginnt mit »<literal>lib</" -"literal>«. In diesem Fall werden es die vier ersten Buchstaben sein. 3. der " -"komplette Quellpaketname. 4. wieder der vollständige Name und 5. die " -"Quellversion. Der erste (falls vorhanden), zweite, dritte und vierte Teil " -"werden durch einen Schrägstrich (»<literal>/</literal>«) voneinander " -"getrennt und zwischen dem vierten und fünften ist ein Unterstrich " -"(»<literal>_</literal>«). Der Spezialwert »<literal>no</literal>«, der für " -"diese Option verfügbar ist, gibt an, dass diese Quelle nicht benutzt werden " -"kann, um von dort Changelog-Dateien zu beschaffen. In diesem Fall wird, " -"falls verfügbar, eine andere Quelle ausprobiert." +"<replaceable>BESCHRIFTUNG</replaceable></literal> oder " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>URSPRUNG</" +"replaceable></literal> außer Kraft gesetzt werden. Der Wert sollte ein " +"normaler URI auf eine Textdatei sein, außer dass paketspezifische Daten " +"durch den Platzhalter <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal> ersetzt werden. Der " +"Wert dafür ist: 1. Falls das Paket von einem Bestandteil stammt (z.B. " +"<literal>main</literal>), ist dies der erste Teil, ansonsten wird er " +"weggelassen. 2. der erste Buchstabe des Quellpaketnamens, es sei denn, der " +"Paketname beginnt mit »<literal>lib</literal>«. In diesem Fall werden es die " +"vier ersten Buchstaben sein. 3. der komplette Quellpaketname. 4. wieder der " +"vollständige Name und 5. die Quellversion. Der erste (falls vorhanden), " +"zweite, dritte und vierte Teil werden durch einen Schrägstrich (»<literal>/</" +"literal>«) voneinander getrennt und zwischen dem vierten und fünften ist ein " +"Unterstrich (»<literal>_</literal>«). Der Spezialwert »<literal>no</" +"literal>«, der für diese Option verfügbar ist, gibt an, dass diese Quelle " +"nicht benutzt werden kann, um von dort Changelog-Dateien zu beschaffen. In " +"diesem Fall wird, falls verfügbar, eine andere Quelle ausprobiert." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5370,14 +5379,15 @@ msgstr "" #| "get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' " #| "field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file " #| "is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::" -#| "<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::" -#| "Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> " -#| "option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release " -#| "file can be overridden with <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -#| "Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::" -#| "Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" -#| "literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that " -#| "package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +#| "<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +#| "replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The " +#| "value in the Release file can be overridden with " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +#| "replaceable></literal> or " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +#| "replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +#| "except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " #| "<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package " #| "is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first " #| "part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, " @@ -5395,17 +5405,19 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" "Changelogs können nur beschafft werden, falls ein URI bekannt ist, von dem " "sie geholt werden können. Vorzugsweise gibt die Release-Datei ihn in einem " @@ -5416,23 +5428,23 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>URSPRUNG</replaceable></literal>-Option existiert und, falls " "dies der Fall ist, wird dieser Wert genommen. Der Wert in der Release-Datei " "kann mit <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::" -"<replaceable>BESCHRIFTUNG</replaceable></literal> oder <literal>Acquire::" -"Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>URSPRUNG</replaceable></" -"literal> außer Kraft gesetzt werden. Der Wert sollte ein normaler URI auf " -"eine Textdatei sein, außer dass paketspezifische Daten durch den Platzhalter " -"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal> ersetzt werden. Der Wert dafür ist: 1. Falls " -"das Paket von einem Bestandteil stammt (z.B. <literal>main</literal>), ist " -"dies der erste Teil, ansonsten wird er weggelassen. 2. der erste Buchstabe " -"des Quellpaketnamens, es sei denn, der Paketname beginnt mit »<literal>lib</" -"literal>«. In diesem Fall werden es die vier ersten Buchstaben sein. 3. der " -"komplette Quellpaketname. 4. wieder der vollständige Name und 5. die " -"Quellversion. Der erste (falls vorhanden), zweite, dritte und vierte Teil " -"werden durch einen Schrägstrich (»<literal>/</literal>«) voneinander " -"getrennt und zwischen dem vierten und fünften ist ein Unterstrich " -"(»<literal>_</literal>«). Der Spezialwert »<literal>no</literal>«, der für " -"diese Option verfügbar ist, gibt an, dass diese Quelle nicht benutzt werden " -"kann, um von dort Changelog-Dateien zu beschaffen. In diesem Fall wird, " -"falls verfügbar, eine andere Quelle ausprobiert." +"<replaceable>BESCHRIFTUNG</replaceable></literal> oder " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>URSPRUNG</" +"replaceable></literal> außer Kraft gesetzt werden. Der Wert sollte ein " +"normaler URI auf eine Textdatei sein, außer dass paketspezifische Daten " +"durch den Platzhalter <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal> ersetzt werden. Der " +"Wert dafür ist: 1. Falls das Paket von einem Bestandteil stammt (z.B. " +"<literal>main</literal>), ist dies der erste Teil, ansonsten wird er " +"weggelassen. 2. der erste Buchstabe des Quellpaketnamens, es sei denn, der " +"Paketname beginnt mit »<literal>lib</literal>«. In diesem Fall werden es die " +"vier ersten Buchstaben sein. 3. der komplette Quellpaketname. 4. wieder der " +"vollständige Name und 5. die Quellversion. Der erste (falls vorhanden), " +"zweite, dritte und vierte Teil werden durch einen Schrägstrich (»<literal>/</" +"literal>«) voneinander getrennt und zwischen dem vierten und fünften ist ein " +"Unterstrich (»<literal>_</literal>«). Der Spezialwert »<literal>no</" +"literal>«, der für diese Option verfügbar ist, gibt an, dass diese Quelle " +"nicht benutzt werden kann, um von dort Changelog-Dateien zu beschaffen. In " +"diesem Fall wird, falls verfügbar, eine andere Quelle ausprobiert." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5444,9 +5456,9 @@ msgstr "Programmspezifische Konfiguration" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" "Insbesondere kann es mit der Einführung des <command>apt</command>-Programms " "nützlich sein, bestimmte Optionen nur für ein bestimmtes Programm zu setzen, " @@ -5561,19 +5573,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." msgstr "" -"Auf Programme wird von <literal>Dir::Bin</literal> verwiesen. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> gibt den Ort des Methodensteuerungsprogramms an und " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal>, <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal>, <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> und <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> geben den Ort des jeweiligen Programms an." +"Auf Programme wird von <literal>Dir::Bin</literal> verwiesen. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> gibt den Ort des " +"Methodensteuerungsprogramms an und <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</" +"literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-" +"get</literal>, <literal>dpkg-source</literal>, <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</" +"literal> und <literal>apt-cache</literal> geben den Ort des jeweiligen " +"Programms an." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5771,9 +5784,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" "Jede Zeile der Konfigurationsrichtlinien hat die Form " "<literal>Schlüssel=Wert</literal>. Sonderzeichen (Gleichheitszeichen, " @@ -5835,11 +5848,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Die Protokollversion, die für den Befehl <literal><replaceable>Befehl</" "replaceable></literal> benutzt werden soll, kann durch entsprechendes Setzen " -"von <literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>Befehl</replaceable>::" -"Version</literal> ausgewählt werden, Voreinstellung ist Version 1. Falls APT " -"die angefragte Version nicht unterstützt, wird es stattdessen die " -"Informationen in der höchsten Version senden, für die es Unterstützung " -"bietet." +"von <literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>Befehl</" +"replaceable>::Version</literal> ausgewählt werden, Voreinstellung ist " +"Version 1. Falls APT die angefragte Version nicht unterstützt, wird es " +"stattdessen die Informationen in der höchsten Version senden, für die es " +"Unterstützung bietet." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6114,8 +6127,8 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" "generiert Fehlersuchmeldungen, die beschreiben, welche Pakete automatisch " "installiert werden, um Abhängigkeiten aufzulösen. Dies entspricht dem " @@ -6132,14 +6145,14 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" "generiert Fehlersuchmeldungen, die beschreiben, welches Paket als " "»keep«/»install«/»remove« markiert ist, während der ProblemResolver seine " @@ -6224,8 +6237,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" "gibt die Informationen über die aus <filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</" "filename> gelesenen Anbieter aus." @@ -6233,8 +6246,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" "zeigt die externen Befehle, die durch APT-Hooks aufgerufen werden. Dies " @@ -6355,15 +6368,15 @@ msgid "" "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " "case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" -"Beachten Sie, dass die Dateien im Verzeichnis <filename>/etc/apt/preferences." -"d</filename> in alphanumerisch aufsteigender Reihenfolge ausgewertet werden " -"und der folgenden Namenskonvention unterliegen: Die Dateien haben entweder " -"keine oder <literal>»pref«</literal> als Dateierweiterung und sie enthalten " -"nur alphanumerische Zeichen, Bindestriche (-), Unterstriche (_) oder Punkte " -"(.). Andernfalls wird APT einen Hinweis ausgeben, dass es eine Datei " -"ignoriert hat, falls die Datei nicht auf ein Muster in der " -"Konfigurationsliste <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> passt – in " -"diesem Fall wird sie stillschweigend ignoriert." +"Beachten Sie, dass die Dateien im Verzeichnis <filename>/etc/apt/" +"preferences.d</filename> in alphanumerisch aufsteigender Reihenfolge " +"ausgewertet werden und der folgenden Namenskonvention unterliegen: Die " +"Dateien haben entweder keine oder <literal>»pref«</literal> als " +"Dateierweiterung und sie enthalten nur alphanumerische Zeichen, Bindestriche " +"(-), Unterstriche (_) oder Punkte (.). Andernfalls wird APT einen Hinweis " +"ausgeben, dass es eine Datei ignoriert hat, falls die Datei nicht auf ein " +"Muster in der Konfigurationsliste <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</" +"literal> passt – in diesem Fall wird sie stillschweigend ignoriert." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -6767,8 +6780,8 @@ msgstr "" "Eine Mahnung zur Vorsicht: Das hier benutzte Schlüsselwort ist " "»<literal>origin</literal>«, was zum Abgleich mit einem Rechnernamen benutzt " "werden kann. Der folgende Eintrag wird allen Versionen eine hohe Priorität " -"zuweisen, die auf dem Server verfügbar sind, der durch den Rechnernamen »ftp." -"de.debian.org« identifiziert wird." +"zuweisen, die auf dem Server verfügbar sind, der durch den Rechnernamen " +"»ftp.de.debian.org« identifiziert wird." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -7043,9 +7056,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -7218,9 +7231,9 @@ msgstr "Dann:" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "Es wird die aktuellste verfügbare Version des Pakets <literal>perl</literal> " "installiert, so lange die Versionsnummer mit »<literal>&good-perl;</" @@ -7499,12 +7512,12 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "Alle <filename>Packages</filename>- und <filename>Release</filename>-" "Dateien, die von Orten heruntergeladen werden, die in der Datei &sources-" @@ -7952,6 +7965,12 @@ msgstr "" "erwarten, dass Optionen auftauchen, da diese vor der Einführung der " "Unterstützung mehrerer Architekturen nicht üblich waren." +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -8140,11 +8159,11 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>Suite</literal> darf außerdem eine Variable, <literal>$(ARCH)</" "literal>, enthalten, die zur Debian-Architektur (wie <literal>amd64</" "literal> oder <literal>armel</literal>) expandiert wird, die auf dem System " -"benutzt wird. Dies erlaubt es, architekturunabhängige <filename>sources." -"list</filename>-Dateien zu benutzen. Im Allgemeinen ist dies nur von " -"Interesse, wenn ein genauer Pfad angegeben wird, andernfalls wird " -"<literal>APT</literal> automatisch einen URI mit der aktuellen Architektur " -"erstellen." +"benutzt wird. Dies erlaubt es, architekturunabhängige " +"<filename>sources.list</filename>-Dateien zu benutzen. Im Allgemeinen ist " +"dies nur von Interesse, wenn ein genauer Pfad angegeben wird, andernfalls " +"wird <literal>APT</literal> automatisch einen URI mit der aktuellen " +"Architektur erstellen." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8200,10 +8219,17 @@ msgstr "&sourceslist-sources-format;" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in " +#| "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or " +#| "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +#| "id=\"1\"/>" msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" "Die Quellen für Ihre Distribution könnten zum Beispiel im Format mit " "einzeiligem Stil so aussehen: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> " @@ -8251,8 +8277,8 @@ msgstr "" "<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) ist eine Option mit " "mehreren Werten, die definiert, für welche Architekturen Informationen " "heruntergeladen werden sollen. Falls diese Option nicht gesetzt ist, ist die " -"Voreinstellung alle durch die Konfigurationsoption <option>APT::" -"Architectures</option> definierten Architekturen." +"Voreinstellung alle durch die Konfigurationsoption " +"<option>APT::Architectures</option> definierten Architekturen." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8274,21 +8300,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) ist eine Option mit " "mehreren Werten, die definiert, welche Herunterladeziele APT aus dieser " "Quelle versucht zu beschaffen. Ist sie nicht angegeben, wird die " -"Voreinstellung durch den Konfigurationsbereich <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> spezifiziert (Ziele werden im Feld <literal>Created-" -"By</literal> durch ihren Namen angegeben). Außerdem können Ziele mittels des " -"Felds <literal>Identifier</literal> als Option mit einem Wahrheitswert " -"aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden, anstatt diese Option mit mehreren Werten " -"zu benutzen." +"Voreinstellung durch den Konfigurationsbereich " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> spezifiziert (Ziele werden im Feld " +"<literal>Created-By</literal> durch ihren Namen angegeben). Außerdem können " +"Ziele mittels des Felds <literal>Identifier</literal> als Option mit einem " +"Wahrheitswert aktiviert oder deaktiviert werden, anstatt diese Option mit " +"mehreren Werten zu benutzen." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8506,8 +8533,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) ist " "ein yes-/no- (Ja-/Nein-)Wert, der steuert, ob APT versuchen soll, " @@ -9169,8 +9197,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" "temporäres Verzeichnis, in das die extrahierten <command>debconf</command>-" "Schablonendateien und Konfigurationsskripte geschrieben werden. " @@ -9213,11 +9241,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" -"Quellindexfeldanordnung benutzen. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Quellindexfeldanordnung benutzen. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml @@ -9351,10 +9379,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" "Der Befehl <literal>release</literal> erzeugt eine Release-Datei aus einem " "Verzeichnisbaum. Standardmäßig durchsucht er rekursiv das angegebene " @@ -9362,13 +9390,13 @@ msgstr "" "filename>-, <filename>Sources</filename>-, <filename>Contents</filename>-, " "<filename>Components</filename>- und <filename>icons</filename>-Dateien, " "ebenso wie standardmäßig <filename>Release</filename>-, <filename>Index</" -"filename> und <filename>md5sum.txt</filename>-Dateien (<literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Zusätzliche Muster für " -"Dateinamen können hinzugefügt werden, indem sie in <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"Release::Patterns</literal> aufgeführt werden. Dann schreibt er eine " -"<filename>Release</filename>-Datei auf die Standardausgabe, die " -"(standardmäßig) für jede Datei eine MD5-, SHA1-, SHA256- und SHA512-" -"Prüfsumme enthält." +"filename> und <filename>md5sum.txt</filename>-Dateien " +"(<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Zusätzliche " +"Muster für Dateinamen können hinzugefügt werden, indem sie in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal> aufgeführt werden. " +"Dann schreibt er eine <filename>Release</filename>-Datei auf die " +"Standardausgabe, die (standardmäßig) für jede Datei eine MD5-, SHA1-, " +"SHA256- und SHA512-Prüfsumme enthält." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9616,12 +9644,12 @@ msgstr "<literal>TreeDefault</literal>-Abschnitt" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" "setzt Vorgaben speziell für <literal>Tree</literal>-Abschnitte. All diese " -"Variablen sind Platzhaltervariablen und haben die Zeichenketten $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) und $(ARCH) durch ihre jeweiligen Werte ersetzt." +"Variablen sind Platzhaltervariablen und haben die Zeichenketten $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) und $(ARCH) durch ihre jeweiligen Werte ersetzt." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9655,20 +9683,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" -"setzt den Beginn des .deb-Verzeichnisbaums. Vorgabe ist <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"setzt den Beginn des .deb-Verzeichnisbaums. Vorgabe ist <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" -"setzt den Beginn des Quellpaketverzeichnisbaums. Vorgabe ist " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"setzt den Beginn des Quellpaketverzeichnisbaums. Vorgabe ist <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9692,8 +9720,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" "setzt die Ausgabe der Translation-en-Hauptdatei mit den langen " "Beschreibungen falls sie nicht in der Packages-Datei enthalten sein sollen. " @@ -10098,8 +10126,8 @@ msgstr "" "entfernt Verweise. Wenn die <literal>External-Links</literal>-Einstellung " "benutzt wird, schaltet diese Option tatsächlich das Entfernen von Verweisen " "zu Dateien ein. Standardmäßig ist es an und kann mit <option>--no-delink</" -"option> ausgeschaltet werden. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>." +"option> ausgeschaltet werden. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10125,14 +10153,14 @@ msgid "" "literal>." msgstr "" "wählt die Quelldatei zum außer Kraft setzen, die mit dem <literal>sources</" -"literal>-Befehl benutzt wird. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." +"literal>-Befehl benutzt wird. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" "macht die Zwischenspeicherdatenbank nur lesbar. Konfigurationselement: " "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." @@ -10148,8 +10176,8 @@ msgstr "" "akzeptiert in den Befehlen <literal>packages</literal> und " "<literal>contents</literal> nur Paketdateien, die auf <literal>*_arch.deb</" "literal> oder <literal>*_all.deb</literal> passen, anstatt aller " -"Paketdateien im angegebenen Pfad. Konfigurationselement: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." +"Paketdateien im angegebenen Pfad. Konfigurationselement: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10268,11 +10296,11 @@ msgstr "" "Das hier definierte Format ist dem Format der von " "<citerefentry><refentrytitle><command>ftp</command></" "refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> und ähnlichen " -"Programmen, die mit Servern interagieren, benutzten Datei <filename>~/." -"netrc</filename> ähnlich. Es ist eine einfaches kürzelbasiertes Format, bei " -"dem die folgenden Kürzel erkannt werden; unbekannte Kürzel werden ignoriert. " -"Kürzel können durch Leerzeichen, Tabulatoren oder Zeilenumbrüche voneinander " -"getrennt werden." +"Programmen, die mit Servern interagieren, benutzten Datei " +"<filename>~/.netrc</filename> ähnlich. Es ist eine einfaches kürzelbasiertes " +"Format, bei dem die folgenden Kürzel erkannt werden; unbekannte Kürzel " +"werden ignoriert. Kürzel können durch Leerzeichen, Tabulatoren oder " +"Zeilenumbrüche voneinander getrennt werden." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml @@ -10566,31 +10594,33 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" "Die Umgebungsvariable <envar>http_proxy</envar> wird zur systemweiten " "Konfiguration unterstützt. APT-spezifische Proxys können mittels der Option " "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal> konfiguriert werden. Proxys, die nur " -"für bestimmte Rechner benutzt werden, können über <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>Rechner</replaceable></literal> angegeben werden. Eine " -"granularere Steuerung kann über die nachfolgend genauer beschriebene Proxy-" -"Autoerkennung erreicht werden. Alle diese Optionen verwenden das URI-Format " -"<literal><replaceable>Schema</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>Benutzer</" -"replaceable>][:<replaceable>Passwort</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>Rechner</" -"replaceable>[:<replaceable>Port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Untersützte URI-" -"Schemen sind <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 mit ferner DNS-Auflösung), " -"<literal>http</literal> und <literal>https</literal>. " -"Authentifizierungseinzelheiten können über &apt-authconf; bereitgestellt " -"werden, statt sie direkt in den URI einzufügen." +"für bestimmte Rechner benutzt werden, können über " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>Rechner</replaceable></literal> " +"angegeben werden. Eine granularere Steuerung kann über die nachfolgend " +"genauer beschriebene Proxy-Autoerkennung erreicht werden. Alle diese " +"Optionen verwenden das URI-Format <literal><replaceable>Schema</" +"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>Benutzer</replaceable>][:" +"<replaceable>Passwort</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>Rechner</replaceable>[:" +"<replaceable>Port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Untersützte URI-Schemen sind " +"<literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 mit ferner DNS-Auflösung), <literal>http</" +"literal> und <literal>https</literal>. Authentifizierungseinzelheiten können " +"über &apt-authconf; bereitgestellt werden, statt sie direkt in den URI " +"einzufügen." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10608,14 +10638,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" "Desweiteren werden drei Einstellungen zur Steuerung des Zwischenspeichers " "mit HTTP/1.1-konformen Proxy-Zwischenspeichern bereitgestellt: " @@ -10678,11 +10708,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" -"Diese Option hat Vorrang vor dem veralteten Optionsnamen <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"Diese Option hat Vorrang vor dem veralteten Optionsnamen " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10721,12 +10751,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" "Die Einstellung <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> kann " "verwandt werden, um HTTP-Pipelining zu aktivieren (RFC 2616 Abschnitt " @@ -10860,9 +10890,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Das HTTPS-Protokoll basiert auf dem HTTP-Protokoll, daher sind alle von &apt-" "transport-http; unterstützten Optionen auch mittels <literal>Acquire::https</" @@ -10910,15 +10940,16 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" "Eine benutzerdefinierte Zertifikatwiderrufsliste (CRL) kann mit den Optionen " -"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> beziehungsweise <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>Rechner</replaceable></literal> konfiguriert " -"werden. Wie bei der vorherigen Option muss eine Datei im PEM-Format " -"angegeben werden." +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> beziehungsweise " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>Rechner</replaceable></" +"literal> konfiguriert werden. Wie bei der vorherigen Option muss eine Datei " +"im PEM-Format angegeben werden." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt-transport-https.1.xml @@ -10941,14 +10972,14 @@ msgstr "" "Wenn bei der Authentifizierung des Servers die Prüfung des Zertifikats aus " "irgendeinem Grund fehlschlägt (abgelaufen, zurückgezogen, Mann in der Mitte, " "usw.) scheitert der Verbindungsaufbau. Dies ist offenkundig das, was Sie auf " -"jeden Fall wollen und der Vorgabewert (»true«) der Option <literal>Acquire::" -"https::Verify-Peer</literal> und was ihre rechnerspezifische Variante " -"bereitstellt. Falls Sie <emphasis>genau</emphasis> wissen, was Sie tun, " -"ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen dieser Variable auf »<literal>false</literal>«, " -"die Prüfung des Partnerzertifikats zu überspringen und den Austausch " -"erfolgreich durchzuführen. Nochmals – diese Option dient nur der Fehlersuche " -"und zu Testzwecken, da sie alle durch die Verwendung von HTTPS " -"bereitgestellte Sicherheit entfernt." +"jeden Fall wollen und der Vorgabewert (»true«) der Option " +"<literal>Acquire::https::Verify-Peer</literal> und was ihre " +"rechnerspezifische Variante bereitstellt. Falls Sie <emphasis>genau</" +"emphasis> wissen, was Sie tun, ermöglicht Ihnen das Setzen dieser Variable " +"auf »<literal>false</literal>«, die Prüfung des Partnerzertifikats zu " +"überspringen und den Austausch erfolgreich durchzuführen. Nochmals – diese " +"Option dient nur der Fehlersuche und zu Testzwecken, da sie alle durch die " +"Verwendung von HTTPS bereitgestellte Sicherheit entfernt." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-https.1.xml @@ -10985,11 +11016,11 @@ msgstr "Client-Authentifizierung" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" "Abseits der unterstützten passwortbasierten Authentifizierung (siehe &apt-" "authconf;) unterstützt HTTPS auch die Authentifizierung auf Basis von Client-" @@ -11299,9 +11330,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" "Angenommen, eine Datei mit diesem Inhalt wäre als <filename>/etc/apt/" "mirrorlist.txt</filename> auf Ihrem Rechner gespeichert. Sie kann (seit APT " @@ -12259,10 +12290,10 @@ msgstr "?narrow akzeptiert unendliche Argumente" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" "<code>foo</code> kann nicht als Kurzschreibweise für <code>?name(foo)</code> " "benutzt werden, da dies unbemerkte Tippfehler verursachen kann. Betrachten " @@ -13927,19 +13958,19 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special keyword " -#~ "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the " -#~ "above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the " -#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This " -#~ "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to " -#~ "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do this. " -#~ "The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI component " -#~ "are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to " +#~ "set the <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration " +#~ "file. This entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server " +#~ "what to connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to " +#~ "do this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI " +#~ "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> setzt den Standard-Proxy, der für FTP-URIs " #~ "benutzt werden soll. Er wird in der Standardform <literal>ftp://" @@ -14143,8 +14174,8 @@ msgstr "" #~ "<emphasis>Hinweis</emphasis>: Anstatt diesen Befehl zu benutzen, sollte " #~ "ein Schlüsselbund mit einem aussagekräftigen Namen und entweder " #~ "»<literal>gpg</literal>« oder »<literal>asc</literal>« als " -#~ "Dateinamenserweiterung direkt im Verzeichnis <filename>/etc/apt/trusted." -#~ "gpg.d/</filename> abgelegt werden." +#~ "Dateinamenserweiterung direkt im Verzeichnis <filename>/etc/apt/" +#~ "trusted.gpg.d/</filename> abgelegt werden." #, fuzzy #~| msgid "(deprecated)" @@ -14233,9 +14264,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the " #~ "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on " #~ "the <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the " -#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though <filename>trusted." -#~ "gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that e.g. new keys are " -#~ "added to this one." +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though " +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that " +#~ "e.g. new keys are added to this one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Mit dieser Option ist es möglich, eine spezielle Schlüsselbunddatei " #~ "anzugeben, mit der der Befehl arbeitet. Vorgabe ist, dass ein Befehl mit " diff --git a/doc/po/es.po b/doc/po/es.po index 79b95783a..9d074648a 100644 --- a/doc/po/es.po +++ b/doc/po/es.po @@ -38,7 +38,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 01:31+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Omar Campagne <ocampagne@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Debian l10n Spanish <debian-l10n-spanish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -637,11 +637,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -655,12 +657,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -711,11 +713,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -1186,10 +1188,10 @@ msgstr "" "command> tiene un sistema «inteligente» de resolución de conflictos, y si es " "necesario tratará de actualizar los paquetes más importantes a costa de los " "menos importantes. Por ello, puede que la orden <literal>dist-upgrade</" -"literal> elimine algunos paquetes. El fichero <filename>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</filename> contiene una lista de sitios desde los que descargar los " -"ficheros de paquetes. También puede consultar &apt-preferences; si quiere " -"invalidar este comportamiento para paquetes individuales." +"literal> elimine algunos paquetes. El fichero <filename>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</filename> contiene una lista de sitios desde los que descargar " +"los ficheros de paquetes. También puede consultar &apt-preferences; si " +"quiere invalidar este comportamiento para paquetes individuales." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1697,8 +1699,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" "Intenta arreglar un sistema con dependencias actualmente rotas. Si se usa " "esta opción junto a «install»/«remove» se puede omitir cualquier paquete " @@ -1814,11 +1816,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" -"Supone «no» a todas las consultas. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Assume-No</literal>." +"Supone «no» a todas las consultas. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1854,23 +1856,23 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT::Get::List-Columns</literal>." msgstr "" "Reinstala los paquetes ya instalados, incluso si son la última versión " -"disponible del paquete. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::Get::" -"ReInstall</literal>." +"disponible del paquete. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</" -#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -#| "SourceOverride</literal>." +#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." msgid "" "Add the given value to the <literal>Comment:</literal> field in history.log " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::History::Comment</literal>." msgstr "" "Selecciona el fichero de fuentes alternativo a usar con la orden " -"<literal>sources</literal>. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal>. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1886,9 +1888,9 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Esta opción controla la arquitectura para la que se construyen los paquetes " "mediante <command>apt-get source --compile</command> y cómo se satisfacen " @@ -1941,8 +1943,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ignora los paquetes retenidos. Esto hace que <command>apt-get</command> " "ignore toda retención impuesta a un paquete. Esto puede ser útil junto a " "<literal>dist-upgrade</literal> para invalidar un gran número de paquetes " -"retenidos de manera no deseada. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"Ignore-Hold</literal>." +"retenidos de manera no deseada. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Ignore-Hold</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2086,8 +2088,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" "Muestra los URI de los ficheros a instalar en vez de descargarlos. Cada URI " "contiene la dirección de dónde se obtendrá el paquete, el fichero de " @@ -2120,8 +2122,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>." msgstr "" "Reinstala los paquetes ya instalados, incluso si son la última versión " -"disponible del paquete. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::Get::" -"ReInstall</literal>." +"disponible del paquete. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Get::ReInstall</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2130,8 +2132,8 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" "Esta opción está activada de forma predeterminada, si quiere desactivarla " "utilice <literal>--no-list-cleanup</literal>. Cuando está activada " @@ -2218,8 +2220,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Si la orden es <literal>install</literal> o <literal>remove</literal>, esta " "opción realiza el funcionamiento de <literal>autoremove</literal>, " -"eliminando dependencias en desuso. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>." +"eliminando dependencias en desuso. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2249,8 +2251,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>, and <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>." msgstr "" "Descarga sólo el fichero diff, dsc o tar del archivo de fuentes. Opciones de " -"configuración: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, <literal>APT::Get::" -"Dsc-Only</literal> y <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>." +"configuración: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, " +"<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal> y <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2819,12 +2822,12 @@ msgstr "Tenga cuidado, dotty no puede dibujar grandes conjuntos de paquetes." #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" "Lo mismo que <literal>dotty</literal>, sólo para xvcg de la <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">herramienta VCG</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">herramienta VCG</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2852,8 +2855,8 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" "La orden <literal>madison</literal> de <literal>apt-cache</literal> intenta " "imitar el formato de salida y parte de la funcionalidad de la herramienta " @@ -2867,8 +2870,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" "Define el fichero donde guardar la caché de paquetes. La caché de paquetes " "es la caché primaria usada para todas las operaciones. Opción de " @@ -2912,8 +2915,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Muestra sólo las dependencias importantes, se usa junto con <literal>unmet</" "literal> y <literal>depends</literal>. Hace que sólo se muestren las " -"dependencias y pre-dependencias. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"Cache::Important</literal>." +"dependencias y pre-dependencias. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2927,16 +2930,16 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" "Por omisión, <literal>depends</literal> y <literal>rdepends</literal> " "muestran todas las dependencias. Este comportamiento se puede modificar con " "los siguientes parámetros, los cuales omitirán el tipo de dependencia " -"especificado. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>Tipo-de Dependencia</replaceable></literal>. Por ejemplo, " -"<literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"especificado. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>Tipo-de Dependencia</replaceable></" +"literal>. Por ejemplo, <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2984,8 +2987,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Realiza una regeneración completa de la caché de paquetes, en vez de usarla " "tal y como está. Esta es la opción predeterminada, para desactivarla use " -"<option>--no-generate</option>. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"Cache::Generate</literal>." +"<option>--no-generate</option>. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -3004,8 +3007,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" "Hace que <literal>pkgnames</literal> muestre todos los nombres, incluyendo " "los paquetes virtuales y las dependencias no encontradas. Opción de " @@ -3030,8 +3033,8 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>." msgstr "" "Limita la salida de <literal>depends</literal> y <literal>rdepends</literal> " -"a paquetes actualmente instalados. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"Cache::Installed</literal>." +"a paquetes actualmente instalados. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -3057,8 +3060,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -#| "SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +#| "Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgid "" "Note that these sources are treated as trusted (see &apt-secure;). " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Sources::With</literal>." @@ -3091,8 +3094,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" @@ -3334,10 +3337,11 @@ msgstr "Configuración de usuario" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3350,8 +3354,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3635,12 +3640,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Firme el fichero</emphasis>. Para ello, puede ejecutar " -"<command>gpg --clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> y <command>gpg -abs -" -"o Release.gpg Release</command>." +"<command>gpg --clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> y <command>gpg -abs " +"-o Release.gpg Release</command>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml @@ -3800,13 +3805,13 @@ msgstr "" #| "configured. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" "Punto de montaje. Define el lugar donde se debe montar el disco óptico. El " "punto de montaje debe aparecer en <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> y estar " -"correctamente configurado. Opción de configuración: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::" -"mount</literal>." +"correctamente configurado. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3817,8 +3822,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Punto de montaje. Define el lugar donde se debe montar el disco óptico. El " "punto de montaje debe aparecer en <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> y estar " -"correctamente configurado. Opción de configuración: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::" -"mount</literal>." +"correctamente configurado. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3836,8 +3841,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" "No montar. Evita que <command>apt-cdrom</command> monte y desmonte el punto " "de montaje. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." @@ -3875,8 +3880,8 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>." msgstr "" "Sin cambios. No cambia el fichero &sources-list; y no escribe los ficheros " -"de índice. Aun así, se revisará todo. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"CDROM::NoAct</literal>." +"de índice. Aun así, se revisará todo. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3942,8 +3947,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" "Esto define la variable de entorno del intérprete de órdenes $OPTS con el " "valor de MyApp::Opciones, y con <option>-f</option> por omisión." @@ -3991,12 +3996,12 @@ msgid "" "and %N by a tab. A % can be printed by using %%." msgstr "" "Define la salida de cada opción de configuración. %t se sustituye con " -"el nombre individual, %f con el nombre jerárquico completo, y %" -"v con su valor. Si utiliza letras mayúsculas, los caracteres especiales del " -"valor se codificaran para garantizar su uso seguro en una cadena delimitada " -"por comillas, como define RFC822. Además, %n se sustituye con una " -"línea nueva, y %N con una tabulación. Se puede mostrar un % " -"utilizando %%." +"el nombre individual, %f con el nombre jerárquico completo, y " +"%v con su valor. Si utiliza letras mayúsculas, los caracteres " +"especiales del valor se codificaran para garantizar su uso seguro en una " +"cadena delimitada por comillas, como define RFC822. Además, %n se " +"sustituye con una línea nueva, y %N con una tabulación. Se puede " +"mostrar un % utilizando %%." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-config.8.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml apt-sortpkgs.1.xml @@ -4072,9 +4077,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" "Todos los ficheros en <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> en orden " "alfanumérico ascendente cuya extensión de fichero no es «<literal>conf</" @@ -4287,11 +4292,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Todas las herramientas de APT aceptan la opción «-o» que permite definir una " "directriz arbitraria de configuración que se define en la línea de órdenes. " -"La sintaxis es un nombre de opción completo (por ejemplo, <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-Yes</literal>) seguido por signos de igualdad y el nuevo valor de la " -"opción. Para añadir un nuevo elemento a lista, añada <literal>::</literal> " -"al final del nombre de la lista. (Como puede imaginar, no puede usar la " -"sintaxis de ámbitos en la línea de órdenes)." +"La sintaxis es un nombre de opción completo (por ejemplo, " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>) seguido por signos de igualdad y el " +"nuevo valor de la opción. Para añadir un nuevo elemento a lista, añada " +"<literal>::</literal> al final del nombre de la lista. (Como puede imaginar, " +"no puede usar la sintaxis de ámbitos en la línea de órdenes)." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4384,10 +4389,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4680,8 +4687,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4981,8 +4988,9 @@ msgid "" "For GPGV URIs the only configurable option is <literal>gpgv::Options</" "literal>, which passes additional parameters to gpgv." msgstr "" -"Para direcciones GPGV URI, la única opción configurable es <literal>gpgv::" -"Options</literal>, que introduce parámetros adicionales a gpgv." +"Para direcciones GPGV URI, la única opción configurable es " +"<literal>gpgv::Options</literal>, que introduce parámetros adicionales a " +"gpgv." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5182,9 +5190,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -5295,21 +5303,22 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -5319,17 +5328,19 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> @@ -5344,9 +5355,9 @@ msgstr "Configuración de usuario" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -5420,12 +5431,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contiene las ubicaciones que afectan a la " "información de la caché local, como los dos cachés de paquetes " "<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> y <literal>pkgcache</literal>, así como a la " -"ubicación dónde se guardan los ficheros descargados, <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"archives</literal>. La generación de cachés se puede desactivar dejando sus " -"nombres como una cadena vacía. Ésto hará que el arranque sea más lento, pero " -"ahorrará espacio. Habitualmente, es preferible deshabilitar pkgcache en " -"lugar de srcpkgcache. Al igual que con <literal>Dir::State</literal> el " -"directorio predeterminado está en <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>" +"ubicación dónde se guardan los ficheros descargados, " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. La generación de cachés se puede " +"desactivar dejando sus nombres como una cadena vacía. Ésto hará que el " +"arranque sea más lento, pero ahorrará espacio. Habitualmente, es preferible " +"deshabilitar pkgcache en lugar de srcpkgcache. Al igual que con " +"<literal>Dir::State</literal> el directorio predeterminado está en " +"<literal>Dir::Cache</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5457,19 +5469,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." msgstr "" -"<literal>Dir::Bin</literal> apunta a los programas binarios. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> define la ubicación de los gestores de los métodos y " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal>, <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal>, <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> y <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> especifican la ubicación de sus respectivos programas." +"<literal>Dir::Bin</literal> apunta a los programas binarios. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> define la ubicación de los gestores de " +"los métodos y <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</" +"literal>, <literal>dpkg-source</literal>, <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</" +"literal> y <literal>apt-cache</literal> especifican la ubicación de sus " +"respectivos programas." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5479,10 +5492,10 @@ msgstr "" #| "If set, all paths in <literal>Dir::</literal> will be relative to " #| "<literal>RootDir</literal>, <emphasis>even paths that are specified " #| "absolutely</emphasis>. So, for instance, if <literal>RootDir</literal> " -#| "is set to <filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and <literal>Dir::State::" -#| "status</literal> is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>, " -#| "then the status file will be looked up in <filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/" -#| "dpkg/status</filename>." +#| "is set to <filename>/tmp/staging</filename> and " +#| "<literal>Dir::State::status</literal> is set to <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/" +#| "status</filename>, then the status file will be looked up in <filename>/" +#| "tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>." msgid "" "The configuration item <literal>RootDir</literal> has a special meaning. If " "set, all paths will be relative to <literal>RootDir</literal>, " @@ -5672,9 +5685,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -5780,11 +5793,11 @@ msgid "" "<literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal> script. See the top of " "this script for the brief documentation of these options." msgstr "" -"Los grupos de opciones <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> y <literal>APT::" -"Archives</literal> configuran el comportamiento de las actualizaciones " -"periódicas de apt, que se hacen mediante el script <literal>/etc/cron.daily/" -"apt</literal>. Consulte la cabecera de este script para una breve " -"documentación de estas opciones." +"Los grupos de opciones <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> y " +"<literal>APT::Archives</literal> configuran el comportamiento de las " +"actualizaciones periódicas de apt, que se hacen mediante el script <literal>/" +"etc/cron.daily/apt</literal>. Consulte la cabecera de este script para una " +"breve documentación de estas opciones." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5986,8 +5999,8 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" "Genera los mensajes de depuración que describen qué paquetes se están " "instalando automáticamente para resolver las dependencias. Esto corresponde " @@ -6004,14 +6017,14 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" "Genera los mensajes de depuración que describen qué paquete se marcará como " "mantener/instalar/borrar mientras el solucionador de problemas " @@ -6020,12 +6033,12 @@ msgstr "" "entrada original. El formato de cada línea es <literal>MarkKeep</literal>, " "<literal>MarkDelete</literal> o <literal>MarkInstall</literal> seguido de " "<literal>package-name <a.b.c -> d.e.f | x.y.z> (sección)</literal> " -"siendo <literal>a.b.c</literal> la versión actual del paquete, <literal>d.e." -"f</literal> la versión considerada para instalar y <literal>x.y.z</literal> " -"una versión nueva, pero no considerada para la instalación (por una " -"puntuación baja). Las dos últimas se pueden omitir si no hay o si es la " -"misma versión que la instalada. <literal>sección</literal> es el nombre de " -"la sección en la que aparece el paquete." +"siendo <literal>a.b.c</literal> la versión actual del paquete, " +"<literal>d.e.f</literal> la versión considerada para instalar y " +"<literal>x.y.z</literal> una versión nueva, pero no considerada para la " +"instalación (por una puntuación baja). Las dos últimas se pueden omitir si " +"no hay o si es la misma versión que la instalada. <literal>sección</literal> " +"es el nombre de la sección en la que aparece el paquete." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6090,8 +6103,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" "Muestra la información de los proveedores extraída de <filename>/etc/apt/" "vendors.list</filename>." @@ -6099,8 +6112,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" @@ -6629,8 +6642,8 @@ msgstr "" "Una nota de aviso: la palabra clave usada aquí es «<literal>origin</" "literal>», el cual se puede usar para coincidir con un nombre de sistema. El " "siguiente registro asignará una prioridad alta a todas las versiones " -"disponibles desde el servidor identificado con el nombre de sistema «ftp.de." -"debian.org»." +"disponibles desde el servidor identificado con el nombre de sistema " +"«ftp.de.debian.org»." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -6896,9 +6909,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -7075,9 +7088,9 @@ msgstr "Por ello:" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "La versión más reciente disponible del paquete <literal>perl</literal> se " "instalará siempre que el número de versión empiece con «<literal>&good-perl;" @@ -7359,12 +7372,12 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "Todos los ficheros <filename>Packages</filename> y <filename>Release</" "filename> obtenidos de los recursos en «&sources-list;» se guardan en el " @@ -7798,6 +7811,12 @@ msgid "" "multi-architecture support." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -7961,13 +7980,13 @@ msgstr "" #: sources.list.5.xml #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<literal>distribution</literal> may also contain a variable, " -#| "<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such " -#| "as <literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the " -#| "system. This permits architecture-independent <filename>sources.list</" -#| "filename> files to be used. In general this is only of interest when " -#| "specifying an exact path, <literal>APT</literal> will automatically " -#| "generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise." +#| "<literal>distribution</literal> may also contain a variable, <literal>$" +#| "(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as " +#| "<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the system. " +#| "This permits architecture-independent <filename>sources.list</filename> " +#| "files to be used. In general this is only of interest when specifying an " +#| "exact path, <literal>APT</literal> will automatically generate a URI with " +#| "the current architecture otherwise." msgid "" "<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, <literal>$(ARCH)</" "literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as <literal>amd64</" @@ -7977,14 +7996,14 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT</literal> will automatically generate a URI with the current " "architecture otherwise." msgstr "" -"<literal>distribución</literal> puede contener una variable, " -"<literal>$(ARCH)</literal>, que se expandirá a la arquitectura de Debian " -"usada en el sistema (por ejemplo, <literal>amd64</literal> o <literal>armel</" -"literal>). Esto permite que los ficheros <filename>sources.list</filename> " -"sean independientes de la arquitectura. En general, esta característica sólo " -"es de interés si se especifica una ruta completa, de lo contrario " -"<literal>APT</literal> generará automáticamente una URI con la arquitectura " -"actual del sistema." +"<literal>distribución</literal> puede contener una variable, <literal>$" +"(ARCH)</literal>, que se expandirá a la arquitectura de Debian usada en el " +"sistema (por ejemplo, <literal>amd64</literal> o <literal>armel</literal>). " +"Esto permite que los ficheros <filename>sources.list</filename> sean " +"independientes de la arquitectura. En general, esta característica sólo es " +"de interés si se especifica una ruta completa, de lo contrario <literal>APT</" +"literal> generará automáticamente una URI con la arquitectura actual del " +"sistema." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8053,9 +8072,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> @@ -8127,11 +8147,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8260,8 +8281,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -8445,8 +8467,8 @@ msgid "" "source list." msgstr "" "El esquema «cdrom» permite a APT utilizar la unidad de CD-ROM local. Utilice " -"el programa &apt-cdrom; para añadir entradas de un disco óptico a «sources." -"list»." +"el programa &apt-cdrom; para añadir entradas de un disco óptico a " +"«sources.list»." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8842,15 +8864,16 @@ msgstr "" "El fichero de plantilla y el script de configuración se escriben en el " "directorio temporal definido mediante la opción <option>-t</option> o " "<option>--tempdir</option> (<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</" -"literal>), con un formato de nombre de fichero <filename>paquete.template." -"XXXXXX</filename> y <filename>paquete.config.XXXXXX</filename>" +"literal>), con un formato de nombre de fichero " +"<filename>paquete.template.XXXXXX</filename> y " +"<filename>paquete.config.XXXXXX</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" "El directorio temporal en el que se escribirán los ficheros de plantillas " "<command>debconf</command> y los scripts de configuración extraídos. Opción " @@ -8894,8 +8917,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" "Utililza el orden por el campo de índice de fuentes. Opción de " "configuración: <literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." @@ -9044,10 +9067,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" "La orden <literal>release</literal> genera un fichero «Release» a partir de " "un árbol de directorios. Analiza el directorio dado de forma recursiva en " @@ -9076,15 +9099,16 @@ msgid "" "<literal>Description</literal>." msgstr "" "Los valores para los campos de metadatos adicionales en el fichero «Release» " -"se toman de las variables correspondientes en <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"Release</literal>, por ejemplo <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</" -"literal>. Los campos permitidos son: <literal>Origin</literal>, " -"<literal>Label</literal>, <literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</" -"literal>, <literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, " -"<literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, <literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</literal>, " -"<literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, <literal>Valid-Until</literal>, " -"<literal>Signed-By</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, " -"<literal>Components</literal> y <literal>Description</literal>." +"se toman de las variables correspondientes en " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, por ejemplo " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. Los campos permitidos " +"son: <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, <literal>Suite</" +"literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, <literal>Codename</literal>, " +"<literal>Date</literal>, <literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, " +"<literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</literal>, <literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, " +"<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, " +"<literal>Architectures</literal>, <literal>Components</literal> y " +"<literal>Description</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9313,12 +9337,12 @@ msgstr "Sección <literal>TreeDefault</literal>" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" "Define los valores predeterminados de las secciones <literal>Tree</literal>. " -"Todas estas variables son variables de sustitución y reemplazan las cadenas " -"$(DIST), $(SECTION) y $(ARCH) con sus valores respectivos." +"Todas estas variables son variables de sustitución y reemplazan las cadenas $" +"(DIST), $(SECTION) y $(ARCH) con sus valores respectivos." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9353,17 +9377,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" -"Define la raíz del directorio «.deb». El valor predeterminado es " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Define la raíz del directorio «.deb». El valor predeterminado es <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" "Define la raíz del directorio de los paquetes de fuentes. El valor " "predeterminado es <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" @@ -9383,15 +9407,15 @@ msgid "" "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/" "source/Sources</filename>" msgstr "" -"Define el fichero «Sources» de salida. El valor predeterminado es " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>" +"Define el fichero «Sources» de salida. El valor predeterminado es <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" "Define el fichero maestro «Translation-en» que contiene las descripciones " "largas en el caso de que no se incluyan en el fichero «Packages». El valor " @@ -9805,8 +9829,8 @@ msgstr "" "listado de los ficheros se extraerá también y se almacenará en la base de " "datos para su uso posterior. Cuando se usa la orden «generate» esta opción " "también permite la creación de cualquier fichero «Contents». Esta activa de " -"forma predeterminada. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"Contents</literal>." +"forma predeterminada. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Contents</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9816,14 +9840,14 @@ msgid "" "literal>." msgstr "" "Selecciona el fichero de fuentes alternativo a usar con la orden " -"<literal>sources</literal>. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal>. Opción de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" "Define los permisos de las bases de datos de la caché como sólo lectura. " "Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." @@ -9837,10 +9861,10 @@ msgid "" "path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Hace que las órdenes <literal>packages</literal> y <literal>contents</" -"literal> sólo acepten aquellos paquetes que coinciden con <literal>*_arch." -"deb</literal> o <literal>*_all.deb</literal>, en lugar de todos los ficheros " -"de paquete en la ruta dada. Elemento de configuración: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." +"literal> sólo acepten aquellos paquetes que coinciden con " +"<literal>*_arch.deb</literal> o <literal>*_all.deb</literal>, en lugar de " +"todos los ficheros de paquete en la ruta dada. Elemento de configuración: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10203,16 +10227,17 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> @@ -10236,14 +10261,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " #| "prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" "Se proporcionan tres opciones de configuración para el control de la caché " "con proxy cachés conformes an HTTP/1.1. <literal>No-Cache</literal> indica " @@ -10290,8 +10315,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10351,12 +10376,12 @@ msgstr "" #| "choose to not conform to the HTTP/1.1 specification." msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" "La opción <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> se puede utilizar " "para activar HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 sección 8.1.2.2), que puede " @@ -10455,9 +10480,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10486,9 +10511,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10534,11 +10560,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout> @@ -10740,9 +10766,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout> @@ -11571,10 +11597,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -11806,8 +11832,8 @@ msgstr "" "<command>apt-get</command> ofrece una forma sencilla de instalar paquetes " "desde la línea de órdenes. A diferencia de <command>dpkg</command>, " "<command>apt-get</command> no intenta comprender los ficheros «.deb», sino " -"que funciona con el nombre real del paquete y sólo puede instalar ficheros «." -"deb» desde una <emphasis>fuente</emphasis>." +"que funciona con el nombre real del paquete y sólo puede instalar ficheros " +"«.deb» desde una <emphasis>fuente</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><para><footnote><para> #: guide.dbk @@ -13192,35 +13218,36 @@ msgstr "Esto utiliza los archivos del disco previamente obtenidos." #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special keyword " -#~ "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the " -#~ "above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the " -#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This " -#~ "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to " -#~ "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do this. " -#~ "The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI component " -#~ "are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to " +#~ "set the <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration " +#~ "file. This entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server " +#~ "what to connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to " +#~ "do this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI " +#~ "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> define el proxy predeterminado que utilizar " #~ "para los URI de FTP. Utiliza el formato estándar <literal>ftp://[[usuario]" #~ "[:contraseña]@]máquina[:puerto]/</literal>. También se puede especificar " -#~ "un proxy por cada máquina usando la forma <literal>ftp::Proxy::<" -#~ "máquina></literal> con la palabra especial <literal>DIRECT</literal>, " -#~ "que significa que no se use ningún proxy. La variable de entorno " -#~ "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> se usará en caso de no definir ninguna de las " -#~ "opciones anteriores. Para usar un proxy FTP debe configurar el script " -#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> en el fichero de configuración. Esta " -#~ "entrada define las órdenes a enviar para decirle al servidor del proxy a " -#~ "qué conectarse. Consulte &configureindex; para un ejemplo de uso. Las " -#~ "variables de sustitución que representan el componente URI son " -#~ "<literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal> <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal> " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal> <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal> " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> y <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "un proxy por cada máquina usando la forma " +#~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy::<máquina></literal> con la palabra especial " +#~ "<literal>DIRECT</literal>, que significa que no se use ningún proxy. La " +#~ "variable de entorno <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> se usará en caso de no " +#~ "definir ninguna de las opciones anteriores. Para usar un proxy FTP debe " +#~ "configurar el script <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> en el fichero de " +#~ "configuración. Esta entrada define las órdenes a enviar para decirle al " +#~ "servidor del proxy a qué conectarse. Consulte &configureindex; para un " +#~ "ejemplo de uso. Las variables de sustitución que representan el " +#~ "componente URI son <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal> <literal>$" +#~ "(PROXY_PASS)</literal> <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal> <literal>$" +#~ "(SITE_PASS)</literal> <literal>$(SITE)</literal> y <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</" +#~ "literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the " @@ -13398,9 +13425,9 @@ msgstr "Esto utiliza los archivos del disco previamente obtenidos." #~ "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the " #~ "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on " #~ "the <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the " -#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though <filename>trusted." -#~ "gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that e.g. new keys are " -#~ "added to this one." +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though " +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that " +#~ "e.g. new keys are added to this one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Con esta opción es posible definir un fichero de registro de claves " #~ "específico sobre el que la orden debe actuar. Por omisión, la orden se " @@ -13461,12 +13488,12 @@ msgstr "Esto utiliza los archivos del disco previamente obtenidos." #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special " -#~ "keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of " -#~ "the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> define el proxy predeterminado que " #~ "utilizar para direcciones HTTP URI. Utiliza el formato estándar " @@ -13497,39 +13524,40 @@ msgstr "Esto utiliza los archivos del disco previamente obtenidos." #~ "info about trusted certificates. <literal><host>::CaInfo</literal> " #~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> " #~ "boolean suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate " -#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether or " -#~ "not the server's hostname should be verified. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for client " -#~ "authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> is the " -#~ "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what " -#~ "private key to use for client authentication. <literal><host>::" -#~ "SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version to use. " -#~ "It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or " -#~ "'<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" +#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines " +#~ "whether or not the server's hostname should be verified. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to " +#~ "use for client authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> " +#~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> " +#~ "determines what private key to use for client authentication. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host " +#~ "option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version " +#~ "to use. It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' " +#~ "or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" #~ "literal> is the corresponding per-host option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La subopción <literal>CaInfo</literal> define la ubicación del fichero " -#~ "que guarda la información sobre certificados de confianza. <literal><" -#~ "host>::CaInfo</literal> es la opción correspondiente para cada " -#~ "servidor. La subopción booleana <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> define si " -#~ "se debe comprobar el certificado del servidor con certificados de " -#~ "confianza. <literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> es la opción " +#~ "que guarda la información sobre certificados de confianza. " +#~ "<literal><host>::CaInfo</literal> es la opción correspondiente para " +#~ "cada servidor. La subopción booleana <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> " +#~ "define si se debe comprobar el certificado del servidor con certificados " +#~ "de confianza. <literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> es la opción " #~ "correspondiente para cada servidor. La subopción booleana <literal>Verify-" #~ "Host</literal> define si se debe comprobar el «hostname» del servidor. " #~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> es la opción correspondiente " #~ "para cada servidor. <literal>SslCert</literal> define el certificado que " -#~ "utilizar para la autenticación del cliente. <literal><host>::" -#~ "SslCert</literal> es la opción correspondiente para cada servidor. " -#~ "<literal>SslKey</literal> define la clave privada que utilizar para la " -#~ "autenticación del cliente. <literal><host>::SslKey</literal> es la " -#~ "opción correspondiente para cada servidor. <literal>SslForceVersion</" -#~ "literal> sustituye la versión predeterminada de SSL que utilizar. Se " -#~ "admiten las cadenas «<literal>TLSv1</literal>» o «<literal>SSLv3</" -#~ "literal>». <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</literal> es la opción " +#~ "utilizar para la autenticación del cliente. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslCert</literal> es la opción correspondiente " +#~ "para cada servidor. <literal>SslKey</literal> define la clave privada que " +#~ "utilizar para la autenticación del cliente. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> es la opción correspondiente para " +#~ "cada servidor. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> sustituye la versión " +#~ "predeterminada de SSL que utilizar. Se admiten las cadenas " +#~ "«<literal>TLSv1</literal>» o «<literal>SSLv3</literal>». " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslForceVersion</literal> es la opción " #~ "correspondiente para cada servidor." #~ msgid "" @@ -13711,14 +13739,15 @@ msgstr "Esto utiliza los archivos del disco previamente obtenidos." #~ "Los paquetes esenciales (y sus dependencias) se deberían configurar " #~ "inmediatamente después de desempaquetarlos. Se recomienda realizarlo lo " #~ "más pronto posible en el proceso de actualización ya que actualmente " -#~ "estas invocaciones de configuración también necesitan <literal>DPkg::" -#~ "TriggersPending</literal>, que ejecuta varios disparadores (que puede que " -#~ "no sean necesarios). Los esenciales tienen, de forma predeterminada, una " -#~ "puntuación alta pero la opción inmediata es relativamente baja (un " -#~ "paquete que tenga pre-dependencias tiene una puntuación más alta). Puede " -#~ "cambiar la puntuación mediante esta opción y las otras del mismo grupo. " -#~ "El siguiente ejemplo muestra la configuración con los valores " -#~ "predeterminados. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>" +#~ "estas invocaciones de configuración también necesitan " +#~ "<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal>, que ejecuta varios disparadores " +#~ "(que puede que no sean necesarios). Los esenciales tienen, de forma " +#~ "predeterminada, una puntuación alta pero la opción inmediata es " +#~ "relativamente baja (un paquete que tenga pre-dependencias tiene una " +#~ "puntuación más alta). Puede cambiar la puntuación mediante esta opción y " +#~ "las otras del mismo grupo. El siguiente ejemplo muestra la configuración " +#~ "con los valores predeterminados. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +#~ "id=\"0\"/>" #~ msgid "List fingerprints of trusted keys." #~ msgstr "Lista las huellas digitales de las claves de confianza." @@ -13836,21 +13865,21 @@ msgstr "Esto utiliza los archivos del disco previamente obtenidos." #~ msgid "" #~ "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur but do not " -#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -#~ "Simulate</literal>." +#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "No realiza ninguna acción, simula lo que hubiese ocurrido pero sin hacer " -#~ "cambios reales en el sistema. Opción de configuración: <literal>APT::Get::" -#~ "Simulate</literal>." +#~ "cambios reales en el sistema. Opción de configuración: " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Simulated runs performed as a user will automatically deactivate locking " -#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option <literal>APT::" -#~ "Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is by default) a " -#~ "notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only a simulation. " -#~ "Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or the notice - " -#~ "superusers should know what they are doing without further warnings from " -#~ "<literal>apt-get</literal>." +#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is " +#~ "by default) a notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only " +#~ "a simulation. Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or " +#~ "the notice - superusers should know what they are doing without further " +#~ "warnings from <literal>apt-get</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Las simulaciones de ejecución realizadas por un usuario desactivan el " #~ "bloqueo de forma automática (<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), y si " @@ -14020,8 +14049,8 @@ msgstr "Esto utiliza los archivos del disco previamente obtenidos." #~| "B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), " #~| "B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "B<apt>(8), B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources." -#~ "list>(5), B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" +#~ "B<apt>(8), B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), " +#~ "B<sources.list>(5), B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), " #~ "B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" diff --git a/doc/po/fr.po b/doc/po/fr.po index f9d83a40d..2a426ea85 100644 --- a/doc/po/fr.po +++ b/doc/po/fr.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.8.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-05-01 17:00+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Jean-Pierre Giraud <jean-pierregiraud@neuf.fr>\n" "Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -586,8 +586,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"chaîne_de_configuration\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -600,8 +601,8 @@ msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-config-file \"fichier_de_configuration\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-target-release \"publication_cible\">" @@ -643,8 +644,8 @@ msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-regex \"expression_régulière\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "<!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"point_de_montage_CD-ROM\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -1356,9 +1357,10 @@ msgstr "" "récupère des paquets source. APT examine les paquets disponibles pour " "choisir le paquet source à récupérer. Il télécharge ensuite dans le " "répertoire courant la version la plus récente du paquet, définie par rapport " -"à la distribution par défaut établie soit avec l'option <literal>APT::" -"Default-Release</literal>, soit avec l'option <option>-t</option> ou soit " -"par paquet avec la syntaxe <literal>paquet/version</literal> si possible." +"à la distribution par défaut établie soit avec l'option " +"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>, soit avec l'option <option>-t</" +"option> ou soit par paquet avec la syntaxe <literal>paquet/version</literal> " +"si possible." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1658,8 +1660,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" "Correction ; cette option demande de réparer un système où existent des " "dépendances défectueuses. Utilisée avec install ou remove, elle peut exclure " @@ -1786,8 +1788,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" "Répondre automatiquement négativement aux questions. Élément de " "configuration : <literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." @@ -1829,15 +1831,15 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</" -#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -#| "SourceOverride</literal>." +#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." msgid "" "Add the given value to the <literal>Comment:</literal> field in history.log " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::History::Comment</literal>." msgstr "" "Indique le fichier d'« override » à utiliser avec la commande " -"<literal>sources</literal>. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal>. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1845,9 +1847,9 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Cette option contrôle comment les paquets d'architectures sont construits " "par <command>apt-get source --compile</command> et comment les dépendances " @@ -1870,8 +1872,8 @@ msgstr "" "paquet source est construit par <command>apt-get source --compile</command> " "et comment les dépendances sont respectées. Par défaut, aucun profil de " "construction n'est actif. Plus d'un profil peut être activé en même temps en " -"les concaténant par une virgule. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::" -"Build-Profiles</literal>." +"les concaténant par une virgule. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1926,8 +1928,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Aucune mise à niveau ; quand elle est utilisée avec <literal>install</" "literal>, cette commande empêche les paquets mentionnés sur la ligne de " -"commande d'être mis à niveau. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::Get::" -"Upgrade</literal>." +"commande d'être mis à niveau. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2019,8 +2021,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" "Au lieu de récupérer les paquets à installer, leurs URI sont affichées. " "Chaque URI a un chemin, un nom de fichier destination, une taille et une clé " @@ -2062,8 +2064,8 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" "Cette option est activée par défaut ; utilisez <literal>--no-list-cleanup</" "literal> pour la désactiver. Quand elle est activée, <command>apt-get</" @@ -2116,8 +2118,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ne réalise que les opérations « triviales ». Logiquement ceci peut être " "considéré comme relatif à <option>--assume-yes</option>. Alors que <option>--" "assume-yes</option> répond oui à n'importe quelle question, <option>--" -"trivial-only</option> répond non. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::" -"Get::Trivial-Only</literal>." +"trivial-only</option> répond non. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2136,8 +2138,8 @@ msgid "" "prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>." msgstr "" "Arrêter immédiatement apt-get, sans poser de questions, si des paquets " -"doivent être supprimés. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::Get::" -"Remove</literal>." +"doivent être supprimés. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2220,8 +2222,8 @@ msgstr "" "l'authenticité des données n'est pas assurée d'une autre manière par " "l'utilisateur lui-même. L'utilisation de l'option <option>Trusted</option> " "pour les entrées de &sources-list; devrait être habituellement préférée à ce " -"remplacement global. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::Get::" -"AllowUnauthenticated</literal>." +"remplacement global. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2230,8 +2232,8 @@ msgstr "" #| "Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured " #| "sources. APT will fail at the update command for repositories without " #| "valid cryptographically signatures. See also &apt-secure; for details on " -#| "the concept and the implications. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -#| "AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." +#| "the concept and the implications. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." msgid "" "Allow the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured " "sources. APT will otherwise fail at the update command for repositories " @@ -2278,8 +2280,8 @@ msgstr "" "uniquement pour certains champs tels que <literal>origin</literal>, " "<literal>label</literal>, <literal>codename</literal>, <literal>suite</" "literal>, <literal>version</literal> et <literal>defaultpin</literal>. Voir " -"aussi &apt-preferences;. Élément de configuration : <literal>Acquire::" -"AllowReleaseInfoChange</literal>." +"aussi &apt-preferences;. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>Acquire::AllowReleaseInfoChange</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2773,12 +2775,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" "Identique à <literal>dotty</literal>, mais réservé à xvcg fourni avec <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2806,8 +2808,8 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" "La commande <literal>madison</literal> d'<literal>apt-cache</literal> " "cherche à mimer le format de sortie propre à l'outil debian de gestion " @@ -2822,8 +2824,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" "Indique le fichier servant de cache des paquets. Le cache des paquets est le " "cache primaire utilisé par toutes les opérations. Élément de configuration : " @@ -2877,9 +2879,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" "Par défaut, <command>depends</command> et <command>rdepends</command> " "affichent toutes les dépendances. Ce comportement peut être modifié avec ces " @@ -2953,15 +2955,15 @@ msgid "" "descriptions. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>." msgstr "" "N'effectue une recherche que sur les noms de paquets et de paquets fournis, " -"pas sur les descriptions longues. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::" -"Cache::NamesOnly</literal>." +"pas sur les descriptions longues. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" "Avec cette option, <literal>pkgnames</literal> affiche tous les noms, les " "noms des paquets virtuels et les dépendances manquantes. Élément de " @@ -3001,11 +3003,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ajoute le fichier donné comme source de métadonnées. La commande peut être " "répétée pour ajouter de multiples fichiers. Actuellement, les " -"fichiers<literal>*.deb</literal>, <literal>*.dsc</literal>, <literal>*." -"changes</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> et <literal>Packages</" -"literal>, aussi bien que les répertoires de paquets source sont pris en " -"charge. Les correspondances de fichier sont basées sur leur nom seulement et " -"non sur leur contenu !" +"fichiers<literal>*.deb</literal>, <literal>*.dsc</literal>, " +"<literal>*.changes</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> et " +"<literal>Packages</literal>, aussi bien que les répertoires de paquets " +"source sont pris en charge. Les correspondances de fichier sont basées sur " +"leur nom seulement et non sur leur contenu !" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -3057,8 +3059,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" "La commande <command>apt-mark</command> peut être utilisée comme interface " @@ -3299,10 +3301,11 @@ msgstr "Configuration utilisateur" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3315,8 +3318,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3409,10 +3413,10 @@ msgstr "" "d'une opération <command>update</command> envoie un message d'erreur à tous " "les clients d'APT quelle que soit l'option d'autoriser ou d'interdire " "l'utilisation de dépôts non sécurisés. L'erreur peut être contournée par le " -"réglage supplémentaire de <option>Acquire::" -"AllowDowngradeToInsecureRepositories</option> à <literal>true</literal>, ou, " -"pour des dépôts individuels avec l'option <literal>allow-downgrade-to-" -"insecure=yes</literal> de &sources-list;." +"réglage supplémentaire de " +"<option>Acquire::AllowDowngradeToInsecureRepositories</option> à " +"<literal>true</literal>, ou, pour des dépôts individuels avec l'option " +"<literal>allow-downgrade-to-insecure=yes</literal> de &sources-list;." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt-secure.8.xml @@ -3617,11 +3621,11 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" -"<emphasis>le signer</emphasis>, avec les commandes <command>gpg --clearsign -" -"o InRelease Release</command> et <command>gpg -abs -o Release.gpg Release</" +"<emphasis>le signer</emphasis>, avec les commandes <command>gpg --clearsign " +"-o InRelease Release</command> et <command>gpg -abs -o Release.gpg Release</" "command>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3781,8 +3785,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" "Ne pas essayer de détecter automatiquement le chemin du CD-ROM. " "Habituellement combiné avec l'option <option>--cdrom</option>. Élément de " @@ -3797,8 +3801,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Point de montage ; spécifie l'emplacement de montage du CD. Ce point de " "montage doit être spécifié dans <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> et " -"correctement configuré. Élément de configuration : <literal>Acquire::cdrom::" -"mount</literal>." +"correctement configuré. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3816,12 +3820,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" "Pas de montage ; empêche <command>apt-cdrom</command> de monter ou démonter " -"le point de montage. Élément de configuration : <literal >APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"le point de montage. Élément de configuration : <literal " +">APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3924,8 +3928,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" "La variable d'environnement du shell $OPTS sera définie par la valeur de " "MyApp::Options ou, par défaut, la valeur -f." @@ -4054,9 +4058,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" "tous les fichiers de <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> dans l'ordre " "alphanumérique ascendant qui ont soit l'extension \"<literal>conf</" @@ -4275,11 +4279,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Tous les outils d'APT possèdent une option <option>-o</option> qui permet de " "spécifier une configuration quelconque depuis la ligne de commande. La " -"syntaxe consiste en un nom complet d'option (par exemple <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-Yes</literal>) suivi par un signe égal, puis par la nouvelle valeur " -"de l'option. On peut compléter une liste en ajoutant un <literal>::</" -"literal> final au nom de la liste. Comme on peut s'en douter, la syntaxe de " -"champ d'action (« scope ») ne peut pas être indiquée à la ligne de commande." +"syntaxe consiste en un nom complet d'option (par exemple " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>) suivi par un signe égal, puis par " +"la nouvelle valeur de l'option. On peut compléter une liste en ajoutant un " +"<literal>::</literal> final au nom de la liste. Comme on peut s'en douter, " +"la syntaxe de champ d'action (« scope ») ne peut pas être indiquée à la " +"ligne de commande." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4374,10 +4379,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4701,8 +4708,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4741,12 +4748,12 @@ msgid "" "option> and verifying that the Date field of a release file is not in the " "future." msgstr "" -"Les options relatives à la sécurité sont positionnées par défaut à « true »," -"permettant des vérifications relatives à l'heure. Leur désactivation " -"signifie qu'on ne peut pas faire confiance à l'heure de la machine, et APT " -"de ce fait désactivera toutes les vérifications de ce type, telles que " -"<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> et la vérification que le champ Date d'un " -"fichier Release n'est pas dans le futur." +"Les options relatives à la sécurité sont positionnées par défaut à " +"« true »,permettant des vérifications relatives à l'heure. Leur " +"désactivation signifie qu'on ne peut pas faire confiance à l'heure de la " +"machine, et APT de ce fait désactivera toutes les vérifications de ce type, " +"telles que <option>Check-Valid-Until</option> et la vérification que le " +"champ Date d'un fichier Release n'est pas dans le futur." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5163,9 +5170,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -5299,21 +5306,22 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" "La récupération des journaux des modifications n'est possible que si l'URI " "où les télécharger est connu. De préférence, le fichier Release l'indique " @@ -5322,24 +5330,25 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></" "literal> ou <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</" "replaceable></literal> existent, et si c'est le cas, cette valeur est prise. " -"La valeur dans le fichier Release peut être contournée par <literal>Acquire::" -"Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> " -"ou <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::" -"<replaceable>ORIGINE</replaceable></literal>. La valeur devrait être un URI " -"normal vers un fichier texte, à l'exception que les données spécifiques du " -"paquet sont remplacées par le paramètre <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. Sa " -"valeur est la suivante : 1. si le paquet provient d'un composant (par " -"exemple <literal>main</literal>) il constitue la première partie, sinon elle " -"est omise ; 2. est la première lettre du nom du paquet source, sauf si le " -"nom du paquet source commence par <literal>lib</literal> auquel cas les " -"quatre premières lettres seront utilisées ; 3. le nom complet du paquet " -"source ; 4. le nom complet une fois de plus ; 5. la version de la source. " -"Les quatres premières parties (ou trois si le composant est absent) sont " -"séparées par des barres obliques (« <literal>/</literal> »), et les deux " -"dernières sont séparées par un caractère de soulignement (« <literal>_</" -"literal> »). La valeur spéciale « <literal>no</literal> » est disponible " -"pour indiquer que cette source ne peut être utilisée pour récupérer les " -"fichiers changelog. Dans ce cas, une autre source sera essayée." +"La valeur dans le fichier Release peut être contournée par " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> ou " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</" +"replaceable></literal>. La valeur devrait être un URI normal vers un fichier " +"texte, à l'exception que les données spécifiques du paquet sont remplacées " +"par le paramètre <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. Sa valeur est la " +"suivante : 1. si le paquet provient d'un composant (par exemple " +"<literal>main</literal>) il constitue la première partie, sinon elle est " +"omise ; 2. est la première lettre du nom du paquet source, sauf si le nom du " +"paquet source commence par <literal>lib</literal> auquel cas les quatre " +"premières lettres seront utilisées ; 3. le nom complet du paquet source ; 4. " +"le nom complet une fois de plus ; 5. la version de la source. Les quatres " +"premières parties (ou trois si le composant est absent) sont séparées par " +"des barres obliques (« <literal>/</literal> »), et les deux dernières sont " +"séparées par un caractère de soulignement (« <literal>_</literal> »). La " +"valeur spéciale « <literal>no</literal> » est disponible pour indiquer que " +"cette source ne peut être utilisée pour récupérer les fichiers changelog. " +"Dans ce cas, une autre source sera essayée." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5349,14 +5358,15 @@ msgstr "" #| "get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' " #| "field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file " #| "is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::" -#| "<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::" -#| "Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> " -#| "option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release " -#| "file can be overridden with <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -#| "Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::" -#| "Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" -#| "literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that " -#| "package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +#| "<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +#| "replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The " +#| "value in the Release file can be overridden with " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +#| "replaceable></literal> or " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +#| "replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +#| "except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " #| "<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package " #| "is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first " #| "part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, " @@ -5374,17 +5384,19 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" "La récupération des journaux des modifications n'est possible que si l'URI " "où les télécharger est connu. De préférence, le fichier Release l'indique " @@ -5393,24 +5405,25 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></" "literal> ou <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</" "replaceable></literal> existent, et si c'est le cas, cette valeur est prise. " -"La valeur dans le fichier Release peut être contournée par <literal>Acquire::" -"Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> " -"ou <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::" -"<replaceable>ORIGINE</replaceable></literal>. La valeur devrait être un URI " -"normal vers un fichier texte, à l'exception que les données spécifiques du " -"paquet sont remplacées par le paramètre <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. Sa " -"valeur est la suivante : 1. si le paquet provient d'un composant (par " -"exemple <literal>main</literal>) il constitue la première partie, sinon elle " -"est omise ; 2. est la première lettre du nom du paquet source, sauf si le " -"nom du paquet source commence par <literal>lib</literal> auquel cas les " -"quatre premières lettres seront utilisées ; 3. le nom complet du paquet " -"source ; 4. le nom complet une fois de plus ; 5. la version de la source. " -"Les quatres premières parties (ou trois si le composant est absent) sont " -"séparées par des barres obliques (« <literal>/</literal> »), et les deux " -"dernières sont séparées par un caractère de soulignement (« <literal>_</" -"literal> »). La valeur spéciale « <literal>no</literal> » est disponible " -"pour indiquer que cette source ne peut être utilisée pour récupérer les " -"fichiers changelog. Dans ce cas, une autre source sera essayée." +"La valeur dans le fichier Release peut être contournée par " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> ou " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</" +"replaceable></literal>. La valeur devrait être un URI normal vers un fichier " +"texte, à l'exception que les données spécifiques du paquet sont remplacées " +"par le paramètre <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. Sa valeur est la " +"suivante : 1. si le paquet provient d'un composant (par exemple " +"<literal>main</literal>) il constitue la première partie, sinon elle est " +"omise ; 2. est la première lettre du nom du paquet source, sauf si le nom du " +"paquet source commence par <literal>lib</literal> auquel cas les quatre " +"premières lettres seront utilisées ; 3. le nom complet du paquet source ; 4. " +"le nom complet une fois de plus ; 5. la version de la source. Les quatres " +"premières parties (ou trois si le composant est absent) sont séparées par " +"des barres obliques (« <literal>/</literal> »), et les deux dernières sont " +"séparées par un caractère de soulignement (« <literal>_</literal> »). La " +"valeur spéciale « <literal>no</literal> » est disponible pour indiquer que " +"cette source ne peut être utilisée pour récupérer les fichiers changelog. " +"Dans ce cas, une autre source sera essayée." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5422,9 +5435,9 @@ msgstr "Configuration spécifique d'exécutable" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" "Particulièrement avec l'introduction de l'exécutable <command>apt</command> " "il peut être utile de configurer certaines options seulement pour un " @@ -5446,8 +5459,8 @@ msgstr "" "réalisée en réglant l'option dans le champ d'action <option>Binary::" "<replaceable>exécutable-spécifique</replaceable></option>. Affecter l'option " "<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> à <command>apt</command> seulement " -"peut être fait, par exemple en configurant plutôt <option>Binary::apt::APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option>." +"peut être fait, par exemple en configurant plutôt " +"<option>Binary::apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5481,10 +5494,10 @@ msgstr "" "système local. <literal>lists</literal> est le répertoire où placer les " "listes de paquets téléchargés et <literal>status</literal> est le nom du " "fichier d'état de &dpkg;. <literal>preferences</literal> concerne APT : " -"c'est le nom du fichier <filename>preferences</filename>. <literal>Dir::" -"State</literal> contient le répertoire par défaut préfixé à tous les sous-" -"éléments, quand ceux-ci ne commencent pas par <filename>/</filename> ou " -"<filename>./</filename>." +"c'est le nom du fichier <filename>preferences</filename>. " +"<literal>Dir::State</literal> contient le répertoire par défaut préfixé à " +"tous les sous-éléments, quand ceux-ci ne commencent pas par <filename>/</" +"filename> ou <filename>./</filename>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5502,14 +5515,14 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contient les emplacements qui renseignent sur " "le cache local : par exemple, les deux caches de paquets " "<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> et <literal>pkgcache</literal>, ainsi que " -"l'endroit où sont placées les archives téléchargées, <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"archives</literal>. On peut empêcher la création des caches en positionnant " -"<literal>pkgcache</literal> ou <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> à la valeur " -"<literal>\"\"</literal>. Cela ralentit le démarrage mais économise de " -"l'espace disque. Il vaut mieux se passer du cache <literal>pkgcache</" -"literal> plutôt que se passer du cache <literal>srcpkgcache</literal>. Comme " -"pour <literal>Dir::State</literal>, le répertoire par défaut est contenu " -"dans <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>." +"l'endroit où sont placées les archives téléchargées, " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. On peut empêcher la création des " +"caches en positionnant <literal>pkgcache</literal> ou <literal>srcpkgcache</" +"literal> à la valeur <literal>\"\"</literal>. Cela ralentit le démarrage " +"mais économise de l'espace disque. Il vaut mieux se passer du cache " +"<literal>pkgcache</literal> plutôt que se passer du cache " +"<literal>srcpkgcache</literal>. Comme pour <literal>Dir::State</literal>, le " +"répertoire par défaut est contenu dans <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5540,20 +5553,20 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." msgstr "" "Les programmes binaires sont pointés par <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " -"L'emplacement des gestionnaires de méthodes est indiqué par <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> ; <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " -"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</" -"literal>, <literal>dpkg-source</literal>, <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</" -"literal> et <literal>apt-cache</literal> indiquent l'emplacement des " -"programmes correspondants." +"L'emplacement des gestionnaires de méthodes est indiqué par " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> ; <literal>gzip</literal>, " +"<literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, " +"<literal>apt-get</literal>, <literal>dpkg-source</literal>, <literal>dpkg-" +"buildpackage</literal> et <literal>apt-cache</literal> indiquent " +"l'emplacement des programmes correspondants." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5751,9 +5764,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" "Chaque ligne de directive de configuration a la forme <literal>clé=valeur</" "literal>. Les caractères spéciaux (signes égal, fin de ligne, caractères non " @@ -5817,10 +5830,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "La version du protocole qu'il faut utiliser pour la commande " "<literal><replaceable>cmd</replaceable></literal> peut être choisie en " -"réglant <literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::" -"Version</literal> en conséquence, la version par défaut étant la première. " -"Si APT ne gère pas la version demandée, il enverra les informations dans la " -"version la plus haute qu'il gère." +"réglant <literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</" +"replaceable>::Version</literal> en conséquence, la version par défaut étant " +"la première. Si APT ne gère pas la version demandée, il enverra les " +"informations dans la version la plus haute qu'il gère." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5889,10 +5902,10 @@ msgid "" "<literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal> script. See the top of " "this script for the brief documentation of these options." msgstr "" -"Les groupes d'options <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> et <literal>APT::" -"Archive</literal> configurent les comportements périodiques réalisés par le " -"script <literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal>, lancé " -"quotidiennement." +"Les groupes d'options <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> et " +"<literal>APT::Archive</literal> configurent les comportements périodiques " +"réalisés par le script <literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal>, " +"lancé quotidiennement." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6093,8 +6106,8 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" "Crée les informations de débogage décrivant quels paquets sont installés " "automatiquement pour satisfaire les dépendances. Cela concerne la passe " @@ -6110,14 +6123,14 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" "Crée les informations de débogage décrivant quels paquets sont gardés/" "installés/supprimés pendant le travail de l'outil de résolution de " @@ -6132,11 +6145,12 @@ msgstr "" "prévue pour être installée (à cause d'un score plus faible). Ces deux " "derniers éléments peuvent ne pas être mentionnés s'ils ne sont pas " "pertinents où lorsque ils sont identiques à la version installée. " -"<literal>section</literal> est le nom de la section où figure le paquet." -"automatiquement pour satisfaire les dépendances. Cela concerne la passe " -"initiale d'installation automatique effectuée par exemple par <literal>apt-" -"get install</literal> et pas le système de résolution de dépendances complet " -"de APT ; voir <literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> pour ce dernier." +"<literal>section</literal> est le nom de la section où figure le " +"paquet.automatiquement pour satisfaire les dépendances. Cela concerne la " +"passe initiale d'installation automatique effectuée par exemple par " +"<literal>apt-get install</literal> et pas le système de résolution de " +"dépendances complet de APT ; voir <literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</" +"literal> pour ce dernier." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6200,22 +6214,23 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" -"Affiche les fournisseurs déclarés dans le fichier <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Affiche les fournisseurs déclarés dans le fichier <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" "Affiche les commandes externes qui sont appelés par le point d'entrée apt. " -"Cela inclut par exemple les options de configuration <literal>DPkg::{Pre," -"Post}-Invoke</literal> ou <literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." +"Cela inclut par exemple les options de configuration <literal>DPkg::" +"{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> ou <literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml apt_preferences.5.xml sources.list.5.xml apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -6328,15 +6343,15 @@ msgid "" "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " "case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" -"Veuillez noter que les fichiers du répertoire <filename>/etc/apt/preferences." -"d</filename> sont analysés par ordre alphanumérique ascendant, doivent avoir " -"l'extension \"<literal>pref</literal>\" ou aucune extension et ne peuvent " -"contenir que des caractères alphanumériques, des tirets (-), des caractères " -"de soulignement (_) et des points (.). Dans le cas contraire, APT affichera " -"un avertissement indiquant qu'il a ignoré un fichier si celui-ci ne " -"correspond par à un motif défini dans <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</" -"literal> (les fichiers correspondant à cette variable de configuration " -"étant, eux, ignorés silencieusemennt)." +"Veuillez noter que les fichiers du répertoire <filename>/etc/apt/" +"preferences.d</filename> sont analysés par ordre alphanumérique ascendant, " +"doivent avoir l'extension \"<literal>pref</literal>\" ou aucune extension et " +"ne peuvent contenir que des caractères alphanumériques, des tirets (-), des " +"caractères de soulignement (_) et des points (.). Dans le cas contraire, APT " +"affichera un avertissement indiquant qu'il a ignoré un fichier si celui-ci " +"ne correspond par à un motif défini dans <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-" +"Silently</literal> (les fichiers correspondant à cette variable de " +"configuration étant, eux, ignorés silencieusemennt)." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -7005,9 +7020,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -7176,9 +7191,9 @@ msgstr "Alors :" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "La version la plus récente du paquet <literal>perl</literal> sera installé " "pour autant que son numéro de version commence par <literal>&good-perl;</" @@ -7458,19 +7473,20 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "Tous les fichiers <filename>Packages</filename> et <filename>Release</" "filename> récupérés dans des sources indiquées dans le fichier &sources-" "list; sont conservés dans le répertoire <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</" -"filename> ou dans le fichier spécifié par la variable <literal>Dir::State::" -"Lists</literal> dans le fichier <filename>apt.conf</filename>. Par exemple, " -"le fichier <filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"filename> ou dans le fichier spécifié par la variable " +"<literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> dans le fichier <filename>apt.conf</" +"filename>. Par exemple, le fichier " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" "i386_Release</filename> contient le fichier <filename>Release</filename> du " "site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal>, architecture <literal>binary-" "i386</literal> et composant <literal>contrib</literal> de la distribution " @@ -7825,14 +7841,15 @@ msgstr "" "Le répertoire <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> permet de " "spécifier des sources de paquets dans des fichiers distincts. Deux formats " "de fichiers différents sont permis comme cela est décrit dans les deux " -"sections suivantes. Les noms de fichier doivent se terminer par <filename>." -"list</filename> ou par <filename>.sources</filename> selon le format fourni. " -"Ils ne peuvent contenir que des lettres (a-z et A-Z), des chiffres (0-9), " -"des caractères de soulignement (_), des tirets (-) et des points (.). Dans " -"le cas contraire, APT affichera un avertissement indiquant qu'il a ignoré un " -"fichier si celui-ci ne correspond par à un motif défini dans <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> (les fichiers correspondant à cette variable " -"de configuration étant, eux, ignorés silencieusement)." +"sections suivantes. Les noms de fichier doivent se terminer par " +"<filename>.list</filename> ou par <filename>.sources</filename> selon le " +"format fourni. Ils ne peuvent contenir que des lettres (a-z et A-Z), des " +"chiffres (0-9), des caractères de soulignement (_), des tirets (-) et des " +"points (.). Dans le cas contraire, APT affichera un avertissement indiquant " +"qu'il a ignoré un fichier si celui-ci ne correspond par à un motif défini " +"dans <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> (les fichiers " +"correspondant à cette variable de configuration étant, eux, ignorés " +"silencieusement)." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -7899,6 +7916,12 @@ msgstr "" "pas à rencontrer des options qui étaient rares avant l'introduction de la " "prise en charge multi-architecture." +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -8147,10 +8170,17 @@ msgstr "&sourceslist-sources-format;" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml -msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in " +#| "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or " +#| "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +#| "id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" "À titre d'exemple, les sources de votre distribution au format « One-Line-" "Style » pourraient ressembler à ceci : <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " @@ -8222,20 +8252,22 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) est une option " "multivaleur pour définir les cibles qu'apt essaiera d’acquérir à partir de " "cette source. Si cette option n'est pas spécifiée, la configuration par " -"défaut est définie par le champ d'action de configuration <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> (les cibles sont définies par leur nom dans le champ " -"<literal>Created-By</literal>). De plus, les cibles peuvent être activées ou " -"désactivées en utilisant le champ <literal>Identifier</literal> comme option " -"avec une valeur booléenne plutôt que d'utiliser cette option multivaleur." +"défaut est définie par le champ d'action de configuration " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> (les cibles sont définies par leur " +"nom dans le champ <literal>Created-By</literal>). De plus, les cibles " +"peuvent être activées ou désactivées en utilisant le champ " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> comme option avec une valeur booléenne plutôt " +"que d'utiliser cette option multivaleur." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8254,10 +8286,10 @@ msgstr "" "anciens plutôt que de télécharger les nouveaux index en totalité. La valeur " "de cette option est ignorée si le dépôt n'annonce pas la disponibilité de " "PDiffs. Elle a, par défaut, la valeur de l'option du même nom pour un " -"fichier particulier défini dans le champ d'action <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option>, qui prend lui-même par défaut la valeur de l'option " -"de configuration <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option>, dont la valeur par défaut " -"est <literal>yes</literal>." +"fichier particulier défini dans le champ d'action " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option>, qui prend lui-même par défaut la " +"valeur de l'option de configuration <option>Acquire::PDiffs</option>, dont " +"la valeur par défaut est <literal>yes</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8450,8 +8482,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) est " "une valeur yes/no qui détermine si APT doit tenter de détecter les attaques " @@ -9110,8 +9143,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" "Répertoire temporaire dans lequel écrire les scripts de configuration et " "modèles d'écrans pour <command>debconf</command>. Élément de configuration : " @@ -9155,8 +9188,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" "Utiliser un index de sources pour le tri des champs. Élément de " "configuration : <literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." @@ -9292,10 +9325,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" "La commande <literal>release</literal> crée un fichier Release à partir " "d'une arborescence. Elle recherche récursivement dans le répertoire indiqué " @@ -9303,13 +9336,13 @@ msgstr "" "<filename>Contents</filename>, <filename>Components</filename> et " "<filename>icons</filename> non compressés et compressés ainsi que des " "fichiers <filename>Release</filename>, <filename>Index</filename> et " -"<filename>md5sum.txt</filename> par défaut (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Des motifs supplémentaires pour les " -"noms de fichiers peuvent être ajoutés en les mentionnant dans <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. Le fichier <filename>Release</" -"filename> est ensuite affiché sur la sortie standard et comporte (par " -"défaut) des sommes de contrôle MD5, SHA1 et SHA256 et SHA512 pour chaque " -"fichier." +"<filename>md5sum.txt</filename> par défaut " +"(<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). Des motifs " +"supplémentaires pour les noms de fichiers peuvent être ajoutés en les " +"mentionnant dans <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. Le " +"fichier <filename>Release</filename> est ensuite affiché sur la sortie " +"standard et comporte (par défaut) des sommes de contrôle MD5, SHA1 et SHA256 " +"et SHA512 pour chaque fichier." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9553,8 +9586,8 @@ msgstr "La section <literal>TreeDefault</literal>" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" "Indique les valeurs par défaut particulières à la section <literal>Tree</" "literal>. Toutes ces variables sont des variables de substitution ; les " @@ -9593,8 +9626,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" "Indique la racine de l'arborescence des « .deb ». Par défaut, c'est " "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>." @@ -9602,8 +9635,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" "Indique la racine de l'arborescence des paquets source. Par défaut, c'est " "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>." @@ -9614,8 +9647,8 @@ msgid "" "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/" "binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>" msgstr "" -"Indique le fichier « Packages » créé. Par défaut, c'est <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>." +"Indique le fichier « Packages » créé. Par défaut, c'est <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9623,15 +9656,15 @@ msgid "" "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/" "source/Sources</filename>" msgstr "" -"Indique le fichier « Sources » créé. Par défaut, c'est <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>." +"Indique le fichier « Sources » créé. Par défaut, c'est <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" "Définit le fichier maître Translation-en qui comporte les descriptions " "longues si elles ne sont pas incluses dans le fichier Packages. Valeur par " @@ -10062,14 +10095,14 @@ msgid "" "literal>." msgstr "" "Indique le fichier d'« override » à utiliser avec la commande " -"<literal>sources</literal>. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal>. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" "N'autoriser que la lecture pour les bases de données de cache. Élément de " "configuration : <literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." @@ -10368,8 +10401,8 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>apt</literal> avec le mot de passe <literal>debian</literal> pour " "l'entrée de &sources-list; <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> " "peut se faire directement dans l'entrée : <placeholder " -"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> Autrement, une entrée dans le fichier auth." -"conf telle que la suivante peut être utilisée : <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> Autrement, une entrée dans le fichier " +"auth.conf telle que la suivante peut être utilisée : <placeholder " "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"2\"/> Ou enfin, en une seule ligne : " "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"3\"/>. Si vous avez besoin d'être " "plus précis, tout le contenu de ces lignes s'appliquera également à l'entrée " @@ -10436,8 +10469,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Etc::netrcparts</literal>." msgstr "" "Informations de connexion pour les sources et les mandataires d'APT dans un " -"format de type netrc. Élément de configuration : <literal>Dir::Etc::" -"netrcparts</literal>." +"format de type netrc. Élément de configuration : " +"<literal>Dir::Etc::netrcparts</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml @@ -10510,16 +10543,17 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" "La variable d'environnement <envar>http_proxy</envar> est prise en charge " "pour une configuration au niveau du système. Les mandataires particuliers à " @@ -10553,14 +10587,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" "De plus, il y a trois options de configuration fournies pour le contrôle des " "caches mandataire compatibles avec HTTP/1.1 : <literal>Acquire::http::No-" @@ -10604,8 +10638,8 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>." msgstr "" "Notez que l'auto-détection ne sera pas exécutée si une configuration " -"spécifique de mandataire hôte a déjà été établie par <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>hôte</replaceable></literal>." +"spécifique de mandataire hôte a déjà été établie par " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>hôte</replaceable></literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10619,11 +10653,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" -"Cette option prend le pas sur l'ancien nom d'option <literal>Acquire::http::" -"ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"Cette option prend le pas sur l'ancien nom d'option " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10661,12 +10695,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" "Le réglage <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> permet " "d'utiliser l'enchaînement HTTP (« HTTP pipelining », RFC 2616 " @@ -10798,9 +10832,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Le protocole HTTPS est basé sur le protocole HTTP, aussi toutes les options " "prises en charge par &apt-transport-http; sont aussi disponibles au moyen de " @@ -10846,9 +10880,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" "Une liste de révocation de certificats (CRL) personnalisée peut être " "configurée avec l'option <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> et " @@ -10920,11 +10955,11 @@ msgstr "Authentification du client" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" "Outre la gestion de l'authentification basée sur les mots de passe (voir " "&apt-authconf;) HTTPS prend aussi en charge l'authentification basée sur les " @@ -11229,9 +11264,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" "Si un fichier avec ce contenu est stocké sur la machine sous le nom de " "<filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist.txt</filename>, il peut être utilisé comme " @@ -12099,10 +12134,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -13757,19 +13792,19 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special keyword " -#~ "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the " -#~ "above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the " -#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This " -#~ "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to " -#~ "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do this. " -#~ "The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI component " -#~ "are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to " +#~ "set the <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration " +#~ "file. This entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server " +#~ "what to connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to " +#~ "do this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI " +#~ "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> est le mandataire (proxy) FTP à utiliser " #~ "par défaut pour les URI FTP. Il se présente sous la forme standard : " @@ -14064,9 +14099,9 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the " #~ "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on " #~ "the <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the " -#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though <filename>trusted." -#~ "gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that e.g. new keys are " -#~ "added to this one." +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though " +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that " +#~ "e.g. new keys are added to this one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Cette option permet d'indiquer le fichier porte-clés sur lequel la " #~ "commande doit agir. Par défaut, une commande sera exécutée sur le fichier " @@ -14142,12 +14177,12 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special " -#~ "keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of " -#~ "the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> est le mandataire (proxy) HTTP à utiliser " #~ "par défaut pour les URI HTTP. Il se présente sous la forme standard : " @@ -14179,19 +14214,19 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ "info about trusted certificates. <literal><host>::CaInfo</literal> " #~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> " #~ "boolean suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate " -#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether or " -#~ "not the server's hostname should be verified. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for client " -#~ "authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> is the " -#~ "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what " -#~ "private key to use for client authentication. <literal><host>::" -#~ "SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version to use. " -#~ "It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or " -#~ "'<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" +#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines " +#~ "whether or not the server's hostname should be verified. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to " +#~ "use for client authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> " +#~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> " +#~ "determines what private key to use for client authentication. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host " +#~ "option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version " +#~ "to use. It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' " +#~ "or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" #~ "literal> is the corresponding per-host option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La sous-option <literal>CaInfo</literal> spécifie le fichier contenant " @@ -14218,8 +14253,8 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ "Le procédé <literal>http</literal> indique un serveur HTTP comme archive. " #~ "Si une variable d'environnement <envar>http_proxy</envar> (au format " #~ "http://server:port/) existe, le serveur mandataire indiqué par " -#~ "<envar>http_proxy</envar> est utilisé. Quand un serveur mandataire " -#~ "HTTP/1.1 demande une authentification, on peut utiliser la chaîne http://" +#~ "<envar>http_proxy</envar> est utilisé. Quand un serveur mandataire HTTP/" +#~ "1.1 demande une authentification, on peut utiliser la chaîne http://" #~ "user:pass@server:port/. Notez qu'il s'agit d'une méthode " #~ "d'authentification peu sûre." @@ -14228,9 +14263,10 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ "it encounters unauthenticated archives to give a slightly longer grace " #~ "period on this backward compatibility effecting change. This exception " #~ "will be removed in future releases and you can opt-out of this grace " -#~ "period by setting the configuration option <option>Binary::apt-get::" -#~ "Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to <literal>false</literal> " -#~ "or <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the command line." +#~ "period by setting the configuration option <option>Binary::apt-" +#~ "get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to <literal>false</" +#~ "literal> or <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the " +#~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Comme exception temporaire, &apt-get; (pas &apt; !) émet seulement une " #~ "mise en garde s'il rencontre des archives non authentifiées pour accorder " @@ -14406,15 +14442,16 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ "Les paquets essentiels (et leurs dépendances) devraient être configurés " #~ "après avoir été décompressés. Il est conseillé que cette opération ait " #~ "lieu le plus tôt possible dans le processus de mise à jour car ces " -#~ "opérations de configuration nécessitent également <literal>DPkg::" -#~ "TriggersPending</literal>, ce qui peut conduire à l'exécution de certains " -#~ "actions différées qui ne sont pas nécessairement utiles. Les paquets " -#~ "essentiels obtiennent par défaut un score élevé mais le marqueur " -#~ "« immédiat » implique un score assez bas (par exemple un paquet qui " -#~ "comporte des prédépendances obtient un score plus élevé). Cette option et " -#~ "les options du même groupe permettent de modifier la façon d'attribuer un " -#~ "score. L'exemple ci-dessous indique ces réglages avec leurs valeurs par " -#~ "défaut. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>" +#~ "opérations de configuration nécessitent également " +#~ "<literal>DPkg::TriggersPending</literal>, ce qui peut conduire à " +#~ "l'exécution de certains actions différées qui ne sont pas nécessairement " +#~ "utiles. Les paquets essentiels obtiennent par défaut un score élevé mais " +#~ "le marqueur « immédiat » implique un score assez bas (par exemple un " +#~ "paquet qui comporte des prédépendances obtient un score plus élevé). " +#~ "Cette option et les options du même groupe permettent de modifier la " +#~ "façon d'attribuer un score. L'exemple ci-dessous indique ces réglages " +#~ "avec leurs valeurs par défaut. <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +#~ "id=\"0\"/>" #~ msgid "List fingerprints of trusted keys." #~ msgstr "Afficher les empreintes des clés fiables." @@ -14558,8 +14595,8 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ msgid "" #~ "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur but do not " -#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -#~ "Simulate</literal>." +#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Pas d'action ; simule les événements qui devraient se produire sans " #~ "effectuer de changement réel sur le système. Élément de configuration : " @@ -14567,12 +14604,12 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ msgid "" #~ "Simulated runs performed as a user will automatically deactivate locking " -#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option <literal>APT::" -#~ "Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is by default) a " -#~ "notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only a simulation. " -#~ "Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or the notice - " -#~ "superusers should know what they are doing without further warnings from " -#~ "<literal>apt-get</literal>." +#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is " +#~ "by default) a notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only " +#~ "a simulation. Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or " +#~ "the notice - superusers should know what they are doing without further " +#~ "warnings from <literal>apt-get</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Lorsque la simulation est effectuée par un utilisateur sans privilège, le " #~ "verrouillage sera désactivé automatiquement (<literal>Debug::NoLocking</" @@ -14591,8 +14628,8 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Ignorer le fait que les paquets ne peuvent pas être authentifiés ; ne le " #~ "signale pas à l'utilisateur. Cette option est très utile pour certains " -#~ "outils comme pbuilder. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::Get::" -#~ "AllowUnauthenticated</literal>." +#~ "outils comme pbuilder. Élément de configuration : " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Version 2 of this protocol dumps more information, including the protocol " @@ -14761,8 +14798,8 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~| "B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), " #~| "B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "B<apt>(8), B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources." -#~ "list>(5), B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" +#~ "B<apt>(8), B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), " +#~ "B<sources.list>(5), B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), " #~ "B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" @@ -14787,16 +14824,16 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ "B<reportbug>(1) command." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Voir E<lt>https://bugs.debian.org/aptE<gt>. Si vous souhaitez signaler un " -#~ "bogue dans B<apt>, veuillez lire I</usr/share/doc/debian/bug-reporting." -#~ "txt> ou utiliser la commande B<reportbug>(1)." +#~ "bogue dans B<apt>, veuillez lire I</usr/share/doc/debian/bug-" +#~ "reporting.txt> ou utiliser la commande B<reportbug>(1)." #~ msgid "AUTHOR" #~ msgstr "AUTEURS" #~ msgid "apt was written by the APT team E<lt>apt@packages.debian.orgE<gt>." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "apt a été écrit par l'équipe de développement APT E<lt>apt@packages." -#~ "debian.orgE<gt>." +#~ "apt a été écrit par l'équipe de développement APT " +#~ "E<lt>apt@packages.debian.orgE<gt>." #~ msgid "Package resource list for APT" #~ msgstr "Liste des sources de paquets" @@ -14902,8 +14939,8 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ "La liste des sources de paquets indique où trouver les archives du " #~ "système de distribution de paquets utilisé. Pour l'instant, cette page de " #~ "manuel ne documente que le système d'empaquetage utilisé par le système " -#~ "Debian GNU/Linux. Ce fichier de contrôle est <filename>/etc/apt/sources." -#~ "list</filename>." +#~ "Debian GNU/Linux. Ce fichier de contrôle est <filename>/etc/apt/" +#~ "sources.list</filename>." #~ msgid "" #~ "The source list is designed to support any number of active sources and a " @@ -15001,8 +15038,8 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Créer la somme de contrôle MD5. Cette option est activée par défaut. " #~ "Quand elle est désactivée, les fichiers d'index n'ont pas les champs " -#~ "MD5Sum là où c'est possible. Élément de configuration : <literal>APT::" -#~ "FTPArchive::MD5</literal>." +#~ "MD5Sum là où c'est possible. Élément de configuration : " +#~ "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::MD5</literal>." #~ msgid "Show a short usage summary." #~ msgstr "Affiche un résumé de l'aide" @@ -15134,10 +15171,10 @@ msgstr "Cette commande utilisera les fichiers récupérés sur le disque." #~ "uniforme. Quand un outil d'APT démarre, il lit la configuration désignée " #~ "par variable d'environnement <envar>APT_CONFIG</envar> (si elle existe), " #~ "puis il lit les fichiers situés dans <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> " -#~ "ainsi que le principal fichier de configuration indiqué par <literal>Dir::" -#~ "Etc::main</literal> ; enfin il applique les options de la ligne de " -#~ "commande qui prévalent sur les directives de configuration, chargeant si " -#~ "nécessaire d'autres fichiers de configuration." +#~ "ainsi que le principal fichier de configuration indiqué par " +#~ "<literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal> ; enfin il applique les options de la " +#~ "ligne de commande qui prévalent sur les directives de configuration, " +#~ "chargeant si nécessaire d'autres fichiers de configuration." #~ msgid "" #~ "Disable Immediate Configuration; This dangerous option disables some of " diff --git a/doc/po/it.po b/doc/po/it.po index 5520933f9..aaa37caaa 100644 --- a/doc/po/it.po +++ b/doc/po/it.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-27 19:05+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Beatrice Torracca <beatricet@libero.it>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -595,11 +595,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"stringa_config\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"stringa_config\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -613,12 +615,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"rilascio_obiettivo\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -669,11 +671,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"punto_mount_cdrom\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"punto_mount_cdrom\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -1154,11 +1156,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<literal>update</literal> è usato per sincronizzare nuovamente i file degli " "indici dei pacchetti dalle loro fonti. Gli indici dei pacchetti disponibili " -"sono scaricati dalle posizioni specificate in <filename>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</filename>. Per esempio, quando si usa un archivio Debian, questo " -"comando recupera e analizza i file <filename>Packages.gz</filename>, in modo " -"da rendere disponibili informazioni sui pacchetti nuovi e quelli aggiornati. " -"Si dovrebbe sempre fare un <literal>update</literal> prima di un " +"sono scaricati dalle posizioni specificate in <filename>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</filename>. Per esempio, quando si usa un archivio Debian, " +"questo comando recupera e analizza i file <filename>Packages.gz</filename>, " +"in modo da rendere disponibili informazioni sui pacchetti nuovi e quelli " +"aggiornati. Si dovrebbe sempre fare un <literal>update</literal> prima di un " "<literal>upgrade</literal> o <literal>dist-upgrade</literal>. Notare che " "l'indicatore di avanzamento globale non è preciso perché è impossibile " "conoscere in anticipo la dimensione dei file degli indici dei pacchetti." @@ -1682,8 +1684,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>." msgstr "" "Scarica solamente; i file di pacchetto sono solo recuperati e non " -"spacchettati o installati. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Download-Only</literal>." +"spacchettati o installati. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1697,8 +1699,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" "Aggiusta; cerca di correggere un sistema che ha dipendenze non soddisfatte. " "Questa opzione, quando usata con install o remove, può omettere qualsiasi " @@ -1779,15 +1781,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Nessuna azione; effettua una simulazione degli eventi che avverrebbero sulla " "base dello stato attuale del sistema, ma non fa nulla per cambiare " -"effettivamente il sistema. Il lock viene disabilitato (<option>Debug::" -"NoLocking</option>) perciò lo stato del sistema può cambiare durante " -"l'esecuzione di <command>apt-get</command>. Le simulazioni possono anche " -"essere eseguite da utenti non privilegiati che potrebbero non aver accesso " -"in lettura a tutta la configurazione di apt, rendendo perciò distorta la " -"simulazione. Per gli utenti diversi da root viene mostrata in modo " -"predefinito una notifica che avverte di questo (<option>APT::Get::Show-User-" -"Simulation-Note</option>). Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Simulate</literal>." +"effettivamente il sistema. Il lock viene disabilitato " +"(<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>) perciò lo stato del sistema può cambiare " +"durante l'esecuzione di <command>apt-get</command>. Le simulazioni possono " +"anche essere eseguite da utenti non privilegiati che potrebbero non aver " +"accesso in lettura a tutta la configurazione di apt, rendendo perciò " +"distorta la simulazione. Per gli utenti diversi da root viene mostrata in " +"modo predefinito una notifica che avverte di questo (<option>APT::Get::Show-" +"User-Simulation-Note</option>). Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1825,8 +1827,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" "Rispondi automaticamente «no» a tutti i prompt. Voce di configurazione: " "<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." @@ -1868,15 +1870,15 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</" -#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -#| "SourceOverride</literal>." +#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." msgid "" "Add the given value to the <literal>Comment:</literal> field in history.log " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::History::Comment</literal>." msgstr "" "Seleziona il file override sorgente da usare con il comando " -"<literal>sources</literal>. Voce di configurazione <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal>. Voce di configurazione " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1884,9 +1886,9 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Questa opzione controlla l'architettura per la quale <command>apt-get source " "--compile</command> compila i pacchetti e come le dipendenze di compilazione " @@ -2063,8 +2065,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" "Invece di scaricare i file per l'installazione, stampa i loro URI. Ogni URI " "ha il percorso, il nome del file di destinazione, la dimensione e l'hash MD5 " @@ -2104,8 +2106,8 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" "Questa opzione è attivata in modo predefinito; usare <literal>--no-list-" "cleanup</literal> per disabilitarla. Quando è attivata <command>apt-get</" @@ -2179,8 +2181,8 @@ msgid "" "prompting. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>." msgstr "" "Se un qualsiasi pacchetto dovrebbe essere rimosso, apt-get immediatamente " -"annulla l'operazione senza chiedere. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Remove</literal>." +"annulla l'operazione senza chiedere. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Remove</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2223,8 +2225,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>, and <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>." msgstr "" "Scarica solo il file diff, dsc o tar di un archivio sorgente. Voce di " -"configurazione: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, <literal>APT::Get::" -"Dsc-Only</literal> e <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>." +"configurazione: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, " +"<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal> e <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2269,8 +2272,8 @@ msgstr "" #| "Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured " #| "sources. APT will fail at the update command for repositories without " #| "valid cryptographically signatures. See also &apt-secure; for details on " -#| "the concept and the implications. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -#| "AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." +#| "the concept and the implications. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." msgid "" "Allow the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured " "sources. APT will otherwise fail at the update command for repositories " @@ -2281,8 +2284,8 @@ msgstr "" "Impedisce al comando update di acquisire dati non verificabili dalle fonti " "configurate. Il comando update di Apt fallirà per i repository senza firme " "crittografiche valide. Vedere anche &apt-secure; per i dettagli sul concetto " -"e sulle implicazioni. Voce di configurazione: <literal>Acquire::" -"AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." +"e sulle implicazioni. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2794,12 +2797,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" "Stessa cosa di <literal>dotty</literal>, ma per xvcg dello <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">strumento VCG</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">strumento VCG</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2827,8 +2830,8 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" "Il comando <literal>madison</literal> di <literal>apt-cache</literal> cerca " "di imitare il formato di uscita e un sottoinsieme delle funzionalità di " @@ -2842,8 +2845,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" "Seleziona il file in cui memorizzare la cache dei pacchetti. Questa è la " "cache primaria usata da tutte le operazioni. Voce di configurazione: " @@ -2888,17 +2891,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Stampa solo le dipendenze importanti; da usarsi con <literal>unmet</literal> " "e <literal>depends</literal>. Fa sì che vengano stampate solo le relazioni " -"Depends e Pre-Depends. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Important</literal>." +"Depends e Pre-Depends. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" "In modo predefinito <command>depends</command> e <command>rdepends</command> " "stampano tutte le dipendenze. Ciò può essere modificato con queste opzioni " @@ -2921,8 +2924,8 @@ msgstr "" "opzione mostrano anche le dipendenze aggiunte implicitamente sulla base dei " "dati incontrati. Ad esempio un <literal>Conflicts: pippo</literal> esprime " "implicitamente che questo pacchetto va in conflitto anche con il pacchetto " -"pippo da qualsiasi altra architettura. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>." +"pippo da qualsiasi altra architettura. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::ShowImplicit</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2948,8 +2951,8 @@ msgstr "" "versions</option>. Se si specifica <option>--no-all-versions</option>, verrà " "visualizzata solo la versione candidata (quella che sarebbe scelta per " "l'installazione). Questa opzione è applicabile solo al comando " -"<literal>show</literal>. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllVersions</literal>." +"<literal>show</literal>. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2977,8 +2980,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" "Fai sì che <literal>pkgnames</literal> stampi tutti i nomi, inclusi i " "pacchetti virtuali e le dipendenze mancanti. Voce di configurazione: " @@ -3003,8 +3006,8 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>." msgstr "" "Limita l'output di <literal>depends</literal> e <literal>rdepends</literal> " -"ai pacchetti attualmente installati. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::" -"Cache::Installed</literal>." +"ai pacchetti attualmente installati. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -3071,8 +3074,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" "<command>apt-mark</command> può essere usato come fronted unificato per " @@ -3324,10 +3327,11 @@ msgstr "Configurazione utente" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3340,8 +3344,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3638,8 +3643,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Firmarlo</emphasis>. Lo si può fare eseguendo <command>gpg --" "clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> e <command>gpg -abs -o Release.gpg " @@ -3804,8 +3809,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" "Non cercare di rilevare automaticamente il percorso del CD-ROM. Solitamente " "usato insieme all'opzione <option>--cdrom</option>. Voce di configurazione: " @@ -3820,8 +3825,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Punto di mount; specifica la posizione in cui montare il CD-ROM. Questo " "punto di mount deve essere elencato nel file <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> " -"e configurato correttamente. Voce di configurazione: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::mount</literal>." +"e configurato correttamente. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3832,15 +3837,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Rinomina un disco; cambia l'etichetta di un disco o soppianta l'etichetta " "originale del disco. Questa opzione farà sì che <command>apt-cdrom</command> " -"chieda una nuova etichetta. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"Rename</literal>." +"chieda una nuova etichetta. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" "Non montare; impedisce ad <command>apt-cdrom</command> di montare e smontare " "il punto di mount. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</" @@ -3945,8 +3950,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" "In questo modo la variabile d'ambiente $OPZIONI della shell verrà impostata " "al valore di MiaApp::opzioni con un valore predefinito di <option>-f</" @@ -3998,8 +4003,8 @@ msgstr "" "nel valore verranno codificati per assicurare che possano essere usati senza " "problemi in una stringa tra virgolette, come definito nella RFC822. In " "aggiunta %n verrà sostituito da un ritorno a capo e %N da una " -"tabulazione. Un carattere % può essere prodotto usando %" -"%. " +"tabulazione. Un carattere % può essere prodotto usando " +"%%. " #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-config.8.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml apt-sortpkgs.1.xml @@ -4075,9 +4080,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" "tutti i file in <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal>, in ordine alfanumerico " "crescente, se il loro nome file non ha estensione o ha «<literal>conf</" @@ -4166,12 +4171,12 @@ msgstr "" "quello usato dagli strumenti ISC come bind e dhcp. Le righe che iniziano con " "<literal>//</literal> vengono trattate come commenti (ignorate), così come " "tutto il testo racchiuso tra <literal>/*</literal> e <literal>*/</literal>, " -"proprio come i commenti C/C++. Ogni riga ha la forma <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. Le virgolette e il punto e virgola finale " -"sono obbligatori. I valori non possono includere barre inverse (\\) o " -"ulteriori virgolette. I nomi delle opzioni sono costituiti da caratteri " -"alfanumerici e dai caratteri «/-:._+». Un nuovo ambito può essere aperto con " -"parentesi graffe come in:" +"proprio come i commenti C/C++. Ogni riga ha la forma " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. Le virgolette e il punto " +"e virgola finale sono obbligatori. I valori non possono includere barre " +"inverse (\\) o ulteriori virgolette. I nomi delle opzioni sono costituiti da " +"caratteri alfanumerici e dai caratteri «/-:._+». Un nuovo ambito può essere " +"aperto con parentesi graffe come in:" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4292,12 +4297,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Tutti gli strumenti APT accettano un'opzione -o che permette di specificare " "una direttiva di configurazione arbitraria nella riga di comando. La " -"sintassi è un nome completo di opzione (per esempio <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-Yes</literal>) seguito da un segno di uguaglianza e quindi il nuovo " -"valore dell'opzione. Per aggiungere un nuovo elemento ad un elenco, " -"aggiungere <literal>::</literal> alla fine del nome dell'elenco. (Come si " -"può immaginare, la sintassi per gli ambiti non può essere usata nella riga " -"di comando.)" +"sintassi è un nome completo di opzione (per esempio " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>) seguito da un segno di uguaglianza " +"e quindi il nuovo valore dell'opzione. Per aggiungere un nuovo elemento ad " +"un elenco, aggiungere <literal>::</literal> alla fine del nome dell'elenco. " +"(Come si può immaginare, la sintassi per gli ambiti non può essere usata " +"nella riga di comando.)" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4390,10 +4395,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4711,8 +4718,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -5020,9 +5027,9 @@ msgstr "" "possono decomprimere e ricomprimere molti formati comuni come <command>xz</" "command> e <command>gzip</command>; con questa impostazione si possono " "ottenere informazioni sui formati supportati, si può modificarli oltre ad " -"aggiungere il supporto per altri formati (vedere anche <option>APT::" -"Compressor</option>). La sintassi è: <placeholder type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/" -">" +"aggiungere il supporto per altri formati (vedere anche " +"<option>APT::Compressor</option>). La sintassi è: <placeholder " +"type=\"synopsis\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para><synopsis> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5161,9 +5168,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -5295,21 +5302,22 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" "L'acquisizione di changelog è possibile solamente se è noto un URI da cui " "ottenerli. Il file Release indica questa informazione preferibilmente in un " @@ -5320,22 +5328,22 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>ORIGINE</replaceable></literal> e, se è così, viene preso " "questo valore. Il valore nel file Release può essere scavalcato con " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>ETICHETTA</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</replaceable></literal>. Il valore deve essere " -"un URI normale verso un file di testo, tranne per il fatto che dati " -"specifici di pacchetto sono sostituito con il segnaposto " -"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. Il valore per esso è: 1. se il pacchetto è " -"da una componente (es. <literal>main</literal>) è la prima parte, altrimenti " -"viene omesso; 2. la prima lettera del nome del pacchetto sorgente, tranne " -"per i pacchetti sorgente con nome che inizia con «<literal>lib</literal>», " -"nel qual caso saranno le prime quattro lettere; 3. il nome completo del " -"pacchetto sorgente; 4. il nome completo di nuovo e 5. la versione sorgente. " -"La prima (se presente), la seconda, la terza e la quarta parte sono separate " -"da una sbarra («<literal>/</literal>») e tra la quarta e la quinta parte c'è " -"un trattino basso («<literal>_</literal>»). Per questa opzione è disponibile " -"il valore speciale «<literal>no</literal>» che indica che questa fonte non " -"può essere usata per acquisire file changelog. In questo caso viene provata " -"un'altra fonte, se disponibile." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</" +"replaceable></literal>. Il valore deve essere un URI normale verso un file " +"di testo, tranne per il fatto che dati specifici di pacchetto sono " +"sostituito con il segnaposto <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. Il valore per " +"esso è: 1. se il pacchetto è da una componente (es. <literal>main</literal>) " +"è la prima parte, altrimenti viene omesso; 2. la prima lettera del nome del " +"pacchetto sorgente, tranne per i pacchetti sorgente con nome che inizia con " +"«<literal>lib</literal>», nel qual caso saranno le prime quattro lettere; 3. " +"il nome completo del pacchetto sorgente; 4. il nome completo di nuovo e 5. " +"la versione sorgente. La prima (se presente), la seconda, la terza e la " +"quarta parte sono separate da una sbarra («<literal>/</literal>») e tra la " +"quarta e la quinta parte c'è un trattino basso («<literal>_</literal>»). Per " +"questa opzione è disponibile il valore speciale «<literal>no</literal>» che " +"indica che questa fonte non può essere usata per acquisire file changelog. " +"In questo caso viene provata un'altra fonte, se disponibile." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5345,14 +5353,15 @@ msgstr "" #| "get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' " #| "field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file " #| "is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::" -#| "<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::" -#| "Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> " -#| "option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release " -#| "file can be overridden with <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -#| "Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::" -#| "Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" -#| "literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that " -#| "package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +#| "<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +#| "replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The " +#| "value in the Release file can be overridden with " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +#| "replaceable></literal> or " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +#| "replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +#| "except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " #| "<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package " #| "is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first " #| "part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, " @@ -5370,17 +5379,19 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" "L'acquisizione di changelog è possibile solamente se è noto un URI da cui " "ottenerli. Il file Release indica questa informazione preferibilmente in un " @@ -5391,22 +5402,22 @@ msgstr "" "<replaceable>ORIGINE</replaceable></literal> e, se è così, viene preso " "questo valore. Il valore nel file Release può essere scavalcato con " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>ETICHETTA</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</replaceable></literal>. Il valore deve essere " -"un URI normale verso un file di testo, tranne per il fatto che dati " -"specifici di pacchetto sono sostituito con il segnaposto " -"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. Il valore per esso è: 1. se il pacchetto è " -"da una componente (es. <literal>main</literal>) è la prima parte, altrimenti " -"viene omesso; 2. la prima lettera del nome del pacchetto sorgente, tranne " -"per i pacchetti sorgente con nome che inizia con «<literal>lib</literal>», " -"nel qual caso saranno le prime quattro lettere; 3. il nome completo del " -"pacchetto sorgente; 4. il nome completo di nuovo e 5. la versione sorgente. " -"La prima (se presente), la seconda, la terza e la quarta parte sono separate " -"da una sbarra («<literal>/</literal>») e tra la quarta e la quinta parte c'è " -"un trattino basso («<literal>_</literal>»). Per questa opzione è disponibile " -"il valore speciale «<literal>no</literal>» che indica che questa fonte non " -"può essere usata per acquisire file changelog. In questo caso viene provata " -"un'altra fonte, se disponibile." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</" +"replaceable></literal>. Il valore deve essere un URI normale verso un file " +"di testo, tranne per il fatto che dati specifici di pacchetto sono " +"sostituito con il segnaposto <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. Il valore per " +"esso è: 1. se il pacchetto è da una componente (es. <literal>main</literal>) " +"è la prima parte, altrimenti viene omesso; 2. la prima lettera del nome del " +"pacchetto sorgente, tranne per i pacchetti sorgente con nome che inizia con " +"«<literal>lib</literal>», nel qual caso saranno le prime quattro lettere; 3. " +"il nome completo del pacchetto sorgente; 4. il nome completo di nuovo e 5. " +"la versione sorgente. La prima (se presente), la seconda, la terza e la " +"quarta parte sono separate da una sbarra («<literal>/</literal>») e tra la " +"quarta e la quinta parte c'è un trattino basso («<literal>_</literal>»). Per " +"questa opzione è disponibile il valore speciale «<literal>no</literal>» che " +"indica che questa fonte non può essere usata per acquisire file changelog. " +"In questo caso viene provata un'altra fonte, se disponibile." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5418,9 +5429,9 @@ msgstr "Configurazione specifica per binari" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" "Specialmente con l'introduzione del binario <command>apt</command> può " "essere utile impostare determinate opzioni solamente per uno specifico " @@ -5496,13 +5507,14 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> contiene le posizioni relative alle " "informazioni della cache locale, come le due cache dei pacchetti " "<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> e <literal>pkgcache</literal>, così come la " -"posizione in cui mettere gli archivi scaricati: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"archives</literal>. La generazione delle cache può essere disattivata " -"impostando <literal>pkgcache</literal> o <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> a " -"<literal>\"\"</literal>. Questo rallenta l'avvio ma fa risparmiare spazio su " -"disco. È probabilmente preferibile disattivare pkgcache piuttosto che " -"srcpkgcache. Come per <literal>Dir::State</literal>, la directory " -"predefinita è contenuta in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>" +"posizione in cui mettere gli archivi scaricati: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal>. La generazione delle cache può " +"essere disattivata impostando <literal>pkgcache</literal> o " +"<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> a <literal>\"\"</literal>. Questo rallenta " +"l'avvio ma fa risparmiare spazio su disco. È probabilmente preferibile " +"disattivare pkgcache piuttosto che srcpkgcache. Come per " +"<literal>Dir::State</literal>, la directory predefinita è contenuta in " +"<literal>Dir::Cache</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5533,19 +5545,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." msgstr "" -"<literal>Dir::Bin</literal> punta ai programmi binari; <literal>Dir::Bin::" -"Methods</literal> specifica la posizione dei gestori dei metodi e " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> e <literal>apt-cache</literal> " -"specificano la posizione dei rispettivi programmi." +"<literal>Dir::Bin</literal> punta ai programmi binari; " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifica la posizione dei gestori dei " +"metodi e <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</" +"literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-" +"source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> e <literal>apt-cache</" +"literal> specificano la posizione dei rispettivi programmi." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5563,11 +5575,11 @@ msgstr "" "speciale. Se impostata, tutti i percorsi saranno relativi a " "<literal>RootDir</literal>, <emphasis>anche i percorsi che sono specificati " "in modo assoluto</emphasis>. Perciò, ad esempio, se <literal>RootDir</" -"literal> è impostata a <filename>/tmp/staging</filename> e <literal>Dir::" -"State::status</literal> è impostata a <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</" -"filename>, allora il file di stato verrà cercato in <filename>/tmp/staging/" -"var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. Se si desidera un prefisso solo per i " -"percorsi relativi, impostare invece <literal>Dir</literal>." +"literal> è impostata a <filename>/tmp/staging</filename> e " +"<literal>Dir::State::status</literal> è impostata a <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/" +"status</filename>, allora il file di stato verrà cercato in <filename>/tmp/" +"staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. Se si desidera un prefisso solo per " +"i percorsi relativi, impostare invece <literal>Dir</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5739,9 +5751,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" "Ogni riga con una direttiva di configurazione ha la forma " "<literal>chiave=valore</literal>. I caratteri speciali (segno di uguale, a " @@ -5820,12 +5832,12 @@ msgid "" "contains the number of the used file descriptor as a confirmation." msgstr "" "Il descrittore di file da usare per inviare le informazioni può essere " -"richiesto con <literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::" -"InfoFD</literal> che è in modo predefinito <literal>0</literal> per lo " -"standard input ed è disponibile a partire dalla versione 0.9.11. Il supporto " -"per l'opzione può essere controllato guardando la variabile d'ambiente " -"<envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> che contiene il numero del descrittore di " -"file usato per conferma." +"richiesto con <literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</" +"replaceable>::InfoFD</literal> che è in modo predefinito <literal>0</" +"literal> per lo standard input ed è disponibile a partire dalla versione " +"0.9.11. Il supporto per l'opzione può essere controllato guardando la " +"variabile d'ambiente <envar>APT_HOOK_INFO_FD</envar> che contiene il numero " +"del descrittore di file usato per conferma." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5875,11 +5887,11 @@ msgid "" "<literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal> script. See the top of " "this script for the brief documentation of these options." msgstr "" -"I gruppi di opzioni <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> e <literal>APT::" -"Archives</literal> configurano il comportamento degli aggiornamenti " -"periodici di apt, ciò viene fatto attraverso lo script <literal>/etc/cron." -"daily/apt</literal>. Per una breve documentazione di queste opzioni, vedere " -"all'inizio dello script." +"I gruppi di opzioni <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> e " +"<literal>APT::Archives</literal> configurano il comportamento degli " +"aggiornamenti periodici di apt, ciò viene fatto attraverso lo script " +"<literal>/etc/cron.daily/apt</literal>. Per una breve documentazione di " +"queste opzioni, vedere all'inizio dello script." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6078,15 +6090,15 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" "Genera messaggi di debug che descrivono quali pacchetti vengono " "automaticamente installati per risolvere delle dipendenze. Corrisponde al " "passo iniziale di installazione automatica effettuato, ad esempio, in " "<literal>apt-get install</literal> e non all'intero risolutore di dipendenze " -"di <literal>apt</literal>; per quello vedere <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal>." +"di <literal>apt</literal>; per quello vedere " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6096,14 +6108,14 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" "Genera messaggi di debug che descrivono quali pacchetto vengono " "contrassegnati per essere mantenuti/installati/rimossi mentre il " @@ -6184,8 +6196,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" "Stampa informazioni sui fornitori lette da <filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</" "filename>." @@ -6193,8 +6205,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" "Visualizza i comandi esterni che sono richiamati dagli hook di apt. Ciò " @@ -6997,9 +7009,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -7172,9 +7184,9 @@ msgstr "Allora:" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "Verrà installata la più recente versione disponibile del pacchetto " "<literal>perl</literal>, fintanto che il suo numero di versione inizia con " @@ -7452,23 +7464,23 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "Tutti i file <filename>Packages</filename> e <filename>Release</filename> " "recuperati dalle posizioni elencate nel file &sources-list; sono memorizzati " "nella directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename> o nel file indicato " -"dalla variabile <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> nel file <filename>apt." -"conf</filename>. Per esempio, il file <filename>debian.lcs.mit." -"edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> contiene il " -"file <filename>Release</filename> recuperato dal sito <literal>debian.lcs." -"mit.edu</literal> per i file dell'architettura <literal>binary-i386</" -"literal> nella componente <literal>contrib</literal> della distribuzione " -"<literal>unstable</literal>." +"dalla variabile <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> nel file " +"<filename>apt.conf</filename>. Per esempio, il file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contiene il file <filename>Release</filename> " +"recuperato dal sito <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> per i file " +"dell'architettura <literal>binary-i386</literal> nella componente " +"<literal>contrib</literal> della distribuzione <literal>unstable</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -7899,6 +7911,12 @@ msgstr "" "incontrare opzioni, dato che erano non comuni prima dell'introduzione del " "supporto multiarchitettura." +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -8161,10 +8179,17 @@ msgstr "&sourceslist-sources-format;" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml -msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in " +#| "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or " +#| "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +#| "id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" "Come esempio, le fonti per la propria distribuzione potrebbero essere simili " "a queste in formato in stile a singola riga: <placeholder " @@ -8234,11 +8259,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) è un'opzione multivalore " "che definisce quali rilasci obiettivo di scaricamento apt cercherà di " @@ -8449,8 +8475,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) è " "un valore «yes»/«no» che determina se APT debba cercare di rilevare " @@ -8493,8 +8520,9 @@ msgstr "" "raramente di un archivio aggiornato più frequentemente ma meno raggiungibile " "(che è anch'esso nel sources.list) invece di disabilitare completamente il " "controllo. I valori assunti in modo predefinito sono quelli delle opzioni di " -"configurazione <option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> e <option>Acquire::" -"Max-ValidTime</option> che sono entrambe non impostate in modo predefinito." +"configurazione <option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> e " +"<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> che sono entrambe non impostate in " +"modo predefinito." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -9066,8 +9094,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" "Directory temporanea dove scrivere gli script di configurazione e i file " "template di <command>debconf</command> estratti. Voce di configurazione: " @@ -9110,8 +9138,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" "Usa l'ordinamento dei campi dell'indice dei sorgenti. Voce di " "configurazione: <literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." @@ -9245,22 +9273,22 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" "Il comando <literal>release</literal> genera un file Release da un albero di " "directory. In modo predefinito cerca ricorsivamente nella directory data i " "file <filename>Packages</filename>, <filename>Sources</filename>, " "<filename>Contents</filename>, <filename>Components</filename> e " "<filename>icons</filename> compressi e non compressi, come anche i file " -"<filename>Release</filename>, <filename>Index</filename> e <filename>md5sum." -"txt</filename> (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</" -"literal>). Si possono aggiungere ulteriori modelli per i nomi di file " -"elencandoli in <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. Scrive " -"poi sullo stdout un file <filename>Release</filename> contenente (in modo " -"predefinito) per ogni file un digest MD5, SHA1, SHA256 e SHA512." +"<filename>Release</filename>, <filename>Index</filename> e " +"<filename>md5sum.txt</filename> (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-" +"Patterns</literal>). Si possono aggiungere ulteriori modelli per i nomi di " +"file elencandoli in <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. " +"Scrive poi sullo stdout un file <filename>Release</filename> contenente (in " +"modo predefinito) per ogni file un digest MD5, SHA1, SHA256 e SHA512." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9505,12 +9533,12 @@ msgstr "Sezione <literal>TreeDefault</literal>" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" "Imposta valori predefiniti specifici per le sezioni <literal>Tree</literal>. " -"Tutte queste variabili sono variabili di sostituzione in cui le stringhe " -"$(DIST), $(SECTION) e $(ARCH) verranno sostituite dai loro rispettivi valori." +"Tutte queste variabili sono variabili di sostituzione in cui le stringhe $" +"(DIST), $(SECTION) e $(ARCH) verranno sostituite dai loro rispettivi valori." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9545,8 +9573,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" "Imposta la radice dell'albero della directory dei .deb. Il valore " "predefinito è <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>." @@ -9554,8 +9582,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" "Imposta la radice dell'albero della directory dei pacchetti sorgente. Il " "valore predefinito è <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>." @@ -9566,8 +9594,8 @@ msgid "" "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/" "binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>" msgstr "" -"Imposta il file Packages di uscita. Il valore predefinito è " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>." +"Imposta il file Packages di uscita. Il valore predefinito è <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9582,8 +9610,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" "Imposta il file Translation-en principale di uscita contenente le " "descrizioni lunghe se non devono essere incluse nel file Packages. Il valore " @@ -9609,11 +9637,11 @@ msgid "" "ftparchive</command> will integrate those package files together " "automatically." msgstr "" -"Imposta il file Contents di uscita. Il valore predefinito è " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. Se questa " -"impostazione fa sì che più file Packages corrispondano a un solo file " -"Contents (come avviene con il valore predefinito), allora <command>apt-" -"ftparchive</command> unirà automaticamente insieme questi file dei pacchetti." +"Imposta il file Contents di uscita. Il valore predefinito è <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. Se questa impostazione fa sì " +"che più file Packages corrispondano a un solo file Contents (come avviene " +"con il valore predefinito), allora <command>apt-ftparchive</command> unirà " +"automaticamente insieme questi file dei pacchetti." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9986,8 +10014,8 @@ msgstr "" "Effettua il de-collegamento. Se viene usata l'impostazione <literal>External-" "Links</literal> allora questa opzione abilita di fatto il de-collegamento " "dei file. È attiva in modo predefinito e può essere disabilitata con " -"<option>--no-delink</option>. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>." +"<option>--no-delink</option>. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10013,14 +10041,14 @@ msgid "" "literal>." msgstr "" "Seleziona il file override sorgente da usare con il comando " -"<literal>sources</literal>. Voce di configurazione <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal>. Voce di configurazione " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" "Rende i database delle cache in sola lettura. Voce di configurazione: " "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." @@ -10036,8 +10064,8 @@ msgstr "" "Accetta per i comandi <literal>packages</literal> e <literal>contents</" "literal> solo i file di pacchetto che corrispondono a <literal>*_arch.deb</" "literal> o <literal>*_all.deb</literal> invece di tutti i file di pacchetto " -"nel percorso specificato. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"Architecture</literal>." +"nel percorso specificato. Voce di configurazione: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10399,16 +10427,17 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> @@ -10432,14 +10461,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " #| "prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" "Sono fornite tre impostazioni per il controllo della cache in proxy con " "cache conformi an HTTP/1.1. <literal>No-Cache</literal> indica al proxy di " @@ -10469,11 +10498,11 @@ msgstr "Configurazione utente" #| "</literal> or the word <literal>DIRECT</literal> if no proxy should be " #| "used. No output indicates that the generic proxy settings should be " #| "used. Note that auto-detection will not be used for a host if a host-" -#| "specific proxy configuration is already set via <literal>Acquire::http::" -#| "Proxy::<replaceable>HOST</replaceable></literal>. See the &squid-deb-" -#| "proxy-client; package for an example implementation that uses avahi. " -#| "This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " -#| "<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +#| "specific proxy configuration is already set via " +#| "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>HOST</replaceable></" +#| "literal>. See the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example " +#| "implementation that uses avahi. This option takes precedence over the " +#| "legacy option name <literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgid "" "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify " "an external command to discover the HTTP proxy to use. The first and only " @@ -10516,8 +10545,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10558,11 +10587,11 @@ msgid "" "bandwidth. Note that this option implicitly disables downloading from " "multiple servers at the same time." msgstr "" -"La quantità di banda utilizzata può essere limitata con <literal>Acquire::" -"http::Dl-Limit</literal> che accetta valori interi in kilobyte al secondo. " -"Il valore predefinito è 0 che disattiva il limite e cerca di usare tutta la " -"banda disponibile. Notare che questa opzione implicitamente disabilita lo " -"scaricamento da più server contemporaneamente." +"La quantità di banda utilizzata può essere limitata con " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Dl-Limit</literal> che accetta valori interi in " +"kilobyte al secondo. Il valore predefinito è 0 che disattiva il limite e " +"cerca di usare tutta la banda disponibile. Notare che questa opzione " +"implicitamente disabilita lo scaricamento da più server contemporaneamente." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10577,12 +10606,12 @@ msgstr "" #| "by setting the value to 0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" "L'impostazione <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> può essere " "usata per abilitare le pipeline HTTP (RFC 2616, sezione 8.1.2.2) che possono " @@ -10683,9 +10712,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10714,9 +10743,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10762,11 +10792,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout> @@ -10968,9 +10998,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout> @@ -11907,10 +11937,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -13542,35 +13572,36 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special keyword " -#~ "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the " -#~ "above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the " -#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This " -#~ "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to " -#~ "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do this. " -#~ "The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI component " -#~ "are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to " +#~ "set the <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration " +#~ "file. This entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server " +#~ "what to connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to " +#~ "do this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI " +#~ "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> imposta il proxy predefinito da usare per " -#~ "gli URI FTP. È nella forma standard <literal>ftp://[[utente][:" -#~ "password]@]host[:porta]/</literal>. Si possono anche specificare proxy " +#~ "gli URI FTP. È nella forma standard <literal>ftp://[[utente]" +#~ "[:password]@]host[:porta]/</literal>. Si possono anche specificare proxy " #~ "per ciascun host usando la forma <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></" #~ "literal> con la speciale parola chiave <literal>DIRECT</literal> che " #~ "indica di non usare proxy. Se nessuna delle opzioni precedenti è " #~ "impostata, viene usata la variabile d'ambiente <envar>ftp_proxy</envar>. " -#~ "Per usare un proxy FTP è necessario impostare lo script <literal>ftp::" -#~ "ProxyLogin</literal> nel file di configurazione. Questa voce specifica i " -#~ "comandi da inviare per dire al server proxy a cosa connettersi. Vedere " -#~ "&configureindex; per un esempio di come utilizzarla. Le variabili di " -#~ "sostituzione che rappresentano i corrispondenti componenti dell'URI sono " -#~ "<literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> e <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "Per usare un proxy FTP è necessario impostare lo script " +#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> nel file di configurazione. Questa " +#~ "voce specifica i comandi da inviare per dire al server proxy a cosa " +#~ "connettersi. Vedere &configureindex; per un esempio di come utilizzarla. " +#~ "Le variabili di sostituzione che rappresentano i corrispondenti " +#~ "componenti dell'URI sono <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$" +#~ "(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$" +#~ "(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> e <literal>$" +#~ "(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the " @@ -13840,9 +13871,9 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the " #~ "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on " #~ "the <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the " -#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though <filename>trusted." -#~ "gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that e.g. new keys are " -#~ "added to this one." +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though " +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that " +#~ "e.g. new keys are added to this one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Con questa opzione è possibile specificare un particolare file " #~ "portachiavi su cui deve operare il comando. Il comportamento predefinito " @@ -13917,16 +13948,16 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special " -#~ "keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of " -#~ "the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> imposta il proxy predefinito da usare per " -#~ "gli URI HTTP. È nella forma standard <literal>http://[[utente][:" -#~ "password]@]host[:porta]/</literal>. Possono anche essere specificati " +#~ "gli URI HTTP. È nella forma standard <literal>http://[[utente]" +#~ "[:password]@]host[:porta]/</literal>. Possono anche essere specificati " #~ "proxy per ciascun host usando la forma <literal>http::Proxy::<host>" #~ "</literal> con la speciale parola chiave <literal>DIRECT</literal> che " #~ "significa di non usare un proxy. Se non viene specificata alcuna delle " @@ -13953,41 +13984,42 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ "info about trusted certificates. <literal><host>::CaInfo</literal> " #~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> " #~ "boolean suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate " -#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether or " -#~ "not the server's hostname should be verified. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for client " -#~ "authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> is the " -#~ "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what " -#~ "private key to use for client authentication. <literal><host>::" -#~ "SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version to use. " -#~ "It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or " -#~ "'<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" +#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines " +#~ "whether or not the server's hostname should be verified. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to " +#~ "use for client authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> " +#~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> " +#~ "determines what private key to use for client authentication. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host " +#~ "option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version " +#~ "to use. It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' " +#~ "or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" #~ "literal> is the corresponding per-host option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "La sotto-opzione <literal>CaInfo</literal> specifica la posizione del " -#~ "file che contiene le informazioni sui certificati fidati; <literal><" -#~ "host>::CaInfo</literal> è la corrispondente opzione specifica per " -#~ "ciascun host. La sotto-opzione booleana <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> " -#~ "determina se il certificato host del server deve o non deve essere " -#~ "verificato usando i certificati fidati; <literal><host>::Verify-" -#~ "Peer</literal> è la corrispondente opzione specifica per ciascun host. La " -#~ "sotto-opzione booleana <literal>Verify-Host</literal> determina se il " -#~ "nome host del server deve o non deve essere verificato; <literal><" -#~ "host>::Verify-Host</literal> è la corrispondente opzione specifica per " -#~ "ciascun host. <literal>SslCert</literal> determina quale certificato " -#~ "usare per l'autenticazione client; <literal><host>::SslCert</" -#~ "literal> è la corrispondente opzione specifica per ciascun host. " -#~ "<literal>SslKey</literal> determina quale chiave privata usare per " -#~ "l'autenticazione client; <literal><host>::SslKey</literal> è la " -#~ "corrispondente opzione specifica per ciascun host. " -#~ "<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> scavalca la versione predefinita SSL " -#~ "da usare e può contenere la stringa «<literal>TLSv1</literal>» o " -#~ "«<literal>SSLv3</literal>»; <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" -#~ "literal> è la corrispondente opzione specifica per ciascun host." +#~ "file che contiene le informazioni sui certificati fidati; " +#~ "<literal><host>::CaInfo</literal> è la corrispondente opzione " +#~ "specifica per ciascun host. La sotto-opzione booleana <literal>Verify-" +#~ "Peer</literal> determina se il certificato host del server deve o non " +#~ "deve essere verificato usando i certificati fidati; " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> è la corrispondente opzione " +#~ "specifica per ciascun host. La sotto-opzione booleana <literal>Verify-" +#~ "Host</literal> determina se il nome host del server deve o non deve " +#~ "essere verificato; <literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> è la " +#~ "corrispondente opzione specifica per ciascun host. <literal>SslCert</" +#~ "literal> determina quale certificato usare per l'autenticazione client; " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslCert</literal> è la corrispondente opzione " +#~ "specifica per ciascun host. <literal>SslKey</literal> determina quale " +#~ "chiave privata usare per l'autenticazione client; " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> è la corrispondente opzione " +#~ "specifica per ciascun host. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> scavalca " +#~ "la versione predefinita SSL da usare e può contenere la stringa " +#~ "«<literal>TLSv1</literal>» o «<literal>SSLv3</literal>»; " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslForceVersion</literal> è la corrispondente " +#~ "opzione specifica per ciascun host." #~ msgid "" #~ "The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an " @@ -14001,27 +14033,29 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ "variabile d'ambiente <envar>http_proxy</envar> con il formato http://" #~ "server:porta/, verrà usato il server proxy specificato in " #~ "<envar>http_proxy</envar>. Gli utenti con proxy HTTP/1.1 con " -#~ "autenticazione possono usare una stringa nel formato http://utente:" -#~ "password@server:porta/. Notare che questo è un metodo di autenticazione " -#~ "non sicuro." +#~ "autenticazione possono usare una stringa nel formato http://" +#~ "utente:password@server:porta/. Notare che questo è un metodo di " +#~ "autenticazione non sicuro." #~ msgid "" #~ "As a temporary exception &apt-get; (not &apt;!) raises warnings only if " #~ "it encounters unauthenticated archives to give a slightly longer grace " #~ "period on this backward compatibility effecting change. This exception " #~ "will be removed in future releases and you can opt-out of this grace " -#~ "period by setting the configuration option <option>Binary::apt-get::" -#~ "Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to <literal>false</literal> " -#~ "or <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the command line." +#~ "period by setting the configuration option <option>Binary::apt-" +#~ "get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to <literal>false</" +#~ "literal> or <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the " +#~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Come eccezione temporanea &apt-get; (non &apt;!) dà solo avvertimenti se " #~ "incrontra archivi non autenticati, per fornire un periodo di grazia " #~ "leggermente più lungo per questa modifica che influenza sulla " #~ "compatibilità all'indietro. Questa eccezione sarà rimossa nei rilasci " #~ "futuri e si può rinunciare a questo periodo di grazia ipostando l'opzione " -#~ "di configurazione <option>Binary::apt-get::Acquire::" -#~ "AllowInsecureRepositories</option> a <literal>false</literal> o <option>--" -#~ "no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> nella riga di comando." +#~ "di configurazione <option>Binary::apt-" +#~ "get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> a <literal>false</" +#~ "literal> o <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> nella riga " +#~ "di comando." #~ msgid "Archive Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configurazione dell'archivio" @@ -14225,8 +14259,9 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ "In futuro APT si rifiuterà in modo predefinito di lavorare con repository " #~ "non autenticati fino a quando il supporto per essi sarà completamente " #~ "rimosso. Gli utenti hanno l'opzione di passare di già a questo " -#~ "comportamento impostando l'opzione di configurazione <option>Acquire::" -#~ "AllowInsecureRepositories</option> a <literal>false</literal>." +#~ "comportamento impostando l'opzione di configurazione " +#~ "<option>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> a <literal>false</" +#~ "literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Allow the update operation to load data files from a repository without a " @@ -14365,8 +14400,8 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur but do not " -#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -#~ "Simulate</literal>." +#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nessuna azione; effettua una simulazione degli eventi che si " #~ "verificherebbero, ma non cambia realmente il sistema. Voce di " @@ -14374,12 +14409,12 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "Simulated runs performed as a user will automatically deactivate locking " -#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option <literal>APT::" -#~ "Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is by default) a " -#~ "notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only a simulation. " -#~ "Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or the notice - " -#~ "superusers should know what they are doing without further warnings from " -#~ "<literal>apt-get</literal>." +#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is " +#~ "by default) a notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only " +#~ "a simulation. Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or " +#~ "the notice - superusers should know what they are doing without further " +#~ "warnings from <literal>apt-get</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Le esecuzioni simulate effettuate da un utente disattivano " #~ "automaticamente il lock (<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>) e se è " @@ -14568,8 +14603,8 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~| "B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), " #~| "B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "B<apt>(8), B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources." -#~ "list>(5), B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" +#~ "B<apt>(8), B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), " +#~ "B<sources.list>(5), B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), " #~ "B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" @@ -15437,8 +15472,8 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ "versions</option>. Se si specifica <option>--no-all-versions</option>, " #~ "verrà visualizzata solo la versione candidata (quella che sarebbe scelta " #~ "per l'installazione). Questa opzione è applicabile solo al comando " -#~ "<literal>show</literal>. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::Cache::" -#~ "AllVersions</literal>." +#~ "<literal>show</literal>. Voce di configurazione: " +#~ "<literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>." #~ msgid "<option>-g</option>" #~ msgstr "<option>-g</option>" @@ -15673,16 +15708,16 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "template-file and config-script are written to the temporary directory " -#~ "specified by the -t or --tempdir (<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::" -#~ "TempDir</literal>) directory, with filenames of the form " -#~ "<filename>package.template.XXXX</filename> and <filename>package.config." -#~ "XXXX</filename>" +#~ "specified by the -t or --tempdir " +#~ "(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, with " +#~ "filenames of the form <filename>package.template.XXXX</filename> and " +#~ "<filename>package.config.XXXX</filename>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "file-template e script-di-configurazione sono scritti nella directory " -#~ "temporanea specificata da -t o --tempdir (<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::" -#~ "TempDir</literal>) directory, con i nomi dei file nella forma " -#~ "<filename>pacchetto.template.XXXX</filename> e <filename>pacchetto.config." -#~ "XXXX</filename>" +#~ "temporanea specificata da -t o --tempdir " +#~ "(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) directory, con i nomi " +#~ "dei file nella forma <filename>pacchetto.template.XXXX</filename> e " +#~ "<filename>pacchetto.config.XXXX</filename>" #~ msgid "<option>-t</option>" #~ msgstr "<option>-t</option>" @@ -15692,12 +15727,12 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "Temporary directory in which to write extracted debconf template files " -#~ "and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::" -#~ "TempDir</literal>" +#~ "and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +#~ "<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" #~ msgstr "" #~ "Directory temporanea dove scrivere i file template di debconf e gli " -#~ "script di configurazione estratti. Voce di configurazione: <literal>APT::" -#~ "ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>." +#~ "script di configurazione estratti. Voce di configurazione: " +#~ "<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "&apt-author.jgunthorpe; &apt-author.team; &apt-email; &apt-product; " @@ -15774,10 +15809,10 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ "MD5 digest and SHA1 digest for each file." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Il comando <literal>release</literal> genera un file Release da un albero " -#~ "di directory. Cerca ricorivamente file Packages, Packages.gz, Packages." -#~ "bz2, Sources, Sources.gz, Sources.bz2, Release e md5sum.txt nella " -#~ "directory data. Quindi scrive su stdout un file Release che contiene un " -#~ "digest MD5 e SHA1 per ciascun file." +#~ "di directory. Cerca ricorivamente file Packages, Packages.gz, " +#~ "Packages.bz2, Sources, Sources.gz, Sources.bz2, Release e md5sum.txt " +#~ "nella directory data. Quindi scrive su stdout un file Release che " +#~ "contiene un digest MD5 e SHA1 per ciascun file." #~ msgid "" #~ "Values for the additional metadata fields in the Release file are taken " @@ -15886,16 +15921,16 @@ msgstr "che userà gli archivi già scaricati e presenti sul disco." #~ msgstr "Contents" #~ msgid "" -#~ "Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/Contents-" -#~ "$(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting causes multiple Packages files to map " +#~ "Sets the output Contents file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/Contents-$" +#~ "(ARCH)</filename>. If this setting causes multiple Packages files to map " #~ "onto a single Contents file (such as the default) then <command>apt-" #~ "ftparchive</command> will integrate those package files together " #~ "automatically." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Imposta il file Contents di uscita. Il valore predefinito è " -#~ "<filename>$(DIST)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. Se questa impostazione fa " -#~ "sì che più file Packages corrispondano a un solo file Contents (come con " -#~ "il valore predefinito) allora <command>apt-ftparchive</command> unirà " +#~ "Imposta il file Contents di uscita. Il valore predefinito è <filename>$" +#~ "(DIST)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename>. Se questa impostazione fa sì che più " +#~ "file Packages corrispondano a un solo file Contents (come con il valore " +#~ "predefinito) allora <command>apt-ftparchive</command> unirà " #~ "automaticamente insieme questi file dei pacchetti." #~ msgid "Contents::Header" diff --git a/doc/po/ja.po b/doc/po/ja.po index fffbf92aa..73812d6b4 100644 --- a/doc/po/ja.po +++ b/doc/po/ja.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.4\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-01-06 04:50+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Takuma Yamada <tyamada@takumayamada.com>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -599,11 +599,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"設定文字列\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"設定文字" +"列\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -617,12 +619,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release \"対象リリー" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release \"対象リリー" "ス\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -673,11 +675,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"CDROMマウントポイント\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"CDROMマウントポイント\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -1234,10 +1236,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<literal>install</literal> の後には、インストールや更新したいパッケージを 1 " "つ以上指定します。指定するパッケージは、完全なファイル名ではなくパッケージ名" -"です (例えば Debian システムでは、<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-version;" -"_amd64.deb</filename> ではなく <package>apt-utils</package> を引数として与え" -"ます)。インストールするよう指定したすべてのパッケージに対し、依存パッケージも" -"含めて取得・インストールを行います。<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" +"です (例えば Debian システムでは、<filename>apt-utils_&apt-product-" +"version;_amd64.deb</filename> ではなく <package>apt-utils</package> を引数と" +"して与えます)。インストールするよう指定したすべてのパッケージに対し、依存パッ" +"ケージも含めて取得・インストールを行います。<filename>/etc/apt/sources.list</" "filename> ファイルを、要求するパッケージの場所を特定するのに使用します。パッ" "ケージ名の後ろに (空白を含まず) ハイフンが追加されている場合、そのパッケージ" "がインストールされていれば削除します。同様に、インストールするパッケージを明" @@ -1659,8 +1661,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" "修復 - 依存関係が壊れたシステムの修正を試みます。このオプションを install や " "remove と一緒に使うときは、APT が解決法を推測するので、パッケージを指定しなく" @@ -1670,8 +1672,8 @@ msgstr "" "の依存関係構造にかなり問題がある場合は、手動で修正するよう要求することもあり" "ます。(通常は、問題のあるパッケージを取り除くのに <command>dpkg --remove</" "command> を使用します) このオプションを <option>-m</option> オプションと同時" -"に使用すると、エラーになる状況があるかもしれません。設定項目: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>" +"に使用すると、エラーになる状況があるかもしれません。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1689,8 +1691,8 @@ msgstr "" "で処理を続けます。このオプションを <option>-f</option> オプションと同時に使用" "すると、エラーになる状況があるかもしれません。パッケージをインストールするよ" "う選択している (特にコマンドラインでの操作する) 場合や、ダウンロードできな" -"かった場合に、なにも表示せず保留することになります。設定項目: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Missing</literal>" +"かった場合に、なにも表示せず保留することになります。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Missing</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1736,13 +1738,13 @@ msgid "" "literal>." msgstr "" "何もしない - 現在のシステム状態に基づいて起こるイベントのシミュレーションを行" -"い、実際にはシステムを変更しません。ロックは無効になる (<option>Debug::" -"NoLocking</option>) ので、<command>apt-get</command> 実行中にシステムの状態が" -"変化する可能性があります。シミュレーションは root 以外のユーザが実行できます" -"が、シミュレーションを歪めるすべての apt 設定への読み取りアクセス権を持ってい" -"ない可能性があります。この警告を表す通知は、root 以外のユーザではデフォルトで" -"表示されます (<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>)。設定項" -"目: <literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>" +"い、実際にはシステムを変更しません。ロックは無効になる " +"(<option>Debug::NoLocking</option>) ので、<command>apt-get</command> 実行中に" +"システムの状態が変化する可能性があります。シミュレーションは root 以外のユー" +"ザが実行できますが、シミュレーションを歪めるすべての apt 設定への読み取りアク" +"セス権を持っていない可能性があります。この警告を表す通知は、root 以外のユーザ" +"ではデフォルトで表示されます (<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</" +"option>)。設定項目: <literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1775,11 +1777,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" -"全ての質問に、自動的に \"no\" と答えます。設定項目: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>" +"全ての質問に、自動的に \"no\" と答えます。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1818,8 +1820,8 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</" -#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -#| "SourceOverride</literal>." +#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." msgid "" "Add the given value to the <literal>Comment:</literal> field in history.log " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::History::Comment</literal>." @@ -1833,15 +1835,16 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "このオプションは、<command>apt-get source --compile</command> で構築するパッ" "ケージのアーキテクチャや、どのようにクロス依存関係を解決するかを制御します。" -"デフォルトでは未定義で、これはホストアーキテクチャは、(<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal> で定義した) ビルドアーキテクチャと同じという意味になり" -"ます。設定項目: <literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>。" +"デフォルトでは未定義で、これはホストアーキテクチャは、" +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal> で定義した) ビルドアーキテクチャと同じ" +"という意味になります。設定項目: <literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</" +"literal>。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1864,8 +1867,8 @@ msgid "" "Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: " "<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>." msgstr "" -"ソースパッケージをダウンロード後、コンパイルします。設定項目: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Compile</literal>" +"ソースパッケージをダウンロード後、コンパイルします。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1909,8 +1912,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "パッケージ更新なし - <literal>install</literal> と同時に使用すると、" "<literal>no-upgrade</literal> は、コマンドラインで指定したパッケージが、すで" -"にインストールしてある場合に更新を行いません。設定項目: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Upgrade</literal>" +"にインストールしてある場合に更新を行いません。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Upgrade</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1964,8 +1967,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "強制承諾 - 保持されたパッケージを変更する場合でも、確認なしで実行してしまう危" "険なオプションです。よほどの状況でなければ、使うべきではありません。このオプ" -"ションを使うと、システムを破壊しかねません! 設定項目: <literal>APT::Get::" -"allow-change-held-packages</literal>。APT 1.1 で導入されました。" +"ションを使うと、システムを破壊しかねません! 設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Get::allow-change-held-packages</literal>。APT 1.1 で導入されま" +"した。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2004,8 +2008,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" "インストールするファイルを取得する代わりに、その URI を表示します。URI には、" "パス、対象ファイル名、ファイルサイズ、予測される MD5 ハッシュが含まれていま" @@ -2013,8 +2017,8 @@ msgstr "" "い、ということに注意してください! これは <literal>source</literal> コマンド、" "<literal>update</literal> コマンドでも動作します。<literal>update</literal> " "で使用したときには、MD5 やファイルサイズを含みません。このとき、圧縮ファイル" -"の展開はユーザの責任において行ってください。設定項目: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>" +"の展開はユーザの責任において行ってください。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2045,8 +2049,8 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" "この機能はデフォルトで ON になっています。OFF にするには <literal>--no-list-" "cleanup</literal> としてください。ON の場合、<command>apt-get</command> は古" @@ -2083,9 +2087,9 @@ msgstr "" "pin で留めるのを明示されたパッケージには、このオプションの値は影響を与えませ" "ん。つまりこのオプションで、どの配布パッケージを取得するかを簡単に管理しま" "す。一般的な例としては、<option>-t '2.1*'</option>, <option>-t unstable</" -"option>, <option>-t sid</option> のようになります。設定項目: <literal>APT::" -"Default-Release</literal>。&apt-preferences; のマニュアルページも参照してくだ" -"さい。" +"option>, <option>-t sid</option> のようになります。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal>。&apt-preferences; のマニュアルページ" +"も参照してください。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2193,8 +2197,8 @@ msgstr "" "ローカルリポジトリでの作業中には有用ですが、ユーザ自身が別の方法でデータの信" "憑性を確保していない場合は、セキュリティ上の重大なリスクになります。&sources-" "list; エントリ用の <option>Trusted</option> オプションの使用は、通常グローバ" -"ルオーバーライドよりも優先されるはずです。設定項目: <literal>APT::Get::" -"AllowUnauthenticated</literal>" +"ルオーバーライドよりも優先されるはずです。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2203,8 +2207,8 @@ msgstr "" #| "Forbid the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured " #| "sources. APT will fail at the update command for repositories without " #| "valid cryptographically signatures. See also &apt-secure; for details on " -#| "the concept and the implications. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -#| "AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." +#| "the concept and the implications. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</literal>." msgid "" "Allow the update command to acquire unverifiable data from configured " "sources. APT will otherwise fail at the update command for repositories " @@ -2708,8 +2712,8 @@ msgstr "注意) dotty は、パッケージのより大きなセットのグラ #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" "<literal>dotty</literal> と同様ですが、<ulink url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-" "saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink> の " @@ -2740,8 +2744,8 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" "<literal>apt-cache</literal> の <literal>madison</literal> コマンドは、" "Debian アーカイブ管理ツール <literal>madison</literal> の機能のサブセットで、" @@ -2754,12 +2758,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" "パッケージキャッシュを格納するファイルを選択します。パッケージキャッシュは、" -"すべての操作で使用される一次キャッシュです。設定項目: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>" +"すべての操作で使用される一次キャッシュです。設定項目: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2805,9 +2809,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" "デフォルトでは <command>depends</command> や <command>rdepends</command> は全" "依存関係を出力します。この挙動を、ここに挙げたフラグで指定した依存関係を省略" @@ -2837,8 +2841,8 @@ msgid "" "Print full package records when searching. Configuration Item: " "<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>." msgstr "" -"search 時に全パッケージレコードを表示します。設定項目: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"ShowFull</literal>" +"search 時に全パッケージレコードを表示します。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::ShowFull</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2854,8 +2858,8 @@ msgstr "" "効にするには <option>--no-all-versions</option> を使用してください。" "<option>--no-all-versions</option> を指定すると、候補バージョン (インストール" "の際に選択されるもの) だけ表示します。このオプションは、<literal>show</" -"literal> コマンドでのみ適用できます。設定項目: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllVersions</literal>" +"literal> コマンドでのみ適用できます。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllVersions</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2881,8 +2885,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" "<literal>pkgnames</literal> で、仮想パッケージや欠落依存関係を含めた全名称を" "表示します。設定項目: <literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>" @@ -2895,8 +2899,8 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>." msgstr "" "<literal>depends</literal> や <literal>rdepends</literal> で、指定した全パッ" -"ケージを再帰的に一度に表示します。設定項目: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"RecurseDepends</literal>" +"ケージを再帰的に一度に表示します。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::RecurseDepends</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2906,8 +2910,8 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>." msgstr "" "<literal>depends</literal> や <literal>rdepends</literal> の出力を、現在イン" -"ストールされているパッケージに限定します。設定項目: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Installed</literal>" +"ストールされているパッケージに限定します。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Installed</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2937,8 +2941,8 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>Sources</literal> 及び <literal>Packages</literal> は正しい拡張子を" "付けていれば APT がサポートする任意の形式で圧縮できます。このファイルを同じ" "ディレクトリに複数置く必要がある場合は、自分が付ける名前の部分の最後尾にアン" -"ダースコア (「<literal>_</literal>」) を付加したものを先頭に付けます。例: my." -"example_Packages.xz" +"ダースコア (「<literal>_</literal>」) を付加したものを先頭に付けます。例: " +"my.example_Packages.xz" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2974,8 +2978,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" "統合フロントエンドとして使用することができます。例えば、パッケージを自動/手動" @@ -3215,10 +3219,11 @@ msgstr "ユーザ設定" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3231,8 +3236,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3521,8 +3527,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" "<emphasis>署名</emphasis>します。<command>gpg --clearsign -o InRelease " "Release</command> や <command>gpg -abs -o Release.gpg Release</command> を実" @@ -3653,9 +3659,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<literal>add</literal> は、新しいディスクを取得元リストに追加します。CD-ROM " "デバイスのアンマウントやディスク挿入のプロンプト表示の後に、ディスクのスキャ" -"ンとインデックスファイルのコピーを行います。ディスクに正しい <filename>." -"disk</filename> ディレクトリが存在しない場合、タイトルを入力するよう促しま" -"す。" +"ンとインデックスファイルのコピーを行います。ディスクに正しい " +"<filename>.disk</filename> ディレクトリが存在しない場合、タイトルを入力するよ" +"う促します。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3681,8 +3687,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" "CD-ROM パスの自動検出を試行しません。通常、<option>--cdrom</option> オプショ" "ンと組み合わせて使います。設定項目: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</" @@ -3714,8 +3720,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" "マウントなし - <command>apt-cdrom</command> が、マウントポイントにマウント・" "アンマウントしないようにします。設定項目: <literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</" @@ -3754,8 +3760,8 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>." msgstr "" "変更なし - &sources-list; ファイルの変更や、インデックスファイルの書き込みを" -"行いません。とはいえ、すべてのチェックは行います。設定項目: <literal>APT::" -"CDROM::NoAct</literal>" +"行いません。とはいえ、すべてのチェックは行います。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoAct</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3818,8 +3824,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" "これは、MyApp::options の値をシェル環境変数 $OPTS にセットします。デフォルト" "値は <option>-f</option> となります。" @@ -3867,9 +3873,9 @@ msgstr "" "各設定オプションの出力を定義します。%t はオプション名に、%f は" "完全オプション名に、%v はオプションの値に置換されます。大文字や特殊文" "字を使用する値は、安全を保証するために、RFC822 で定義されている quoted-" -"string でエンコードされることになります。さらに、%n は改行に、%" -"N はタブ文字になります。% を出力するには、%% としてくだ" -"さい。" +"string でエンコードされることになります。さらに、%n は改行に、" +"%N はタブ文字になります。% を出力するには、%% と" +"してください。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-config.8.xml apt-extracttemplates.1.xml apt-sortpkgs.1.xml @@ -3940,9 +3946,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" "<literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> にあるすべてのファイルを英数字の昇順になり" "ます。ファイル名には拡張子がないか、\"<literal>conf</literal>\" となってお" @@ -3990,9 +3996,9 @@ msgid "" "their parent groups." msgstr "" "設定ファイルは、機能グループごとに系統立てられたオプションを木構造で表しま" -"す。オプションの指定は、2 つのコロンで区切ります。例えば <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-Yes</literal> は、APT ツールグループの Get ツール用オプションです。オ" -"プションは、親グループからは継承しません。" +"す。オプションの指定は、2 つのコロンで区切ります。例えば " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal> は、APT ツールグループの Get ツール用" +"オプションです。オプションは、親グループからは継承しません。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4239,10 +4245,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4541,8 +4549,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4793,12 +4801,12 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<literal>cdrom</literal> メソッドを利用する URI では、設定できるオプションは" "マウントポイントだけです。<filename>/etc/fstab</filename> で設定されているよ" -"うに、CD-ROM (または DVD など) ドライブのマウントポイントを <literal>cdrom::" -"Mount</literal> に設定しなければなりません。マウントポイントが fstab に記述で" -"きない場合、かわりにマウント・アンマウントコマンドも使用できます。構文は、" -"<literal>cdrom</literal> ブロックを <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " -"id=\"0\"/> の形で記述します。スラッシュを後につけるのが重要です。アンマウント" -"コマンドは UMount で指定することができます。" +"うに、CD-ROM (または DVD など) ドライブのマウントポイントを " +"<literal>cdrom::Mount</literal> に設定しなければなりません。マウントポイント" +"が fstab に記述できない場合、かわりにマウント・アンマウントコマンドも使用でき" +"ます。構文は、<literal>cdrom</literal> ブロックを <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> の形で記述します。スラッシュを後につけるの" +"が重要です。アンマウントコマンドは UMount で指定することができます。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4964,9 +4972,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -4975,21 +4983,21 @@ msgid "" "locale (where the order would be \"fr, de, en\"). <placeholder " "type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" msgstr "" -"デフォルトのリストには \"environment\" と \"en\" がありま" -"す。\"<literal>environment</literal>\" はここでは特殊な意味があります。これは" -"実行時に、<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> 環境変数から取得した言語コードに置換" -"されます。また、このリストには、同じコードが2度現れないように確認してくださ" -"い。<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> が \"C\" に設定されているだけの場合、" +"デフォルトのリストには \"environment\" と \"en\" があります。" +"\"<literal>environment</literal>\" はここでは特殊な意味があります。これは実行" +"時に、<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> 環境変数から取得した言語コードに置換され" +"ます。また、このリストには、同じコードが2度現れないように確認してください。" +"<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> が \"C\" に設定されているだけの場合、" "<filename>Translation-en</filename> ファイルを (利用可能であれば) 使用しま" "す。強制的に APT が Translation ファイルを使用しないようにするには、" -"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal> と設定してくださ" -"い。\"<literal>none</literal>\" はもうひとつの特殊な意味を持つコードで、適切" -"な <filename>Translation</filename> ファイルの検索を中止します。環境から実際" -"の言語を指定されなかった場合、この値を用いて APT に翻訳をダウンロードさせま" -"す。そのため、以下の設定例では、英語ロケールの場合 \"en, de\" の順になり、ド" -"イツ語ロケールの場合 \"de, en\" の順になります。\"fr\" はダウンロードされます" -"が、フランス語ロケール (\"fr, de, en\" の順になる) でないと、APT が使用しない" -"ことに注意してください。<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal> と設定してください。" +"\"<literal>none</literal>\" はもうひとつの特殊な意味を持つコードで、適切な " +"<filename>Translation</filename> ファイルの検索を中止します。環境から実際の言" +"語を指定されなかった場合、この値を用いて APT に翻訳をダウンロードさせます。そ" +"のため、以下の設定例では、英語ロケールの場合 \"en, de\" の順になり、ドイツ語" +"ロケールの場合 \"de, en\" の順になります。\"fr\" はダウンロードされますが、フ" +"ランス語ロケール (\"fr, de, en\" の順になる) でないと、APT が使用しないことに" +"注意してください。<placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5091,44 +5099,46 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" "URI は、それらを取得する場所から知られている場合は、変更履歴の取得のみ行うこ" "とができます。好ましいリリースファイルは、「変更履歴」フィールドでこのことを" "示します。これが利用できない場合、<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> または <literal>Acquire::" -"Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> オプショ" -"ンが存在し、そしてこの値が取られてる場合は、リリースファイルの Label/Origin " -"フィールドが確認するために使用されます。リリースファイル内の値は、" -"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> または <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> で上書きできます。その" -"パッケージ固有のデータが <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal> プレースホルダに置き" -"換えられている場合以外は、値はテキストファイルへの正常な URI にする必要があり" -"ます。値は次の通りです: 1. パッケージがコンポーネント (例えば、" -"<literal>main</literal>) からのものである場合、それ以外の場合は省略されている" -"最初の部分です、2. ソースパッケージ名の最初の文字。ただし、ソースパッケージ名" -"が '<literal>lib</literal>' で始まる場合を除きます (その場合は 最初の 4 文字" -"になります)。3. 完全なソースパッケージ名。4. 再び完全な名前および 5. ソースの" -"バージョン。(存在する場合は) 最初、第二、第三、第四の部分はスラッシュ " -"('<literal>/</literal>') で区切られ、第四と第五の部分の間はアンダースコア " -"('<literal>_</literal>') です。このソースから変更履歴を取得することができない" -"ことを示す特別な値 '<literal>no</literal>' がこのオプションで利用可能です。こ" -"の場合、可能であれば別のソースが試行されます。" +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> または " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal> オプションが存在し、そしてこの値が取られてる場合は、リ" +"リースファイルの Label/Origin フィールドが確認するために使用されます。リリー" +"スファイル内の値は、<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::" +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> または " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal> で上書きできます。そのパッケージ固有のデータが " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal> プレースホルダに置き換えられている場合以外" +"は、値はテキストファイルへの正常な URI にする必要があります。値は次の通りで" +"す: 1. パッケージがコンポーネント (例えば、<literal>main</literal>) からのも" +"のである場合、それ以外の場合は省略されている最初の部分です、2. ソースパッケー" +"ジ名の最初の文字。ただし、ソースパッケージ名が '<literal>lib</literal>' で始" +"まる場合を除きます (その場合は 最初の 4 文字になります)。3. 完全なソースパッ" +"ケージ名。4. 再び完全な名前および 5. ソースのバージョン。(存在する場合は) 最" +"初、第二、第三、第四の部分はスラッシュ ('<literal>/</literal>') で区切られ、" +"第四と第五の部分の間はアンダースコア ('<literal>_</literal>') です。このソー" +"スから変更履歴を取得することができないことを示す特別な値 '<literal>no</" +"literal>' がこのオプションで利用可能です。この場合、可能であれば別のソースが" +"試行されます。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5138,14 +5148,15 @@ msgstr "" #| "get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a 'Changelogs' " #| "field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the Release file " #| "is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::" -#| "<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::" -#| "Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> " -#| "option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the Release " -#| "file can be overridden with <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -#| "Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::" -#| "Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" -#| "literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, except that " -#| "package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +#| "<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +#| "replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The " +#| "value in the Release file can be overridden with " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +#| "replaceable></literal> or " +#| "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +#| "replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +#| "except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " #| "<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package " #| "is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first " #| "part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, " @@ -5163,40 +5174,43 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" "URI は、それらを取得する場所から知られている場合は、変更履歴の取得のみ行うこ" "とができます。好ましいリリースファイルは、「変更履歴」フィールドでこのことを" "示します。これが利用できない場合、<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> または <literal>Acquire::" -"Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> オプショ" -"ンが存在し、そしてこの値が取られてる場合は、リリースファイルの Label/Origin " -"フィールドが確認するために使用されます。リリースファイル内の値は、" -"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> または <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> で上書きできます。その" -"パッケージ固有のデータが <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal> プレースホルダに置き" -"換えられている場合以外は、値はテキストファイルへの正常な URI にする必要があり" -"ます。値は次の通りです: 1. パッケージがコンポーネント (例えば、" -"<literal>main</literal>) からのものである場合、それ以外の場合は省略されている" -"最初の部分です、2. ソースパッケージ名の最初の文字。ただし、ソースパッケージ名" -"が '<literal>lib</literal>' で始まる場合を除きます (その場合は 最初の 4 文字" -"になります)。3. 完全なソースパッケージ名。4. 再び完全な名前および 5. ソースの" -"バージョン。(存在する場合は) 最初、第二、第三、第四の部分はスラッシュ " -"('<literal>/</literal>') で区切られ、第四と第五の部分の間はアンダースコア " -"('<literal>_</literal>') です。このソースから変更履歴を取得することができない" -"ことを示す特別な値 '<literal>no</literal>' がこのオプションで利用可能です。こ" -"の場合、可能であれば別のソースが試行されます。" +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> または " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal> オプションが存在し、そしてこの値が取られてる場合は、リ" +"リースファイルの Label/Origin フィールドが確認するために使用されます。リリー" +"スファイル内の値は、<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::" +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> または " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal> で上書きできます。そのパッケージ固有のデータが " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal> プレースホルダに置き換えられている場合以外" +"は、値はテキストファイルへの正常な URI にする必要があります。値は次の通りで" +"す: 1. パッケージがコンポーネント (例えば、<literal>main</literal>) からのも" +"のである場合、それ以外の場合は省略されている最初の部分です、2. ソースパッケー" +"ジ名の最初の文字。ただし、ソースパッケージ名が '<literal>lib</literal>' で始" +"まる場合を除きます (その場合は 最初の 4 文字になります)。3. 完全なソースパッ" +"ケージ名。4. 再び完全な名前および 5. ソースのバージョン。(存在する場合は) 最" +"初、第二、第三、第四の部分はスラッシュ ('<literal>/</literal>') で区切られ、" +"第四と第五の部分の間はアンダースコア ('<literal>_</literal>') です。このソー" +"スから変更履歴を取得することができないことを示す特別な値 '<literal>no</" +"literal>' がこのオプションで利用可能です。この場合、可能であれば別のソースが" +"試行されます。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5208,9 +5222,9 @@ msgstr "バイナリユーザ設定" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" "特に、<command>apt</command> のバイナリの導入では、<option>APT::Get::Show-" "Versions</option> が <command>apt</command> と同様に <command>apt-get</" @@ -5282,15 +5296,15 @@ msgid "" "the default directory is contained in <literal>Dir::Cache</literal>" msgstr "" "<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> は、ローカルキャッシュ情報に関する場所を格納し" -"ています。これは、ダウンロード済アーカイブの場所を示す <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"archives</literal> と同様に、<literal>srcpkgcache</literal> と " -"<literal>pkgcache</literal> のパッケージキャッシュの場所になります。" -"<literal>pkgcache</literal> や <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> に " +"ています。これは、ダウンロード済アーカイブの場所を示す " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::archives</literal> と同様に、<literal>srcpkgcache</" +"literal> と <literal>pkgcache</literal> のパッケージキャッシュの場所になりま" +"す。<literal>pkgcache</literal> や <literal>srcpkgcache</literal> に " "<literal>\"\"</literal> をセットすることで、キャッシュの生成を無効にできま" "す。これにより起動時に遅くなりますが、ディスク容量を節約できます。おそらく、" -"srcpkgcache よりも pkgcache を無効にすることが多いと思います。<literal>Dir::" -"State</literal> と同様、<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> はデフォルトディレクト" -"リを含んでいます。" +"srcpkgcache よりも pkgcache を無効にすることが多いと思います。" +"<literal>Dir::State</literal> と同様、<literal>Dir::Cache</literal> はデフォ" +"ルトディレクトリを含んでいます。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5320,19 +5334,19 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +msgstr "" +"バイナリプログラムは <literal>Dir::Bin</literal> で指定します。" +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> はメソッドハンドラの場所を指定し、" "<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " "<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." -msgstr "" -"バイナリプログラムは <literal>Dir::Bin</literal> で指定します。<literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> はメソッドハンドラの場所を指定し、<literal>gzip</" -"literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</" -"literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</literal> " -"<literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal>, <literal>apt-cache</literal> はそれぞれ" -"プログラムの場所を指定します。" +"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal>, <literal>apt-cache</literal> " +"はそれぞれプログラムの場所を指定します。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5515,9 +5529,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" "各設定ディレクティブ行は、<literal>key=value</literal> 形式です。特殊文字 " "(<literal>key</literal> 中のイコール記号、改行、非印字可能文字、引用符、およ" @@ -5559,11 +5573,10 @@ msgid "" "it should be read as \"no\" and users are encouraged to support both." msgstr "" "バージョン 3 では、各バージョンフィールドの後に、このバージョンのアーキテク" -"チャが続きます。バージョンなしの場合は \"-\" 、そして MultiArch 型 " -"\"same\"、\"foreign\"、\"allowed\" または \"none\" を示すフィール" -"ド。\"none\" は単に互換性を維持するために残された、誤った型名であることに注意" -"してください。それは\"no\" と読まれるべきで、ユーザは両方をサポートすることを" -"お勧めします。" +"チャが続きます。バージョンなしの場合は \"-\" 、そして MultiArch 型 \"same\"、" +"\"foreign\"、\"allowed\" または \"none\" を示すフィールド。\"none\" は単に互" +"換性を維持するために残された、誤った型名であることに注意してください。それは" +"\"no\" と読まれるべきで、ユーザは両方をサポートすることをお勧めします。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5644,10 +5657,11 @@ msgid "" "<literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal> script. See the top of " "this script for the brief documentation of these options." msgstr "" -"オプションの <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> グループと <literal>APT::" -"Archives</literal> グループは、<literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</" -"literal> スクリプトを使用して、apt の定期更新の挙動を設定します。このオプショ" -"ンのドキュメントは、このスクリプトの先頭を参照してください。" +"オプションの <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> グループと " +"<literal>APT::Archives</literal> グループは、<literal>/usr/lib/apt/" +"apt.systemd.daily</literal> スクリプトを使用して、apt の定期更新の挙動を設定" +"します。このオプションのドキュメントは、このスクリプトの先頭を参照してくださ" +"い。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5834,8 +5848,8 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" "依存関係解決のために、どのパッケージが自動的にインストールされたかのデバッグ" "メッセージを生成します。これは完全な <literal>apt</literal> 依存関係解決プロ" @@ -5851,26 +5865,27 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" "ProblemResolver が動作する際に、一時保留・インストール・削除としてマークされ" "たパッケージに関する、デバッグメッセージを生成します。各追加・削除は追加アク" "ションのトリガとなり、これをオリジナルのエントリの下に、空白 2 個でインデント" "して表示します。各行は、<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</" -"literal>, <literal>MarkInstall</literal> となり、<literal>package-name <a." -"b.c -> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> が続きます。ここで、" -"<literal>a.b.c</literal> は、そのパッケージの現在のバージョン、<literal>d.e." -"f</literal>は、インストール予定のバージョン、<literal>x.y.z</literal> はより" -"新しいけれどインストール対象外のバージョン (pin のスコアが低いため) です。後" -"のふたつは、存在しない、ないしインストール中のバージョンと同じ場合、省略され" -"ます。<literal>section</literal> はパッケージが現れるセクション名です。" +"literal>, <literal>MarkInstall</literal> となり、<literal>package-name " +"<a.b.c -> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> が続きます。ここで、" +"<literal>a.b.c</literal> は、そのパッケージの現在のバージョン、" +"<literal>d.e.f</literal>は、インストール予定のバージョン、<literal>x.y.z</" +"literal> はより新しいけれどインストール対象外のバージョン (pin のスコアが低い" +"ため) です。後のふたつは、存在しない、ないしインストール中のバージョンと同じ" +"場合、省略されます。<literal>section</literal> はパッケージが現れるセクション" +"名です。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5933,8 +5948,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" "<filename>/etc/apt/vendors.list</filename> から読み込んだ、ベンダの情報を出力" "します。" @@ -5942,8 +5957,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" "aptのフックにより呼び出される外部コマンドを表示します。これには例えば、設定オ" @@ -6143,9 +6158,9 @@ msgid "" "phased on this systems." msgstr "" "Debian の <literal>experimental</literal> アーカイブのように、" -"<filename>Release</filename> ファイルに \"NotAutomatic: yes\" とマークさ" -"れ、\"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" とマークされて<emphasis>いない</emphasis>" -"アーカイブ由来のバージョン。" +"<filename>Release</filename> ファイルに \"NotAutomatic: yes\" とマークされ、" +"\"ButAutomaticUpgrades: yes\" とマークされて<emphasis>いない</emphasis>アーカ" +"イブ由来のバージョン。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -6454,9 +6469,9 @@ msgid "" "hostname \"ftp.de.debian.org\"" msgstr "" "注意: ここで使われるキーワードは、ホスト名にマッチするのに使われる " -"\"<literal>origin</literal>\" です。以下のレコードは、ホスト名が \"ftp.de." -"debian.org\" で識別されるサーバ由来のすべてのバージョンに、高い優先度を割り当" -"てます。" +"\"<literal>origin</literal>\" です。以下のレコードは、ホスト名が " +"\"ftp.de.debian.org\" で識別されるサーバ由来のすべてのバージョンに、高い優先" +"度を割り当てます。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -6720,9 +6735,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -6890,9 +6905,9 @@ msgstr "すると、以下のように動作します。" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "バージョン番号が \"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\" で始まっていれば、" "<literal>perl</literal> の最新の利用可能パッケージがインストールされます。" @@ -7013,8 +7028,8 @@ msgid "" "archive. Specifying this value in the APT preferences file would require " "the line:" msgstr "" -"このディレクトリツリーに属する全パッケージのアーカイブ名です。例え" -"ば、\"Archive: stable\" や \"Suite: stable\" という行は、<filename>Release</" +"このディレクトリツリーに属する全パッケージのアーカイブ名です。例えば、" +"\"Archive: stable\" や \"Suite: stable\" という行は、<filename>Release</" "filename> ファイルの親ディレクトリツリー以下にある全パッケージが、" "<literal>stable</literal> アーカイブだと指定します。APT プリファレンスファイ" "ルでこの値を指定するには、以下の行が必要になります。" @@ -7040,8 +7055,8 @@ msgid "" "testing-codename;</literal>. Specifying this value in the APT preferences " "file would require the line:" msgstr "" -"このディレクトリツリーに属する全パッケージのコード名です。たとえ" -"ば、\"Codename: &debian-testing-codename;\" という行は、<filename>Release</" +"このディレクトリツリーに属する全パッケージのコード名です。たとえば、" +"\"Codename: &debian-testing-codename;\" という行は、<filename>Release</" "filename> ファイルの親ディレクトリツリー以下にある全パッケージが、" "<literal>&debian-testing-codename;</literal> と名前のついたバージョンであると" "指定します。APT プリファレンスファイルでこの値を指定するには、以下の行が必要" @@ -7163,23 +7178,23 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "&sources-list; ファイルに列挙された場所から取得した <filename>Packages</" "filename> ファイルや <filename>Release</filename> ファイルはすべて、" "<filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename> ディレクトリや、<filename>apt.conf</" "filename> ファイルの <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> 変数で指定した場所" -"に取得されます。例えば、<filename>debian.lcs.mit." -"edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> ファイルは、" -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> から取得した、<literal>unstable</" -"literal> ディストリビューションで、<literal>contrib</literal> コンポーネント" -"な、<literal>binary-i386</literal> アーキテクチャ用の <filename>Release</" -"filename> ファイルを含んでいます。" +"に取得されます。例えば、" +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> ファイルは、<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> か" +"ら取得した、<literal>unstable</literal> ディストリビューションで、" +"<literal>contrib</literal> コンポーネントな、<literal>binary-i386</literal> " +"アーキテクチャ用の <filename>Release</filename> ファイルを含んでいます。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -7595,6 +7610,12 @@ msgstr "" "するので、マルチアーキテクチャのサポートの導入前には珍しいオプションに遭遇す" "ることを期待しないかもしれないことに注意してください。" +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -7846,10 +7867,17 @@ msgstr "&sourceslist-sources-format;" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml -msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in " +#| "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or " +#| "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +#| "id=\"1\"/>" +msgid "" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" "例として、あなたのディストリビューション用のソースは、1 行スタイル形式で次の" "ようになります: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> または deb822 " @@ -7915,11 +7943,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) は値を複数取るオプション" "で、apt がその取得元から取得するダウンロード対象を定義します。指定しない場合" @@ -8119,8 +8148,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) は、" "APT がリプレイ攻撃を検出するかどうかを制御する yes/no 値です。リポジトリの作" @@ -8157,9 +8187,9 @@ msgstr "" "Until フィールドがないものを提供する場合、-Max は特に有用です。-Min は完全に" "チェックを無効にする代わりに (sources.list 同様にある) より頻繁に更新があるミ" "ラーの、あまりアクセスされないアーカイブの有効期間を増やすことができます。設" -"定オプション <option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> および <option>Acquire::" -"Max-ValidTime</option> の値がデフォルトになり、その両方のデフォルト値は " -"unset です。" +"定オプション <option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> および " +"<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> の値がデフォルトになり、その両方のデ" +"フォルト値は unset です。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8717,17 +8747,17 @@ msgid "" "<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename>" msgstr "" "テンプレートファイルや、設定スクリプトは、<option>-t</option> や <option>--" -"tempdir</option> で指定した一時ディレクトリ (<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::" -"TempDir</literal>) に書き出され、ファイル名は、<filename>package.template." -"XXXXXX</filename> や <filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename> といった形に" -"なります。" +"tempdir</option> で指定した一時ディレクトリ " +"(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>) に書き出され、ファイル名" +"は、<filename>package.template.XXXXXX</filename> や " +"<filename>package.config.XXXXXX</filename> といった形になります。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" "抽出した <command>debconf</command> テンプレートファイルや設定スクリプトを書" "き出す一時ディレクトリ。設定項目: <literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</" @@ -8769,8 +8799,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" "ソースインデックスフィールド順に並べ替えに使用します。設定項目: " "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>" @@ -8899,10 +8929,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" "<literal>release</literal> コマンドは、ディレクトリツリーから Release ファイ" "ルを生成します。与えたディレクトリを再帰的に検索し、未圧縮の " @@ -8930,15 +8960,16 @@ msgid "" "<literal>Architectures</literal>, <literal>Components</literal> and " "<literal>Description</literal>." msgstr "" -"Release ファイルの追加メタデータフィールドの値は、<literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"Release</literal> 以下の相当する値 (例: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::" -"Origin</literal>) をとります。サポートするフィールドは、<literal>Origin</" -"literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, <literal>Suite</literal>, " -"<literal>Version</literal>, <literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</" -"literal>, <literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, <literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</" -"literal>, <literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, <literal>Valid-Until</" -"literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, " -"<literal>Components</literal>, <literal>Description</literal> です。" +"Release ファイルの追加メタデータフィールドの値は、" +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal> 以下の相当する値 (例: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>) をとります。サポートする" +"フィールドは、<literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, " +"<literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, <literal>Codename</" +"literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, <literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, " +"<literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</literal>, <literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, " +"<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, " +"<literal>Architectures</literal>, <literal>Components</literal>, " +"<literal>Description</literal> です。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9073,8 +9104,8 @@ msgid "" "Sets the default list of file extensions that are package files. This " "defaults to '.deb'." msgstr "" -"パッケージファイル拡張子のデフォルト値を列挙します。このデフォルト値は '." -"deb' です。" +"パッケージファイル拡張子のデフォルト値を列挙します。このデフォルト値は " +"'.deb' です。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9151,8 +9182,8 @@ msgstr "<literal>TreeDefault</literal> セクション" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" "特定の <literal>Tree</literal> セクションのデフォルトを設定します。これらの変" "数はすべて置換変数であり、文字列 $(DIST), $(SECTION), $(ARCH) をそれぞれの値" @@ -9187,17 +9218,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" -".deb ディレクトリツリーの先頭を設定します。デフォルトは <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename> です。" +".deb ディレクトリツリーの先頭を設定します。デフォルトは <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename> です。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" "ソースパッケージディレクトリツリーの先頭を設定します。デフォルトは " "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename> です。" @@ -9208,8 +9239,8 @@ msgid "" "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/" "binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>" msgstr "" -"Packages ファイルの出力先を設定します。デフォルトは <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename> です。" +"Packages ファイルの出力先を設定します。デフォルトは <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename> です。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9217,19 +9248,19 @@ msgid "" "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/" "source/Sources</filename>" msgstr "" -"Sources ファイルの出力先を設定します。デフォルトは <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename> です。" +"Sources ファイルの出力先を設定します。デフォルトは <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename> です。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" "万一 Packages ファイルに含まれていない場合、長い説明文がある Translation-en " -"マスターファイルの出力先を設定します。デフォルトは、<filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename> です。" +"マスターファイルの出力先を設定します。デフォルトは、<filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename> です。" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9250,8 +9281,8 @@ msgid "" "ftparchive</command> will integrate those package files together " "automatically." msgstr "" -"Contents ファイルの出力先を設定します。デフォルトは、<filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename> です。複数の Packages ファイルをひとつ" +"Contents ファイルの出力先を設定します。デフォルトは、<filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/Contents-$(ARCH)</filename> です。複数の Packages ファイルをひとつ" "の Contents ファイルにまとめられる設定 (デフォルト) の場合、<command>apt-" "ftparchive</command> は自動でパッケージファイルをまとめます。" @@ -9645,11 +9676,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" -"キャッシュデータベースを読み取り専用にします。設定項目: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>" +"キャッシュデータベースを読み取り専用にします。設定項目: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10018,16 +10049,17 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> @@ -10051,14 +10083,14 @@ msgstr "" #| "store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " #| "prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" "HTTP/1.1 準拠のプロキシキャッシュの制御について 3 種類の設定があります。" "<literal>No-Cache</literal> はプロキシに対して、いかなる時もキャッシュを使用" @@ -10087,11 +10119,11 @@ msgstr "ユーザ設定" #| "</literal> or the word <literal>DIRECT</literal> if no proxy should be " #| "used. No output indicates that the generic proxy settings should be " #| "used. Note that auto-detection will not be used for a host if a host-" -#| "specific proxy configuration is already set via <literal>Acquire::http::" -#| "Proxy::<replaceable>HOST</replaceable></literal>. See the &squid-deb-" -#| "proxy-client; package for an example implementation that uses avahi. " -#| "This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " -#| "<literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +#| "specific proxy configuration is already set via " +#| "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>HOST</replaceable></" +#| "literal>. See the &squid-deb-proxy-client; package for an example " +#| "implementation that uses avahi. This option takes precedence over the " +#| "legacy option name <literal>ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgid "" "<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy-Auto-Detect</literal> can be used to specify " "an external command to discover the HTTP proxy to use. The first and only " @@ -10131,8 +10163,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10191,12 +10223,12 @@ msgstr "" #| "by setting the value to 0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" "<literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> の設定は、例えばレイテンシの" "高い接続で有益な HTTP パイプライン (RFC 2616 8.1.2.2 節) を有効にするのに使用" @@ -10293,9 +10325,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10324,9 +10356,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -10372,11 +10405,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout> @@ -10578,9 +10611,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout> @@ -11413,10 +11446,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -11987,8 +12020,8 @@ msgid "" "<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf." msgstr "" "デフォルトで APT はインストールに成功したパッケージ (.deb) ファイルを自動的に" -"削除します。この挙動を変更するには /etc/apt/apt.conf 中に <literal>Dselect::" -"clean \"prompt\";</literal> と記述します。" +"削除します。この挙動を変更するには /etc/apt/apt.conf 中に " +"<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> と記述します。" #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title> #: guide.dbk @@ -12992,33 +13025,33 @@ msgstr "これで、ディスクにある取得済みのアーカイブを使用 #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special keyword " -#~ "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the " -#~ "above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the " -#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This " -#~ "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to " -#~ "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do this. " -#~ "The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI component " -#~ "are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to " +#~ "set the <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration " +#~ "file. This entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server " +#~ "what to connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to " +#~ "do this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI " +#~ "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> は、FTP URI を使用する際のデフォルトプロキシ" #~ "を設定します。<literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal> という" -#~ "標準形で表します。ホストごとのプロキシを、<literal>ftp::Proxy::<" -#~ "host></literal> という形で指定できます。この時、プロキシを使用しないと" -#~ "いう意味の特殊キーワード <literal>DIRECT</literal> も使用できます。上記の" -#~ "設定をなにも指定しないと、環境変数 <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> を使用します。" -#~ "FTP プロキシを使用するには、設定ファイルに <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</" -#~ "literal> スクリプトを設定する必要があります。このエントリには、接続する際" -#~ "にプロキシサーバに送信するコマンドを設定します。どのようにするのかは " -#~ "&configureindex; の例を参照してください。URI を構成するコンポーネントに対" -#~ "応する置換変数は、<literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal>, " +#~ "標準形で表します。ホストごとのプロキシを、" +#~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> という形で指定できます。この" +#~ "時、プロキシを使用しないという意味の特殊キーワード <literal>DIRECT</" +#~ "literal> も使用できます。上記の設定をなにも指定しないと、環境変数 " +#~ "<envar>ftp_proxy</envar> を使用します。FTP プロキシを使用するには、設定" +#~ "ファイルに <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> スクリプトを設定する必要があ" +#~ "ります。このエントリには、接続する際にプロキシサーバに送信するコマンドを設" +#~ "定します。どのようにするのかは &configureindex; の例を参照してください。" +#~ "URI を構成するコンポーネントに対応する置換変数は、<literal>$(PROXY_USER)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal>, " #~ "<literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal> です。" #~ msgid "" @@ -13286,9 +13319,9 @@ msgstr "これで、ディスクにある取得済みのアーカイブを使用 #~ "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the " #~ "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on " #~ "the <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the " -#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though <filename>trusted." -#~ "gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that e.g. new keys are " -#~ "added to this one." +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though " +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that " +#~ "e.g. new keys are added to this one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "このオプションでは、コマンドが操作するべき特定のキーリングファイルを指定で" #~ "きます。デフォルトでは、<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> と " @@ -13330,8 +13363,9 @@ msgstr "これで、ディスクにある取得済みのアーカイブを使用 #~ "得する際には、信頼できる通信チャネルを使用するよう、特に留意してくださ" #~ "い)。取得したキーを、<command>apt-key</command> で追加し、<command>apt-" #~ "get update</command> を実行してください。以上により、apt は設定済みのアー" -#~ "カイブから、<filename>InRelease</filename> ファイルや <filename>Release." -#~ "gpg</filename> ファイルをダウンロード・検証できるようになります。" +#~ "カイブから、<filename>InRelease</filename> ファイルや " +#~ "<filename>Release.gpg</filename> ファイルをダウンロード・検証できるように" +#~ "なります。" #~ msgid "Describes the process of resolving build-dependencies in &apt-get;." #~ msgstr "&apt-get; での構築依存関係解決のプロセスを説明します。" @@ -13359,20 +13393,20 @@ msgstr "これで、ディスクにある取得済みのアーカイブを使用 #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special " -#~ "keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of " -#~ "the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> には、HTTP URI で使用するデフォルトプロキシ" #~ "を設定します。<literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal> とい" -#~ "う標準形で表します。ホストごとのプロキシを、<literal>http::Proxy::<" -#~ "host></literal> という形で指定できます。この時、プロキシを使用しないと" -#~ "いう意味の特殊キーワード <literal>DIRECT</literal> も使用できます。上記の" -#~ "設定をなにも指定しないと、環境変数 <envar>http_proxy</envar> を使用しま" -#~ "す。" +#~ "う標準形で表します。ホストごとのプロキシを、" +#~ "<literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> という形で指定できます。この" +#~ "時、プロキシを使用しないという意味の特殊キーワード <literal>DIRECT</" +#~ "literal> も使用できます。上記の設定をなにも指定しないと、環境変数 " +#~ "<envar>http_proxy</envar> を使用します。" #~ msgid "" #~ "The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, " @@ -13394,19 +13428,19 @@ msgstr "これで、ディスクにある取得済みのアーカイブを使用 #~ "info about trusted certificates. <literal><host>::CaInfo</literal> " #~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> " #~ "boolean suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate " -#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether or " -#~ "not the server's hostname should be verified. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for client " -#~ "authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> is the " -#~ "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what " -#~ "private key to use for client authentication. <literal><host>::" -#~ "SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version to use. " -#~ "It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or " -#~ "'<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" +#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines " +#~ "whether or not the server's hostname should be verified. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to " +#~ "use for client authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> " +#~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> " +#~ "determines what private key to use for client authentication. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host " +#~ "option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version " +#~ "to use. It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' " +#~ "or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" #~ "literal> is the corresponding per-host option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>CaInfo</literal> サブオプションは、信頼済み証明書情報の保持場所を" @@ -13417,14 +13451,15 @@ msgstr "これで、ディスクにある取得済みのアーカイブを使用 #~ "ションです。<literal>Verify-Host</literal> 真偽値サブオプションは、サーバ" #~ "のホスト名を検証するかどうかを決定します。<literal><host>::Verify-" #~ "Host</literal> は、同様のホストごとのオプションです。<literal>SslCert</" -#~ "literal> は、クライアント認証に使用する証明書を決定します。<literal><" -#~ "host>::SslCert</literal> は、同様のホストごとのオプションです。" -#~ "<literal>SslKey</literal> は、クライアント認証に使用する秘密鍵を決定しま" -#~ "す。<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> は、同様のホストごとのオプショ" -#~ "ンです。<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> は、デフォルトで使用する SSL の" -#~ "バージョンを上書きします。'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' か '<literal>SSLv3</" -#~ "literal>' という文字列を指定できます。<literal><host>::" -#~ "SslForceVersion</literal> は、同様のホストごとのオプションです。" +#~ "literal> は、クライアント認証に使用する証明書を決定します。" +#~ "<literal><host>::SslCert</literal> は、同様のホストごとのオプション" +#~ "です。<literal>SslKey</literal> は、クライアント認証に使用する秘密鍵を決定" +#~ "します。<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> は、同様のホストごとのオプ" +#~ "ションです。<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> は、デフォルトで使用する " +#~ "SSL のバージョンを上書きします。'<literal>TLSv1</literal>' か " +#~ "'<literal>SSLv3</literal>' という文字列を指定できます。" +#~ "<literal><host>::SslForceVersion</literal> は、同様のホストごとのオ" +#~ "プションです。" #~ msgid "" #~ "The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an " @@ -13445,9 +13480,10 @@ msgstr "これで、ディスクにある取得済みのアーカイブを使用 #~ "it encounters unauthenticated archives to give a slightly longer grace " #~ "period on this backward compatibility effecting change. This exception " #~ "will be removed in future releases and you can opt-out of this grace " -#~ "period by setting the configuration option <option>Binary::apt-get::" -#~ "Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to <literal>false</literal> " -#~ "or <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the command line." +#~ "period by setting the configuration option <option>Binary::apt-" +#~ "get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to <literal>false</" +#~ "literal> or <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the " +#~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" #~ "一時的な例外として &apt-get; (not &apt;!) はこの後方互換性に影響のある変更" #~ "に対応するための少しばかり長い猶予期間として、証明されていないアーカイブに" diff --git a/doc/po/nl.po b/doc/po/nl.po index 379968799..8def60f55 100644 --- a/doc/po/nl.po +++ b/doc/po/nl.po @@ -6,7 +6,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 2.9.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-05 21:48+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n" "Language-Team: Debian Dutch l10n Team <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -564,11 +564,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " "\"configuratietekenreeks\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -583,12 +584,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"doelrelease\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -639,11 +640,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cd-aankoppelpunt\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cd-aankoppelpunt\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -1128,9 +1129,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "<literal>update</literal> wordt gebruikt om de indexbestanden van " "beschikbare pakketten terug te synchroniseren met hun pakketbronnen. De " -"indexen worden opgehaald van de locatie(s) die in <filename>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</filename> opgegeven werden. Indien bijvoorbeeld een Debian-archief " -"gebruikt wordt, zal dit commando de bestanden <filename>Packages.gz</" +"indexen worden opgehaald van de locatie(s) die in <filename>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</filename> opgegeven werden. Indien bijvoorbeeld een Debian-" +"archief gebruikt wordt, zal dit commando de bestanden <filename>Packages.gz</" "filename> ophalen en doorzoeken zodat de informatie over nieuwe en " "bijgewerkte pakketten beschikbaar wordt. Een <literal>update</literal> moet " "altijd uitgevoerd worden voor een <literal>upgrade</literal> of een " @@ -1501,8 +1502,8 @@ msgid "" "Example: <literal>apt-get satisfy \"foo\" \"Conflicts: bar\" \"baz (>> " "1.0) | bar (= 2.0), moo\"</literal>" msgstr "" -"Voorbeeld: <literal>apt-get satisfy \"foo\" \"Conflicts: bar\" \"baz (>" -"> 1.0) | bar (= 2.0), moo\"</literal>" +"Voorbeeld: <literal>apt-get satisfy \"foo\" \"Conflicts: bar\" \"baz " +"(>> 1.0) | bar (= 2.0), moo\"</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1699,8 +1700,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" "Herstellen; proberen een systeem met defecte vereisten te repareren. Als " "deze optie gebruikt wordt samen met install/remove, kan ze elk pakket " @@ -1746,8 +1747,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Schakelt het downloaden van pakketten uit. Dit wordt best gebruikt samen met " "<option>--ignore-missing</option> om APT te verplichten enkel .debs te " -"gebruiken die het al gedownload heeft. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Download</literal>." +"gebruiken die het al gedownload heeft. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1791,9 +1792,9 @@ msgstr "" "bezig is. Ook een niet-systeembeheerder (non-root) kan simulaties uitvoeren " "en als die geen leestoegang heeft tot alle configuraties van apt, kan dit de " "simulatie vertekenen. Niet-systeembeheerders krijgen standaard ook een " -"opmerking te zien waarin deze waarschuwing gegeven wordt (<option>APT::Get::" -"Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>). Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Simulate</literal>." +"opmerking te zien waarin deze waarschuwing gegeven wordt " +"(<option>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</option>). Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1825,17 +1826,17 @@ msgstr "" "situatie voordoet, zoals het wijzigen van een op zijn huidige versie " "vastgehouden pakket, een poging om een niet-geauthenticeerd pakket te " "installeren of het verwijderen van een essentieel pakket, zal <literal>apt-" -"get</literal> afgebroken worden. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-Yes</literal>." +"get</literal> afgebroken worden. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" -"Een automatisch \"neen\" op alle vragen. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Assume-No</literal>." +"Een automatisch \"neen\" op alle vragen. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1871,15 +1872,15 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</" -#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -#| "SourceOverride</literal>." +#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." msgid "" "Add the given value to the <literal>Comment:</literal> field in history.log " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::History::Comment</literal>." msgstr "" "Het override-bestand voor broncode selecteren om met het commando " -"<literal>sources</literal> te gebruiken. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal> te gebruiken. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1887,9 +1888,9 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Deze optie regelt voor welke architectuur pakketten gebouwd worden met de " "opdracht <command>apt-get source --compile</command> en hoe aan kruiselingse " @@ -1912,8 +1913,8 @@ msgstr "" "gebouwd wordt met <command>apt-get source --compile</command>. Ze regelt ook " "hoe voldaan wordt aan de bouwvereisten. Standaard is geen enkel bouwprofiel " "actief. Er kan meer dan een bouwprofiel tegelijk geactiveerd worden door ze " -"gescheiden door en komma samen te voegen. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"Build-Profiles</literal>." +"gescheiden door en komma samen te voegen. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Build-Profiles</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1921,8 +1922,8 @@ msgid "" "Compile source packages after downloading them. Configuration Item: " "<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>." msgstr "" -"Bronpakketten na het downloaden compileren. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Compile</literal>." +"Bronpakketten na het downloaden compileren. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Compile</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1983,8 +1984,8 @@ msgstr "" "Geen nieuwe pakketten installeren; wanneer <literal>only-upgrade</literal> " "gebruikt wordt in combinatie met <literal>install</literal>, zal het enkel " "voor reeds geïnstalleerde pakketten opwaarderingen installeren en verzoeken " -"om nieuwe pakketten te installeren negeren. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>." +"om nieuwe pakketten te installeren negeren. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Upgrade</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1997,8 +1998,8 @@ msgstr "" "Dit is een gevaarlijke optie die er voor zorgt dat apt zonder vragen " "voortgaat als het downgradings doorvoert. U zou dit niet moeten gebruiken " "behalve in zeer bijzondere situaties. Dit gebruiken kan mogelijkerwijs tot " -"de vernietiging van uw systeem leiden! Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"allow-downgrades</literal>. Geïntroduceerd in APT 1.1." +"de vernietiging van uw systeem leiden! Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::allow-downgrades</literal>. Geïntroduceerd in APT 1.1." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2063,8 +2064,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" "In plaats van pakketten op te halen om ze te installeren wordt hun URI " "weergegeven. Elke URI bevat het pad en de naam van het doelbestand, zijn " @@ -2087,8 +2088,8 @@ msgstr "" "Purge gebruiken in plaats van remove voor alles wat verwijderd zou worden. " "Er zal een sterretje (\"*\") staan naast de pakketten die ingepland staan om " "opgeruimd te worden. <option>remove --purge</option> is het equivalent van " -"het commando <option>purge</option>. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Purge</literal>." +"het commando <option>purge</option>. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Purge</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2106,16 +2107,16 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" "Deze optie is standaard aangezet; gebruik <literal>--no-list-cleanup</" "literal> om ze uit te zetten. Indien ze geactiveerd is, zal <command>apt-" "get</command> automatisch de inhoud van <filename>&statedir;/lists</" "filename> beheren om te garanderen dat in onbruik geraakte bestanden " "verwijderd worden. De enige reden waarom u dit zou uitzetten is wanneer u " -"vaak het bestand sources.list wijzigt. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"vaak het bestand sources.list wijzigt. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2237,8 +2238,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>, and <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>." msgstr "" "Enkel het diff-, dsc- of tar-bestand van een bronarchief downloaden. " -"Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, <literal>APT::" -"Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, en <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>." +"Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, " +"<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal>, en <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2836,12 +2838,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" "Hetzelfde als <literal>dotty</literal>, maar dan voor xvcg uit het <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG gereedschap</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG gereedschap</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2870,8 +2872,8 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" "Het commando <literal>madison</literal> van <literal>apt-cache</literal> " "tracht het uitvoerformaat en een deel van de functionaliteit na te bootsen " @@ -2885,8 +2887,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" "Het bestand waarin de pakketcache opgeslagen wordt kiezen. De pakketcache is " "de primaire cache die door alle operaties aangesproken wordt. Configuratie-" @@ -2940,9 +2942,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" "Standaard geven de opdrachten <literal>depends</literal> en " "<literal>rdepends</literal> alle vereisten weer. Met deze opties kan dit " @@ -3005,8 +3007,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Automatisch een nieuwe pakketcache genereren, eerder dan de bestaande " "pakketcache te gebruiken. Dit is de standaard. Om dit uit te schakelen moet " -"u <option>--no-generate</option> gebruiken. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"Cache::Generate</literal>." +"u <option>--no-generate</option> gebruiken. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Generate</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -3015,19 +3017,19 @@ msgid "" "descriptions. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>." msgstr "" "Enkel zoeken in de pakketnamen en in de pakketnamen waarin voorzien wordt en " -"niet in de uitgebreide beschrijvingen. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"Cache::NamesOnly</literal>." +"niet in de uitgebreide beschrijvingen. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" "<literal>pkgnames</literal> alle namen laten weergeven, inclusief virtuele " -"pakketten en ontbrekende vereisten. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"pakketten en ontbrekende vereisten. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -3119,8 +3121,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" "<command>apt-mark</command> kan gebruikt worden als een geïntegreerd " @@ -3366,10 +3368,11 @@ msgstr "Configuratie op gebruikersniveau" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3382,8 +3385,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3477,10 +3481,11 @@ msgstr "" "geval van een <command>update</command>-operatie bij alle APT-clients een " "foutmelding opleveren, ongeacht het feit of een optie het gebruik van " "onveilige pakketbronnen toestaat of verbiedt. Een dergelijke fout kan " -"voorkomen worden door bijkomend de optie <option>Acquire::" -"AllowDowngradeToInsecureRepositories</option> op <literal>true</literal> in " -"te stellen of voor individuele pakketbronnen door de optie <literal>allow-" -"downgrade-to-insecure=yes</literal> te gebruiken in &sources-list;." +"voorkomen worden door bijkomend de optie " +"<option>Acquire::AllowDowngradeToInsecureRepositories</option> op " +"<literal>true</literal> in te stellen of voor individuele pakketbronnen door " +"de optie <literal>allow-downgrade-to-insecure=yes</literal> te gebruiken in " +"&sources-list;." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt-secure.8.xml @@ -3691,8 +3696,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Onderteken het</emphasis>. U doet dit door het uitvoeren van de " "commando's <command>gpg --clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> en " @@ -3768,8 +3773,8 @@ msgid "" "Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen." msgstr "" "Voor bijkomende achtergrondinformatie kunt u het hoofdstuk raadplegen over " -"de beveiligingsinfrastructuur van Debian, <ulink url=\"https://www.debian." -"org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-manual/ch07\">Debian Security " +"de beveiligingsinfrastructuur van Debian, <ulink url=\"https://" +"www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-manual/ch07\">Debian Security " "Infrastructure</ulink>, uit de Securing Debian Manual (ook te vinden in het " "pakket harden-doc), alsook de <ulink url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/" "crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong Distribution HOWTO</ulink> door V. Alex " @@ -3859,8 +3864,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" "Niet automatisch het CD-pad trachten te achterhalen. Meestal wordt dit " "gecombineerd met de optie <option>--cdrom</option>. Configuratie-item: " @@ -3875,8 +3880,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Aankoppelpunt; de locatie waar de CD aangekoppeld moet worden opgeven. Dit " "aankoppelpunt moet in <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> vermeld worden en " -"correct geconfigureerd zijn. Configuratie-item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::" -"mount</literal>." +"correct geconfigureerd zijn. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3894,12 +3899,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" "Niet aankoppelen; <command>apt-cdrom</command> verhinderen om het " -"aankoppelpunt aan en af te koppelen. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"aankoppelpunt aan en af te koppelen. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -4001,11 +4006,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" -"Dit zal aan de shell-omgevingsvariabele $OPTS de waarde toekennen van MyApp::" -"options met een standaard van <option>-f</option>." +"Dit zal aan de shell-omgevingsvariabele $OPTS de waarde toekennen van " +"MyApp::options met een standaard van <option>-f</option>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml @@ -4131,9 +4136,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" "alle bestanden uit <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> in oplopende " "alfabetische volgorde die ofwel geen extensie of \"<literal>conf</literal>\" " @@ -4272,8 +4277,8 @@ msgid "" "example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>." msgstr "" "In de namen van configuratie-items speelt het gebruik van hoofd- of kleine " -"letters geen rol. In het voorgaande voorbeeld zou u dus ook <literal>dpkg::" -"pre-install-pkgs</literal> kunnen gebruiken." +"letters geen rol. In het voorgaande voorbeeld zou u dus ook " +"<literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal> kunnen gebruiken." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4444,18 +4449,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" "De subscoop <option>action</option> definieert de kleuren voor pakketlijsten " "in <option>install</option> en gelijkaardige commando's. De volgende opties " "kunnen ingesteld worden: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " -"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::" -"Install-Dependencies</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; die overeenkomen met " -"hun lijsten in de uitvoer van &apt;." +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; die overeenkomen met hun " +"lijsten in de uitvoer van &apt;." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4796,8 +4804,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" "De reguliere expressie(s) definiëren voor kernelpakketten met versiebeheer. " "Op basis van deze expressies wordt een regelset in apt geïnjecteerd, " @@ -5271,9 +5279,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -5289,17 +5297,18 @@ msgstr "" "deze niet tweemaal voorkomen in de lijst. Als <literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> " "op \"C\" ingesteld staat, wordt enkel het bestand <filename>Translation-en</" "filename> (als het beschikbaar is) gebruikt.Om APT te dwingen geen " -"Translation-bestand te gebruiken, moet u de instelling <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal> gebruiken. Ook de code \"<literal>none</literal>\" " -"is er een met een speciale betekenis. Ze zorgt ervoor dat niet verder " -"gezocht wordt naar een passend <filename>Translation</filename>-bestand. Ze " -"vertelt APT ook om die vertalingen wel te downloaden zonder ze effectief te " -"gebruiken tenzij er in de omgeving talen gespecificeerd worden. Het volgende " -"voorbeeld zal dus in de context van een Engelse lokalisatie resulteren in de " -"volgorde \"en, de\" en in een Duitse lokalisatie in \"de, en\". Merk op dat " -"\"fr\" wel gedownload wordt, maar niet gebruikt tenzij APT in de context van " -"een Franse lokalisatie gebruikt wordt (in dat geval zou de volgorde \"fr, " -"de, en\" zijn). <placeholder type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" +"Translation-bestand te gebruiken, moet u de instelling " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal> gebruiken. Ook de code " +"\"<literal>none</literal>\" is er een met een speciale betekenis. Ze zorgt " +"ervoor dat niet verder gezocht wordt naar een passend <filename>Translation</" +"filename>-bestand. Ze vertelt APT ook om die vertalingen wel te downloaden " +"zonder ze effectief te gebruiken tenzij er in de omgeving talen " +"gespecificeerd worden. Het volgende voorbeeld zal dus in de context van een " +"Engelse lokalisatie resulteren in de volgorde \"en, de\" en in een Duitse " +"lokalisatie in \"de, en\". Merk op dat \"fr\" wel gedownload wordt, maar " +"niet gebruikt tenzij APT in de context van een Franse lokalisatie gebruikt " +"wordt (in dat geval zou de volgorde \"fr, de, en\" zijn). <placeholder " +"type=\"programlisting\" id=\"0\"/>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5409,21 +5418,22 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" "Het ophalen van changelogs (bestanden met de registratie van aangebrachte " "wijzigingen) kan enkel gebeuren als er een URI gekend is waar ze opgehaald " @@ -5435,23 +5445,24 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></literal> bestaat en als dat het geval is, wordt die waarde " "gebruikt. De waarde in het Release-bestand kan vervangen worden door " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> of <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</replaceable></literal>. De waarde ervan zou " -"een normale URI naar een tekstbestand moeten zijn, behalve dat de " -"pakketspecifieke gegevens vervangen worden door de plaatshouder " -"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. De waarde daarvan is: 1. als het pakket uit " -"een onderdeel afkomstig is (bijv. <literal>main</literal>), vormt dit het " -"eerste deel, anders wordt het weggelaten, 2. de eerste letter van de " -"pakketnaam van het bronpakket, behalve als de naam van het bronpakket begint " -"met '<literal>lib</literal>'. In dat laatste geval zullen het de eerste vier " -"letters zijn. 3. De volledige naam van het bronpakket. 4. nogmaals de " -"volledige naam en 5. de versie van de broncode. Het eerste (in voorkomend " -"geval), tweede, derde en vierde deel worden gescheiden door een slash " -"('<literal>/</literal>') en tussen het het vierde en het vijfde deel staat " -"een laag liggend streepje ('<literal>_</literal>'). De speciale waarde " -"'<literal>no</literal>' kan gebruikt worden voor deze optie om aan te geven " -"dat deze bron niet gebruikt kan worden om er changelog-bestanden op te " -"halen. In dat geval zal een andere bron geprobeerd worden als die er is." +"replaceable></literal> of " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</" +"replaceable></literal>. De waarde ervan zou een normale URI naar een " +"tekstbestand moeten zijn, behalve dat de pakketspecifieke gegevens vervangen " +"worden door de plaatshouder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. De waarde " +"daarvan is: 1. als het pakket uit een onderdeel afkomstig is (bijv. " +"<literal>main</literal>), vormt dit het eerste deel, anders wordt het " +"weggelaten, 2. de eerste letter van de pakketnaam van het bronpakket, " +"behalve als de naam van het bronpakket begint met '<literal>lib</literal>'. " +"In dat laatste geval zullen het de eerste vier letters zijn. 3. De volledige " +"naam van het bronpakket. 4. nogmaals de volledige naam en 5. de versie van " +"de broncode. Het eerste (in voorkomend geval), tweede, derde en vierde deel " +"worden gescheiden door een slash ('<literal>/</literal>') en tussen het het " +"vierde en het vijfde deel staat een laag liggend streepje ('<literal>_</" +"literal>'). De speciale waarde '<literal>no</literal>' kan gebruikt worden " +"voor deze optie om aan te geven dat deze bron niet gebruikt kan worden om er " +"changelog-bestanden op te halen. In dat geval zal een andere bron geprobeerd " +"worden als die er is." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5460,17 +5471,19 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" "Zoals changelogs (bestanden met de registratie van aangebrachte wijzigingen) " "kunnen momentopnames enkel verkregen worden als er een URI gekend is waar ze " @@ -5482,14 +5495,14 @@ msgstr "" "replaceable></literal> bestaat en als dat het geval is, wordt die waarde " "gebruikt. De waarde in het Release-bestand kan vervangen worden door " "<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> of <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</replaceable></literal>. De waarde ervan zou " -"een normale URI naar een map moeten zijn, behalve dat het momentopname-ID " -"vervangen wordt door de plaatshouder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. De " -"speciale waarde '<literal>no</literal>' kan gebruikt worden voor deze optie " -"om aan te geven dat deze bron niet gebruikt kan worden om er momentopnames " -"van op te halen. In dat geval zal een andere bron geprobeerd worden als die " -"er is." +"replaceable></literal> of " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGINE</" +"replaceable></literal>. De waarde ervan zou een normale URI naar een map " +"moeten zijn, behalve dat het momentopname-ID vervangen wordt door de " +"plaatshouder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. De speciale waarde " +"'<literal>no</literal>' kan gebruikt worden voor deze optie om aan te geven " +"dat deze bron niet gebruikt kan worden om er momentopnames van op te halen. " +"In dat geval zal een andere bron geprobeerd worden als die er is." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5501,9 +5514,9 @@ msgstr "Programmaspecifieke configuratie" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" "In het bijzonder omwille van de introductie van het binaire programma " "<command>apt</command>, kan het zinvol zijn om bepaalde opties enkel voor " @@ -5525,8 +5538,8 @@ msgstr "" "worden door die optie in te stellen binnen het bereik <option>Binary::" "<replaceable>specifiek-programma</replaceable></option>. De optie " "<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> enkel voor <command>apt</command> " -"instellen, kan bijvoorbeeld gebeuren door in plaats daarvan <option>Binary::" -"apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> in te stellen." +"instellen, kan bijvoorbeeld gebeuren door in plaats daarvan " +"<option>Binary::apt::APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> in te stellen." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5618,12 +5631,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." msgstr "" "Naar binaire programma's wordt verwezen door <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " "<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> geeft de locatie op van de " @@ -5833,18 +5846,18 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" "Elke regel met een configuratierichtlijn heeft de vorm <literal>key=value</" "literal> (sleutel=waarde). Bijzondere tekens (gelijkheidstekens, " "regeleinden, niet-afdrukbare tekens, aanhalingstekens en percenttekens in " "<literal>key</literal> en regeleinden, niet-afdrukbare tekens en " "percenttekens in <literal>value</literal>) worden met % gecodeerd. Lijsten " -"worden voorgesteld door meerdere <literal>key::=value</literal> (sleutel::" -"=waarde) regels met eenzelfde sleutel. De configuratiesectie eindigt met een " -"lege regel." +"worden voorgesteld door meerdere <literal>key::=value</literal> " +"(sleutel::=waarde) regels met eenzelfde sleutel. De configuratiesectie " +"eindigt met een lege regel." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5975,9 +5988,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "De optiegroepen <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> en <literal>APT::Archives</" "literal> configureren het gedrag van de periodieke bijwerkingen die door apt " -"uitgevoerd worden en die door het script <literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd." -"daily</literal> uitgelokt worden. Raadpleeg het begin van dit script voor " -"een beknopte documentatie over deze opties." +"uitgevoerd worden en die door het script <literal>/usr/lib/apt/" +"apt.systemd.daily</literal> uitgelokt worden. Raadpleeg het begin van dit " +"script voor een beknopte documentatie over deze opties." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6182,16 +6195,16 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" "Debug-berichten genereren waarin beschreven wordt welke pakketten " "automatisch geïnstalleerd worden om aan vereisten te voldoen. Dit komt " "overeen met de initiële doorloop van het type auto-install die bijvoorbeeld " "door <literal>apt-get install</literal> uitgevoerd wordt. Het komt niet " "overeen met het volledige systeem van apt voor het oplossen van " -"vereistenproblemen. Raadpleeg in dat verband <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal>." +"vereistenproblemen. Raadpleeg in dat verband " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6201,14 +6214,14 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" "Debug-berichten genereren waarin beschreven wordt welke pakketten een " "markering krijgen van het type keep/install/remove (vasthouden/installeren/" @@ -6287,23 +6300,23 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Een lijst weergeven van alle geïnstalleerde pakketten met hun berekende " "scores zoals die door de pkgProblemResolver gebruikt worden. De " -"pakketbeschrijving is identiek aan wat in <literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::" -"Marker</literal> beschreven werd" +"pakketbeschrijving is identiek aan wat in " +"<literal>Debug::pkgDepCache::Marker</literal> beschreven werd" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" -"Informatie weergeven over de leveranciers die in <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename> vermeld worden." +"Informatie weergeven over de leveranciers die in <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename> vermeld worden." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" "De externe commando's tonen die aangeroepen worden door apt-uitbreidingen. " @@ -6725,10 +6738,10 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Als u meerdere systemen heeft waarvan u wilt dat deze dezelfde set updates " "ontvangen, kunt u <code>APT::Machine-ID</code> instellen op een UUID zodat " -"ze allemaal dezelfde fasering toepassen, of u kunt de instelling <code>APT::" -"Get::Never-include-Phased-Updates</code> gebruiken of <code>APT::Get::Always-" -"include-Phased-Updates</code> instellen op true zodat APT nooit/altijd " -"gefaseerde updates zal overwegen." +"ze allemaal dezelfde fasering toepassen, of u kunt de instelling " +"<code>APT::Get::Never-include-Phased-Updates</code> gebruiken of " +"<code>APT::Get::Always-include-Phased-Updates</code> instellen op true zodat " +"APT nooit/altijd gefaseerde updates zal overwegen." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -6846,8 +6859,8 @@ msgstr "" "Een aanmaning tot voorzichtigheid: het gebruikte trefwoord hier is " "\"<literal>origin</literal>\" dat gebruikt kan worden om een computernaam te " "vergelijken. De volgende structuur kent een hoge prioriteit toe aan alle " -"versies die te verkrijgen zijn op de server die met de computernaam \"ftp.de." -"debian.org\" geïdentificeerd wordt." +"versies die te verkrijgen zijn op de server die met de computernaam " +"\"ftp.de.debian.org\" geïdentificeerd wordt." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -7125,9 +7138,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" "Het achtervoegsel <literal>:any</literal> zorgt ervoor dat binaire pakketten " "uit elke architectuur worden geselecteerd. Zonder dat achtervoegsel neemt " @@ -7304,9 +7317,9 @@ msgstr "Dan is dit het gevolg:" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "De meest recente beschikbare versie van het pakket <literal>perl</literal> " "zal geïnstalleerd worden, zolang het versienummer van die versie begint met " @@ -7590,25 +7603,25 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "Alle <filename>Packages</filename>- en <filename>Release</filename>-" "bestanden die opgehaald worden van locaties die in het bestand &sources-" "list; vermeld staan, worden opgeslagen in de map <filename>/var/lib/apt/" "lists</filename> of in het bestand dat in het bestand <filename>apt.conf</" "filename> door de variabele <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> genoemd " -"wordt. Het bestand <filename>debian.lcs.mit." -"edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> bevat " -"bijvoorbeeld het <filename>Release</filename>-bestand dat opgehaald werd van " -"de site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> en dat betrekking heeft op " -"bestanden voor de architectuur <literal>binary-i386</literal> uit de " -"component <literal>contrib</literal> van de distributie <literal>unstable</" -"literal>." +"wordt. Het bestand " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> bevat bijvoorbeeld het <filename>Release</filename>-" +"bestand dat opgehaald werd van de site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> " +"en dat betrekking heeft op bestanden voor de architectuur <literal>binary-" +"i386</literal> uit de component <literal>contrib</literal> van de " +"distributie <literal>unstable</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -7860,8 +7873,8 @@ msgstr "" "Het volgende preferences-bestand van APT doet APT een hogere prioriteit dan " "standaard (500) toekennen aan alle pakketversies die tot een distributie met " "de opgegeven codenaam behoren en een buitensporig lage prioriteit aan " -"pakketversies die tot andere <literal>Debian</literal>-distributies, -" -"codenamen en -archieven behoren. Merk op dat met deze APT-voorkeur APT de " +"pakketversies die tot andere <literal>Debian</literal>-distributies, " +"-codenamen en -archieven behoren. Merk op dat met deze APT-voorkeur APT de " "overgang van een release zal volgen vanuit het archief <literal>testing</" "literal> naar <literal>stable</literal> en later <literal>oldstable</" "literal>. Indien u bijvoorbeeld de voortgang in <literal>testing</literal> " @@ -7966,12 +7979,12 @@ msgstr "" "De map <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> biedt de mogelijkheid om " "items voor sources.list in afzonderlijke bestanden toe te voegen. Zoals " "beschreven wordt in de volgende twee secties, zijn twee verschillende " -"bestandsindelingen toegelaten. Bestandsnamen moeten eindigen op <filename>." -"list</filename> of <filename>.sources</filename>, afhankelijk van welke " -"indeling ze bevatten. De bestandsnamen mogen enkel letters (a-z en A-Z), " -"cijfers (0-9), lage streepjes (_), koppeltekens (-) en punten (.) bevatten. " -"Is dit niet het geval, dan zal APT melden dat het een bestand overgeslagen " -"heeft, tenzij dat bestand beantwoordt aan een patroon uit de " +"bestandsindelingen toegelaten. Bestandsnamen moeten eindigen op " +"<filename>.list</filename> of <filename>.sources</filename>, afhankelijk van " +"welke indeling ze bevatten. De bestandsnamen mogen enkel letters (a-z en A-" +"Z), cijfers (0-9), lage streepjes (_), koppeltekens (-) en punten (.) " +"bevatten. Is dit niet het geval, dan zal APT melden dat het een bestand " +"overgeslagen heeft, tenzij dat bestand beantwoordt aan een patroon uit de " "configuratielijst <literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> - in dat " "geval zal het stilzwijgend overgeslagen worden." @@ -8044,6 +8057,12 @@ msgstr "" "zullen verwachten, aangezien die ongebruikelijk waren voor de invoering van " "multi-architectuurondersteuning." +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -8236,10 +8255,11 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>suite</literal> kan ook een variabele, <literal>$(ARCH)</literal>, " "bevatten, die omgezet wordt naar de Debian architectuur (zoals " "<literal>amd64</literal> of <literal>armel</literal>) die op het systeem in " -"gebruik is. Dit laat toe om archtectuuronafhankelijke <filename>sources." -"list</filename>-bestanden te gebruiken. Over het algemeen is dit enkel van " -"belang wanneer een exact pad opgegeven wordt. Anders zal <literal>APT</" -"literal> automatisch een URI genereren met de huidige architectuur." +"gebruik is. Dit laat toe om archtectuuronafhankelijke " +"<filename>sources.list</filename>-bestanden te gebruiken. Over het algemeen " +"is dit enkel van belang wanneer een exact pad opgegeven wordt. Anders zal " +"<literal>APT</literal> automatisch een URI genereren met de huidige " +"architectuur." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8295,10 +8315,17 @@ msgstr "&sourceslist-sources-format;" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in " +#| "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or " +#| "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +#| "id=\"1\"/>" msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" "Bij wijze van voorbeeld zouden de pakketbronnen voor uw distributie er als " "volgt kunnen uitzien met de indeling in de één-regelstijl: <placeholder " @@ -8346,8 +8373,8 @@ msgstr "" "<option>Architectures</option> (<option>arch</option>) is een multi-waarde " "optie waarmee opgegeven wordt voor welke architecturen er informatie " "opgehaald moet worden. Indien deze optie niet ingesteld werd, geldt als " -"standaard alle architecturen die in de configuratieoptie <literal>APT::" -"Architectures</literal> gedefinieerd zijn." +"standaard alle architecturen die in de configuratieoptie " +"<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> gedefinieerd zijn." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8369,19 +8396,20 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is een multi-waarde optie " "waarmee opgegeven wordt welke downloadtargets apt uit deze pakketbron zal " "trachten op te halen. Indien deze optie niet gespecificeerd werd, wordt de " -"standaardset gedefinieerd door het configuratiebereik <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> (targets worden aan de hand van hun naam gepreciseerd " -"in het veld <literal>Created-By</literal>). Daarenboven kunnen specifieke " -"targets geactiveerd of gedeactiveerd worden door het veld " +"standaardset gedefinieerd door het configuratiebereik " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> (targets worden aan de hand van hun " +"naam gepreciseerd in het veld <literal>Created-By</literal>). Daarenboven " +"kunnen specifieke targets geactiveerd of gedeactiveerd worden door het veld " "<literal>Identifier</literal> als een optie met een booleaanse waarde te " "gebruiken in plaats van op deze multi-waarde optie beroep te doen." @@ -8631,8 +8659,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) is " "een yes/no (ja/nee) waarde die regelt of APT moet proberen om replay-" @@ -8803,10 +8832,10 @@ msgstr "" "gegeven worden aan het gebruik van &apt-authconf;. De methode biedt ook " "ondersteuning voor SOCKS5- en HTTP(S)-proxy's, ofwel geconfigureerd via een " "apt-specifieke configuratie, of gespecificeerd met de omgevingsvariabele " -"<envar>http_proxy</envar> volgens de indeling <replaceable>http://gebruiker:" -"wachtwoord@server:poort/</replaceable> (er vanuit gaand dat het om een HTTP-" -"proxy gaat die authenticatie vereist). De authenticatie-informatie voor " -"proxy's kan ook verstrekt worden via &apt-authconf;." +"<envar>http_proxy</envar> volgens de indeling <replaceable>http://" +"gebruiker:wachtwoord@server:poort/</replaceable> (er vanuit gaand dat het om " +"een HTTP-proxy gaat die authenticatie vereist). De authenticatie-informatie " +"voor proxy's kan ook verstrekt worden via &apt-authconf;." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -9303,8 +9332,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" "Tijdelijke map om er geëxtraheerde sjabloonbestanden en configuratiescripts " "voor <command>debconf</command> in op te slaan. Configuratie-item: " @@ -9348,8 +9377,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" "Veldordening gebruiken bij een broncode-index. Configuratie-item: " "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." @@ -9444,9 +9473,9 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Het commando <literal>sources</literal> maakt vertrekkend vanuit een " "mappenboom een indexbestand over broncodebestanden aan. Het begint bij de " -"opgegeven map en doorzoekt de onderliggende mappen op de aanwezigheid van ." -"dsc-bestanden en schrijft voor elk ervan een broncodebestandsfiche weg naar " -"de standaarduitvoer. Dit commando is bij benadering analoog aan &dpkg-" +"opgegeven map en doorzoekt de onderliggende mappen op de aanwezigheid " +"van .dsc-bestanden en schrijft voor elk ervan een broncodebestandsfiche weg " +"naar de standaarduitvoer. Dit commando is bij benadering analoog aan &dpkg-" "scansources;." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -9490,10 +9519,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" "Het commando <literal>release</literal> maakt voor een mappenboom een " "Release-bestand aan. Het begint bij de opgegeven map en zoekt daar en in de " @@ -9524,15 +9553,16 @@ msgid "" "<literal>Description</literal>." msgstr "" "De waarden voor de bijkomende velden met metagegevens in het Release-bestand " -"worden ontleend aan de overeenkomstige variabelen uit <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release</literal>, bijvoorbeeld <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"Release::Origin</literal>. De ondersteunde velden zijn: <literal>Origin</" -"literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, <literal>Suite</literal>, " -"<literal>Version</literal>, <literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</" -"literal>, <literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, <literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</" -"literal>, <literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, <literal>Valid-Until</" -"literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, <literal>Architectures</literal>, " -"<literal>Components</literal> en <literal>Description</literal>." +"worden ontleend aan de overeenkomstige variabelen uit " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, bijvoorbeeld " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. De ondersteunde velden " +"zijn: <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, <literal>Suite</" +"literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, <literal>Codename</literal>, " +"<literal>Date</literal>, <literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, " +"<literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</literal>, <literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, " +"<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, " +"<literal>Architectures</literal>, <literal>Components</literal> en " +"<literal>Description</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9754,8 +9784,8 @@ msgstr "De sectie <literal>TreeDefault</literal>" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" "Stelt standaarden in die specifiek zijn voor de secties <literal>Tree</" "literal>. Al deze variabelen zijn substitutievariabelen waarbij de " @@ -9796,8 +9826,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" "Stelt de basis van de .deb-mappenboom in. Standaard is dat <filename>$(DIST)/" "$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" @@ -9805,8 +9835,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" "Stelt de basis in van de mappenboom van broncodepakketten. Standaard is dat " "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" @@ -9833,8 +9863,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" "Stelt in waar het hoofdbestand Translation-en geschreven wordt met daarin de " "uitgebreide beschrijvingen in het geval die niet in het bestand Packages " @@ -10202,15 +10232,15 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "De vermelde controlesom genereren. Standaard staan deze opties aan. Indien " "ze uitgezet worden, dan zal het aangemaakte indexbestand zo mogelijk geen " -"velden voor de controlesom bevatten. Configuratie-items: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> en <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::<replaceable>Checksum</" -"replaceable></literal> waarbij <literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></" -"literal> kan bestaan uit <literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</" -"literal> of <literal>Release</literal> en <literal><replaceable>Checksum</" -"replaceable></literal> kan bestaan uit <literal>MD5</literal>, " -"<literal>SHA1</literal>, <literal>SHA256</literal> of <literal>SHA512</" -"literal>." +"velden voor de controlesom bevatten. Configuratie-items: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> en " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::<replaceable>Index</replaceable>::" +"<replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> waarbij " +"<literal><replaceable>Index</replaceable></literal> kan bestaan uit " +"<literal>Packages</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> of <literal>Release</" +"literal> en <literal><replaceable>Checksum</replaceable></literal> kan " +"bestaan uit <literal>MD5</literal>, <literal>SHA1</literal>, " +"<literal>SHA256</literal> of <literal>SHA512</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10247,8 +10277,8 @@ msgstr "" "Ontkoppelingen uitvoeren. Indien de instelling <literal>External-Links</" "literal> gebruikt wordt, dan maakt deze optie het eigenlijk mogelijk om de " "bestanden te ontkoppelen. Standaard staat dit aangezet en het kan uitgezet " -"worden met <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>." +"worden met <option>--no-delink</option>. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::DeLinkAct</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10274,14 +10304,14 @@ msgid "" "literal>." msgstr "" "Het override-bestand voor broncode selecteren om met het commando " -"<literal>sources</literal> te gebruiken. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal> te gebruiken. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" "De bufferende databases alleen lezen maken. Configuration Item: " "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." @@ -10295,10 +10325,10 @@ msgid "" "path. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Voor de commando's <literal>packages</literal> en <literal>contents</" -"literal> enkel pakketbestanden toelaten die overeenkomen met <literal>*_arch." -"deb</literal> of <literal>*_all.deb</literal> in plaats van alle " -"pakketbestanden in het opgegeven pad. Configuratie-item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." +"literal> enkel pakketbestanden toelaten die overeenkomen met " +"<literal>*_arch.deb</literal> of <literal>*_all.deb</literal> in plaats van " +"alle pakketbestanden in het opgegeven pad. Configuratie-item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10396,10 +10426,10 @@ msgid "" "files inside <filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf.d</filename> can be used to store " "login information in a netrc-like format with restrictive file permissions." msgstr "" -"Het bestand auth.conf van APT, <filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf</filename>, en ." -"conf-bestanden in de map <filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf.d</filename> kunnen " -"gebruikt worden om er login-informatie in op te slaan in een netrc-achtige " -"indeling met restrictieve bestandspermissies." +"Het bestand auth.conf van APT, <filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf</filename>, " +"en .conf-bestanden in de map <filename>/etc/apt/auth.conf.d</filename> " +"kunnen gebruikt worden om er login-informatie in op te slaan in een netrc-" +"achtige indeling met restrictieve bestandspermissies." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt_auth.conf.5.xml @@ -10573,8 +10603,8 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>debian</literal> inloginformatie verstrekken voor het element " "&sources-list; <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> zou " "rechtstreeks in het element kunnen gedaan worden: <placeholder " -"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> Als alternatief zou in het bestand auth." -"conf een element als het volgende gebruikt kunnen worden: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/> Als alternatief zou in het bestand " +"auth.conf een element als het volgende gebruikt kunnen worden: <placeholder " "type=\"literallayout\" id=\"2\"/> Of anders in één enkele regel: " "<placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"3\"/> Indien u meer moet " "specificeren, zullen al deze regels ook op het element example van " @@ -10719,16 +10749,17 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" "De omgevingsvariabele <envar>http_proxy</envar> wordt gebruikt voor de " "configuratie die op het hele systeem van toepassing is. Proxy's die " @@ -10762,14 +10793,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" "Daarenboven worden drie instellingen voorzien om HTTP/1.1-compatibele proxy-" "caches te beheren: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> zegt de proxy " @@ -10830,11 +10861,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" -"Deze optie heeft voorrang op de verouderde optienaam <literal>Acquire::http::" -"ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"Deze optie heeft voorrang op de verouderde optienaam " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10873,12 +10904,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" "De instelling <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> kan gebruikt " "worden om de pijplijnmethode van HTTP (RFC 2616 sectie 8.1.2.2) toe te " @@ -11012,9 +11043,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" "Het HTTPS-protocol is gebaseerd op het HTTP-protocol, en dus zijn alle " "opties die ondersteund worden door &apt-transport-http; ook beschikbaar via " @@ -11061,15 +11092,17 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" "Er kan een aangepaste lijst van herroepen certificaten (certificate " -"revocation list - CRL) geconfigureerd worden met de opties <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile</literal> en <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::" -"<replaceable>computer</replaceable></literal>. Zoals bij de vorige optie " -"moet een bestand opgegeven worden in PEM-indeling." +"revocation list - CRL) geconfigureerd worden met de opties " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> en " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>computer</replaceable></" +"literal>. Zoals bij de vorige optie moet een bestand opgegeven worden in PEM-" +"indeling." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt-transport-https.1.xml @@ -11137,11 +11170,11 @@ msgstr "Cliëntauthenticatie" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" "Behalve de geboden ondersteuning voor authenticatie via een wachtwoord (zie " "&apt-authconf;), ondersteunt HTTPS ook authenticatie op basis van " @@ -11453,9 +11486,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" "In de veronderstelling dat een bestand met deze inhoud op uw computer " "opgeslagen werd als <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist.txt</filename>, kan het op " @@ -12408,10 +12441,10 @@ msgstr "?narrow accepteert een oneindig aantal argumenten" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" "<code>foo</code> kan niet gebruikt worden als een verkorte vorm van <code>?" "name(foo)</code>, omdat dit ertoe kan leiden dat typefouten onopgemerkt " @@ -13867,8 +13900,8 @@ msgid "" "emphasis>." msgstr "" "U krijgt meer details als u de man-pagina apt.conf raadpleegt en het " -"voorbeeldconfiguratiebestand in <emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt." -"conf</emphasis>." +"voorbeeldconfiguratiebestand in <emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/" +"apt.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para> #: offline.dbk @@ -14092,19 +14125,19 @@ msgstr "" #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special keyword " -#~ "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the " -#~ "above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the " -#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This " -#~ "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to " -#~ "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do this. " -#~ "The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI component " -#~ "are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to " +#~ "set the <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration " +#~ "file. This entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server " +#~ "what to connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to " +#~ "do this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI " +#~ "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> stelt de te gebruiken standaard-proxy in " #~ "voor URI's van het type FTP. De standaardvorm ervan is <literal>ftp://" @@ -14119,10 +14152,10 @@ msgstr "" #~ "commando's die de proxy-server moeten laten weten waarmee hij een " #~ "verbinding moet maken. Raadpleeg &configureindex; voor een voorbeeld van " #~ "hoe dit moet gedaan worden. De substitutievariabelen die de " -#~ "overeenkomstige URI-component vertegenwoordigen, zijn " -#~ "<literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> en <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "overeenkomstige URI-component vertegenwoordigen, zijn <literal>$" +#~ "(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$" +#~ "(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</" +#~ "literal> en <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the " @@ -14331,9 +14364,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ "or \"<literal>asc</literal>\" as file extension." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<emphasis>Opmerking</emphasis>: In plaats van dit commando te gebruiken " -#~ "zou u een sleutelbos rechtstreeks in de map <filename>/etc/apt/trusted." -#~ "gpg.d/</filename> moeten plaatsen met een descriptieve naam en ofwel " -#~ "\"<literal>gpg</literal>\" of \"<literal>asc</literal>\" als " +#~ "zou u een sleutelbos rechtstreeks in de map <filename>/etc/apt/" +#~ "trusted.gpg.d/</filename> moeten plaatsen met een descriptieve naam en " +#~ "ofwel \"<literal>gpg</literal>\" of \"<literal>asc</literal>\" als " #~ "bestandsextensie." #~ msgid "(mostly deprecated)" @@ -14421,9 +14454,9 @@ msgstr "" #~ "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the " #~ "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on " #~ "the <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the " -#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though <filename>trusted." -#~ "gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that e.g. new keys are " -#~ "added to this one." +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though " +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that " +#~ "e.g. new keys are added to this one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Met deze optie kunt u een specifiek sleutelbosbestand opgeven waarmee het " #~ "commando moet werken. Standaard wordt een commando uitgevoerd op het " @@ -14452,11 +14485,11 @@ msgstr "" #~ "gelijkaardigs is aan dit:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<literal>wget -qO- https://myrepo.example/myrepo.asc | sudo apt-key add -" -#~ "</literal>" +#~ "<literal>wget -qO- https://myrepo.example/myrepo.asc | sudo apt-key add " +#~ "-</literal>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<literal>wget -qO- https://myrepo.example/myrepo.asc | sudo apt-key add -" -#~ "</literal>" +#~ "<literal>wget -qO- https://myrepo.example/myrepo.asc | sudo apt-key add " +#~ "-</literal>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Then you can directly replace this with (though note the recommendation " diff --git a/doc/po/pl.po b/doc/po/pl.po index 8feba425f..a86a1feae 100644 --- a/doc/po/pl.po +++ b/doc/po/pl.po @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-07-04 02:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Robert Luberda <robert@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Polish <manpages-pl-list@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -593,11 +593,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " "\"opcja_konfiguracji\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -612,12 +613,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"wydanie_docelowe\">" #. type: Plain text @@ -668,11 +669,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"pkt_montowania_cdromu\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"pkt_montowania_cdromu\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -1351,10 +1352,10 @@ msgstr "" "pakiety ze źródłami. APT na podstawie listy dostępnych pakietów decyduje, " "który pakiet źródłowy ściągnąć. Następnie szuka najnowszej dostępnej wersji " "pakietu źródłowego i pobiera ją do bieżącego katalogu. Jeśli jest to " -"możliwe, to APT bierze pod uwagę domyślne wydanie, ustawione w <literal>APT::" -"Default-Release</literal> w pliku konfiguracyjnym albo określone w opcji " -"<option>-t</option>, albo podane przy użyciu składni <literal>pakiet/" -"wydanie</literal>." +"możliwe, to APT bierze pod uwagę domyślne wydanie, ustawione w " +"<literal>APT::Default-Release</literal> w pliku konfiguracyjnym albo " +"określone w opcji <option>-t</option>, albo podane przy użyciu składni " +"<literal>pakiet/wydanie</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1600,12 +1601,12 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>changelog</literal> pobiera dziennik zmian pakietu i wyświetla go, " "używając polecenia <command>sensible-pager</command>. Nazwa serwera i " "katalog bazowy jest definiowany w zmiennej <literal>APT::Changelogs::Server</" -"literal> (np. <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/changelogs\">packages." -"debian.org/changelogs</ulink> dla Debiana lub <ulink url=\"http://changelogs." -"ubuntu.com/changelogs\">changelogs.ubuntu.com/changelogs</ulink> dla " -"Ubuntu). Domyślnie wyświetlany jest dziennik zmian wersji, która już jest " -"zainstalowana. Jednakże można to zmienić, używając takich samych opcji, jak " -"te dla polecenia <option>install</option>." +"literal> (np. <ulink url=\"http://packages.debian.org/" +"changelogs\">packages.debian.org/changelogs</ulink> dla Debiana lub <ulink " +"url=\"http://changelogs.ubuntu.com/changelogs\">changelogs.ubuntu.com/" +"changelogs</ulink> dla Ubuntu). Domyślnie wyświetlany jest dziennik zmian " +"wersji, która już jest zainstalowana. Jednakże można to zmienić, używając " +"takich samych opcji, jak te dla polecenia <option>install</option>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1653,8 +1654,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>." msgstr "" "Tylko pobieranie; pliki z pakietami są tylko ściągane, ale nie rozpakowywane " -"czy instalowane. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Download-Only</literal>." +"czy instalowane. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1682,8 +1683,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" "Popraw; podejmuje próbę poprawienia zepsutych zależności. Używanie tej opcji " "z install/remove może spowodować pominięcie któregokolwiek z pakietów " @@ -1727,8 +1728,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wyłącza pobierania pakietów. Najlepiej stosować z <option>--ignore-missing</" "option>, aby wymusić na APT używanie tylko tych plików .deb, które zostały " -"wcześniej ściągnięte. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Download</literal>." +"wcześniej ściągnięte. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Download</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1745,8 +1746,8 @@ msgstr "" "wskaźniki postępu. Więcej znaków q spowoduje jeszcze bardziej ciche wyjście, " "maksimum jest 2. Można także ustawić poziom cichości za pomocą <option>-q=#</" "option>, nadpisując tym samym opcję z pliku konfiguracyjnego. Należy " -"zauważyć, że poziom cichości równy 2 implikuje <option>-y</option>, dlatego -" -"qq nigdy nie powinno być używane bez opcji typu -d, --print-uris lub -s, " +"zauważyć, że poziom cichości równy 2 implikuje <option>-y</option>, dlatego " +"-qq nigdy nie powinno być używane bez opcji typu -d, --print-uris lub -s, " "gdyż APT może zadecydować o zrobieniu czegoś, czego użytkownik się nie " "spodziewa. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>quiet</literal>." @@ -1794,14 +1795,14 @@ msgstr "" "wszelkie pytania, uruchamia się w trybie nieinteraktywnym. Jeśli wystąpi " "jakaś niepożądana sytuacja, na przykład zmiana wstrzymanego pakietu lub " "usunięcie pakietu mającego status Essential, <literal>apt-get</literal> " -"przerwie działanie. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-Yes</literal>." +"przerwie działanie. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" "Automatycznie odpowiada \"nie\" na wszystkie zapytania. Pozycja w pliku " "konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." @@ -1872,17 +1873,17 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Za pomocą tej opcji można określić architekturę pakietów budowanych przez " "<command>apt-get source --compile</command> i sposób, w jaki są spełniane " "międzyarchitekturowe zależności czasu budowania. Domyślnie nie jest " "ustawiona, co oznacza, że architektura budowanych pakietów jest taka sama " -"jak architektura bieżącego komputera (definiowana przez <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Host-Architecture</literal>." +"jak architektura bieżącego komputera (definiowana przez " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1905,9 +1906,9 @@ msgstr "" "<command>apt-get source --compile</command> i sposób, w jaki są spełniane " "międzyarchitekturowe zależności czasu budowania. Domyślnie nie jest " "ustawiona, co oznacza, że architektura budowanych pakietów jest taka sama " -"jak architektura bieżącego komputera (definiowana przez <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Host-Architecture</literal>." +"jak architektura bieżącego komputera (definiowana przez " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1993,8 +1994,8 @@ msgstr "" "kontynuuje swoje działanie bez żadnej interakcji z użytkownikiem, nawet " "jeśli robi coś, co może być szkodliwe. Nie powinna być używana, z wyjątkiem " "bardzo szczególnych sytuacji. Używanie <literal>force-yes</literal> może " -"zniszczyć Twój system! Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"force-yes</literal>." +"zniszczyć Twój system! Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2017,8 +2018,8 @@ msgstr "" "kontynuuje swoje działanie bez żadnej interakcji z użytkownikiem, nawet " "jeśli robi coś, co może być szkodliwe. Nie powinna być używana, z wyjątkiem " "bardzo szczególnych sytuacji. Używanie <literal>force-yes</literal> może " -"zniszczyć Twój system! Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"force-yes</literal>." +"zniszczyć Twój system! Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2041,8 +2042,8 @@ msgstr "" "kontynuuje swoje działanie bez żadnej interakcji z użytkownikiem, nawet " "jeśli robi coś, co może być szkodliwe. Nie powinna być używana, z wyjątkiem " "bardzo szczególnych sytuacji. Używanie <literal>force-yes</literal> może " -"zniszczyć Twój system! Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"force-yes</literal>." +"zniszczyć Twój system! Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2068,8 +2069,8 @@ msgstr "" "kontynuuje swoje działanie bez żadnej interakcji z użytkownikiem, nawet " "jeśli robi coś, co może być szkodliwe. Nie powinna być używana, z wyjątkiem " "bardzo szczególnych sytuacji. Używanie <literal>force-yes</literal> może " -"zniszczyć Twój system! Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"force-yes</literal>." +"zniszczyć Twój system! Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::force-yes</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2081,8 +2082,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" "Nie ściąga pakietów do zainstalowania, tylko wypisuje ich URI. Każdy URI " "składa się z lokalizacji, nazwy pliku przeznaczenia, rozmiaru oraz " @@ -2126,8 +2127,8 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" "Ta opcja jest domyślnie włączona, można ją wyłączyć używając <literal>--no-" "list-cleanup</literal>. Jeżeli jest włączona, <command>apt-get</command> " @@ -2182,8 +2183,8 @@ msgstr "" "Wykonuje tylko \"banalne\" (ang. \"trivial\") operacje. Tę opcję można " "porównać z <option>--assume-yes</option>, ale tam gdzie <option>--assume-" "yes</option> odpowiedziałoby \"tak\" na pytanie, <option>--trivial-only</" -"option> odpowie \"nie\". Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Trivial-Only</literal>." +"option> odpowie \"nie\". Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2217,8 +2218,8 @@ msgstr "" "Jeżeli polecenie to albo <literal>install</literal>, albo <literal>remove</" "literal>, to ta opcja działa tak, jak uruchomienie polecenia " "<literal>autoremove</literal> i usuwa pakiety mające nieużywane już " -"zależności. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"AutomaticRemove</literal>." +"zależności. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2235,10 +2236,10 @@ msgstr "" "Ma znaczenie tylko dla poleceń <literal>source</literal> i <literal>build-" "dep</literal>. Wskazuje na to, że podane nazwy pakietów źródłowych nie " "powinny być mapowane w tabeli pakietów binarnych. Oznacza to, że gdy podano " -"tę opcję, to powyższe polecenia zaakceptują tylko nazwy pakietów źródłowych." -"Nie będą akceptować nazw pakietów binarnych ani wyszukiwać odpowiadających " -"im pakietów źródłowych. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Only-Source</literal>." +"tę opcję, to powyższe polecenia zaakceptują tylko nazwy pakietów " +"źródłowych.Nie będą akceptować nazw pakietów binarnych ani wyszukiwać " +"odpowiadających im pakietów źródłowych. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2249,8 +2250,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>, and <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>." msgstr "" "Ściągnij tylko plik diff, dsc albo tar pakietu źródłowego. Pozycje w pliku " -"konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, <literal>APT::Get::" -"Dsc-Only</literal> oraz <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</literal>." +"konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::Diff-Only</literal>, " +"<literal>APT::Get::Dsc-Only</literal> oraz <literal>APT::Get::Tar-Only</" +"literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2846,12 +2848,12 @@ msgstr "Uwaga: dotty nie potrafi narysować większego zbioru pakietów." #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" "Robi to samo, co <literal>dotty</literal>, tylko dla xvcg z <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">narzędzia VCG</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">narzędzia VCG</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2881,8 +2883,8 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" "polecenie <literal>madison</literal> z <literal>apt-cache</literal> próbuje " "naśladować format wyjścia i część funkcjonalności programu <literal>madison</" @@ -2896,8 +2898,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" "Podaje nazwę pliku to przechowywania bufora pakietów, który jest podstawowym " "buforem używanym we wszystkich operacjach. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " @@ -2917,8 +2919,8 @@ msgstr "" "akcję <literal>gencaches</literal> i przechowuje sparsowaną wersję " "informacji o pakietach pobraną ze zdalnych źródeł. Podczas budowania bufora " "pakietów, bufor źródeł jest używany w celu uniknięcia ponownego parsowania " -"wszystkich plików pakietów. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>Dir::" -"Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>." +"wszystkich plików pakietów. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::srcpkgcache</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2944,8 +2946,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Wyświetla tylko ważne zależności; do używania z akcjami <literal>unmet</" "literal> o <literal>depends</literal>. Powoduje wypisanie tylko zależności " -"typu Depends i Pre-Depends. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::" -"Cache::Important</literal>." +"typu Depends i Pre-Depends. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2959,9 +2961,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" "Domyślnie <literal>depends</literal> i <literal>rdepends</literal> wypisują " "wszystkie zależności. Można to zmienić, używając tych flag, które spowodują " @@ -3040,8 +3042,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" "Powoduje, że akcja <literal>pkgnames</literal> wypisze nazwy wszystkich " "pakietów, łącznie z pakietami wirtualnymi oraz pakietami mającymi brakujące " @@ -3098,8 +3100,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -#| "SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +#| "Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgid "" "Note that these sources are treated as trusted (see &apt-secure;). " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Sources::With</literal>." @@ -3134,8 +3136,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" @@ -3381,10 +3383,11 @@ msgstr "Konfiguracja użytkownika" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3397,8 +3400,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3680,12 +3684,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Podpisać go</emphasis>. Można to zrobić za pomocą poleceń " -"<command>gpg --clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> i <command>gpg -abs -" -"o Release.gpg Release</command>." +"<command>gpg --clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> i <command>gpg -abs " +"-o Release.gpg Release</command>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml @@ -3757,12 +3761,12 @@ msgid "" "url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong " "Distribution HOWTO</ulink> by V. Alex Brennen." msgstr "" -"Więcej informacji można znaleźć w rozdziale \"<ulink url=\"http://www.debian." -"org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-manual/ch07\">Debian Security " +"Więcej informacji można znaleźć w rozdziale \"<ulink url=\"http://" +"www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-manual/ch07\">Debian Security " "Infrastructure</ulink>\" podręcznika \"Securing Debian Manual\" i w " -"dokumencie \"<ulink url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro." -"html\" >Strong Distribution HOWTO</ulink>\" napisanym przez V. Alexa " -"Brennena." +"dokumencie \"<ulink url=\"http://www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/" +"strong_distro.html\" >Strong Distribution HOWTO</ulink>\" napisanym przez V. " +"Alexa Brennena." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt-secure.8.xml @@ -3858,8 +3862,8 @@ msgstr "" #| "configured. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" "Punkt montowania. Podaje lokalizację katalogu, w którym będzie zamontowany " "CD-ROM. Musi istnieć odpowiednia konfiguracja dla tego punktu montowania w " @@ -3889,20 +3893,20 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Przemianuj dysk. Zmienia etykietę dysku lub unieważnia etykietę wcześniej " "daną dyskowi. Podanie tej opcji spowoduje, że <command>apt-cdrom</command> " -"spyta się o nową etykietę. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::" -"CDROM::Rename</literal>." +"spyta się o nową etykietę. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" "Nie montuj. Uniemożliwia programowi <command>apt-cdrom</command> montowanie " -"i odmontowywanie CDROM-u. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::" -"CDROM::NoMount</literal>." +"i odmontowywanie CDROM-u. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -3916,8 +3920,8 @@ msgstr "" "Szybkie kopiowanie. Zakłada, że pliki z pakietami są poprawne i nie sprawdza " "każdego pakietu. Ta opcja powinna być używana tylko wtedy, jeżeli " "<command>apt-cdrom</command> był już uruchomiony na danym dysku i nie wykrył " -"na nim żadnych błędów. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::" -"CDROM::Fast</literal>." +"na nim żadnych błędów. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::Fast</literal>." # #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4008,8 +4012,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" "Powyższe ustawi wartość zmiennej środowiskowej powłoki $OPTS na wartość " "zmiennej MojaAplikacja::opcje, z domyślną wartością <option>-f</option>." @@ -4138,9 +4142,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" "wszystkie pliki w <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> w rosnącym porządku " "alfanumerycznym, których nazwy nie mają rozszerzenia lub mają rozszerzenie " @@ -4364,10 +4368,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4585,8 +4591,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4890,9 +4896,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -4981,21 +4987,22 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -5005,17 +5012,19 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> @@ -5030,9 +5039,9 @@ msgstr "Konfiguracja użytkownika" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -5105,12 +5114,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -5248,9 +5257,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -5492,8 +5501,8 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -5504,14 +5513,14 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -5564,15 +5573,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" @@ -6363,9 +6372,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -6543,9 +6552,9 @@ msgstr "Wtedy:" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "Zostanie zainstalowana najnowsza dostępna wersja pakietu <literal>perl</" "literal>, jeśli tylko numer tej wersji zaczyna się od \"<literal>&good-perl;" @@ -6824,21 +6833,21 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "Wszystkie pliki <filename>Packages</filename> i <filename>Release</filename> " "pobierane z lokalizacji podanych w pliku &sources-list; są przechowywane w " "katalogu <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename> lub w pliku o nazwie " "będącej wartością zmiennej <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> z pliku " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename>. Na przykład plik o nazwie <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"zawiera plik <filename>Release</filename> pobrany z komputera " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> dla plików komponentu " +"<filename>apt.conf</filename>. Na przykład plik o nazwie " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> zawiera plik <filename>Release</filename> pobrany z " +"komputera <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> dla plików komponentu " "<literal>contrib</literal> architektury <literal>binary-i386</literal> " "dystrybucji <literal>unstable</literal> ." @@ -7263,6 +7272,12 @@ msgid "" "multi-architecture support." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -7426,13 +7441,13 @@ msgstr "" #: sources.list.5.xml #, fuzzy #| msgid "" -#| "<literal>distribution</literal> may also contain a variable, " -#| "<literal>$(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such " -#| "as <literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the " -#| "system. This permits architecture-independent <filename>sources.list</" -#| "filename> files to be used. In general this is only of interest when " -#| "specifying an exact path, <literal>APT</literal> will automatically " -#| "generate a URI with the current architecture otherwise." +#| "<literal>distribution</literal> may also contain a variable, <literal>$" +#| "(ARCH)</literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as " +#| "<literal>amd64</literal> or <literal>armel</literal>) used on the system. " +#| "This permits architecture-independent <filename>sources.list</filename> " +#| "files to be used. In general this is only of interest when specifying an " +#| "exact path, <literal>APT</literal> will automatically generate a URI with " +#| "the current architecture otherwise." msgid "" "<literal>suite</literal> may also contain a variable, <literal>$(ARCH)</" "literal> which expands to the Debian architecture (such as <literal>amd64</" @@ -7520,9 +7535,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> @@ -7594,11 +7610,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7727,8 +7744,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -7914,8 +7932,8 @@ msgid "" "source list." msgstr "" "Schemat cdrom pozwala APT na użycie lokalnego dysku CD-ROM ze zmianą dysków. " -"Prosimy używać programu &apt-cdrom; do dodawania takich wpisów w sources." -"list." +"Prosimy używać programu &apt-cdrom; do dodawania takich wpisów w " +"sources.list." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8051,9 +8069,9 @@ msgid "" "<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> while the second always retrieves " "<literal>amd64</literal> and <literal>armel</literal>." msgstr "" -"Pierwsza linia pobiera informacje o pakiecie dla architektur w <literal>APT::" -"Architectures</literal> , podczas gdy druga zawsze pobiera <literal>amd64</" -"literal> i <literal>armel</literal>." +"Pierwsza linia pobiera informacje o pakiecie dla architektur w " +"<literal>APT::Architectures</literal> , podczas gdy druga zawsze pobiera " +"<literal>amd64</literal> i <literal>armel</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8097,8 +8115,8 @@ msgid "" "Uses HTTP to access the archive at archive.debian.org, and uses only the " "hamm/main area." msgstr "" -"Użycie HTTP do uzyskania dostępu do archiwum na komputerze archive.debian." -"org i dystrybucji hamm/main." +"Użycie HTTP do uzyskania dostępu do archiwum na komputerze " +"archive.debian.org i dystrybucji hamm/main." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8221,11 +8239,11 @@ msgid "" "archives are not structured like this] <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " "id=\"0\"/> <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" -"Użycie HTTP do uzyskania dostępu do archiwum na komputerze ftp.tlh.debian." -"org, w katalogu universe. Dla komputerów i386 używa tylko plików " -"znalezionych w podkatalogu <filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename>, a dla " -"komputerów amd64 - <filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> i tak dalej " -"dla innych obsługiwanych architektur. (Uwaga: ten przykład jest tylko " +"Użycie HTTP do uzyskania dostępu do archiwum na komputerze " +"ftp.tlh.debian.org, w katalogu universe. Dla komputerów i386 używa tylko " +"plików znalezionych w podkatalogu <filename>unstable/binary-i386</filename>, " +"a dla komputerów amd64 - <filename>unstable/binary-amd64</filename> i tak " +"dalej dla innych obsługiwanych architektur. (Uwaga: ten przykład jest tylko " "ilustracją, jak używać zmiennych podstawienia, oficjalne archiwum Debiana " "nie zawiera takiej struktury). <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/>" @@ -8310,15 +8328,15 @@ msgstr "" "plik-template i skrypt-config są zapisywane w katalogu tymczasowym podanym " "jako argument opcji <option>-t</option> lub <option>--tempdir</option> " "(<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>). Nazwy tych plików są w " -"postaci <filename>pakiet.template.XXXXXX</filename> oraz <filename>pakiet." -"config.XXXXXX</filename>." +"postaci <filename>pakiet.template.XXXXXX</filename> oraz " +"<filename>pakiet.config.XXXXXX</filename>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" "Katalog tymczasowy, w którym zapisywane będą wyciągnięte szablony " "<command>debconf</command> i pliki konfiguracyjne. Pozycja w pliku " @@ -8364,8 +8382,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" "Używa kolejności pól indeksu pliku Source. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracji: " "<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." @@ -8471,10 +8489,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -8666,8 +8684,8 @@ msgstr "linia <literal>Label:</literal>" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -8692,15 +8710,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -8721,8 +8739,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -9080,8 +9098,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml #, fuzzy msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" "Przeszukaj tylko nazwy pakietów, pomijając szczegółowe opisy. Pozycja w " "pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Cache::NamesOnly</literal>." @@ -9103,8 +9121,8 @@ msgstr "" "Jeżeli polecenie to albo <literal>install</literal>, albo <literal>remove</" "literal>, to ta opcja działa tak, jak uruchomienie polecenia " "<literal>autoremove</literal> i usuwa pakiety mające nieużywane już " -"zależności. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: <literal>APT::Get::" -"AutomaticRemove</literal>." +"zależności. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " +"<literal>APT::Get::AutomaticRemove</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9452,16 +9470,17 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> @@ -9476,14 +9495,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -9523,8 +9542,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -9556,12 +9575,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> @@ -9648,9 +9667,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -9679,9 +9698,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -9727,11 +9747,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout> @@ -9933,9 +9953,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout> @@ -10764,10 +10784,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -11355,8 +11375,8 @@ msgid "" "<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf." msgstr "" "Domyślnie APT automatycznie usunie pliki pakietów (.deb), gdy tylko zostaną " -"zainstalowane. Aby zmienić to zachowanie, proszę umieścić <literal>Dselect::" -"clean \"prompt\";</literal> w /etc/apt/apt.conf." +"zainstalowane. Aby zmienić to zachowanie, proszę umieścić " +"<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> w /etc/apt/apt.conf." #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><title> #: guide.dbk @@ -12101,11 +12121,11 @@ msgid "" "file URIs." msgstr "" "Plik konfiguracyjny powinien informować program APT, aby przechowywał swoje " -"pliki na dysku, a także używał plików konfiguracyjnych z dysku. Plik sources." -"list powinien zawierać prawidłowe odnośniki, których należy użyć na zdalnym " -"komputerze, a plik status powinien być kopią <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/status</" -"emphasis>. Należy zauważyć, że podczas używania lokalnego archiwum trzeba " -"użyć tych samych odnośników o identycznej składni." +"pliki na dysku, a także używał plików konfiguracyjnych z dysku. Plik " +"sources.list powinien zawierać prawidłowe odnośniki, których należy użyć na " +"zdalnym komputerze, a plik status powinien być kopią <emphasis>/var/lib/dpkg/" +"status</emphasis>. Należy zauważyć, że podczas używania lokalnego archiwum " +"trzeba użyć tych samych odnośników o identycznej składni." #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para> #: offline.dbk @@ -12176,8 +12196,8 @@ msgid "" "emphasis>." msgstr "" "Więcej szczegółów można zobaczyć w stronie podręcznika apt.conf i w " -"przykładowym pliku konfiguracyjnym <emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt." -"conf</emphasis>." +"przykładowym pliku konfiguracyjnym <emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/" +"apt.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para> #: offline.dbk @@ -12523,9 +12543,9 @@ msgstr "Które użyje pobranych uprzednio archiwów z dysku." #~ "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the " #~ "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on " #~ "the <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the " -#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though <filename>trusted." -#~ "gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that e.g. new keys are " -#~ "added to this one." +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though " +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that " +#~ "e.g. new keys are added to this one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Opcja pozwala na podanie pliku składnicy kluczy publicznych używanego w " #~ "programie. Domyślnie program używa pliku <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> " @@ -12731,8 +12751,8 @@ msgstr "Które użyje pobranych uprzednio archiwów z dysku." # #~ msgid "" #~ "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur but do not " -#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -#~ "Simulate</literal>." +#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Brak akcji; wykonuje symulację zdarzeń, które mogłyby się przytrafić, ale " #~ "nic nie zmienia w systemie. Pozycja w pliku konfiguracyjnym: " @@ -12740,12 +12760,12 @@ msgstr "Które użyje pobranych uprzednio archiwów z dysku." #~ msgid "" #~ "Simulated runs performed as a user will automatically deactivate locking " -#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option <literal>APT::" -#~ "Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is by default) a " -#~ "notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only a simulation. " -#~ "Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or the notice - " -#~ "superusers should know what they are doing without further warnings from " -#~ "<literal>apt-get</literal>." +#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is " +#~ "by default) a notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only " +#~ "a simulation. Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or " +#~ "the notice - superusers should know what they are doing without further " +#~ "warnings from <literal>apt-get</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Symulowane uruchomienia przeprowadzane przez przez zwykłego użytkownika " #~ "automatycznie wyłączą blokady (<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>). " @@ -12892,8 +12912,8 @@ msgstr "Które użyje pobranych uprzednio archiwów z dysku." #~| "B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), " #~| "B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" #~ msgid "" -#~ "B<apt>(8), B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources." -#~ "list>(5), B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" +#~ "B<apt>(8), B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), " +#~ "B<sources.list>(5), B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" #~ msgstr "" #~ "B<apt-cache>(8), B<apt-get>(8), B<apt.conf>(5), B<sources.list>(5), " #~ "B<apt_preferences>(5), B<apt-secure>(8)" @@ -13003,8 +13023,8 @@ msgstr "Które użyje pobranych uprzednio archiwów z dysku." #~ "Uses HTTP to access the archive at nonus.debian.org, under the debian-non-" #~ "US directory." #~ msgstr "" -#~ "Użycie HTTP do uzyskania dostępu do archiwum na komputerze nonus.debian." -#~ "org, w katalogu debian-non-US." +#~ "Użycie HTTP do uzyskania dostępu do archiwum na komputerze " +#~ "nonus.debian.org, w katalogu debian-non-US." #~ msgid "" #~ "Status list of auto-installed packages. Configuration Item: " diff --git a/doc/po/pt.po b/doc/po/pt.po index 4090862f5..83a7985b1 100644 --- a/doc/po/pt.po +++ b/doc/po/pt.po @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.9.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-10-29 23:10+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Américo Monteiro <a_monteiro@gmx.com>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <>\n" @@ -559,11 +559,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: usado como -o=config_string ex. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: usado como -o=config_string ex. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -577,13 +579,13 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: usado como -t=target_release ou pkg/target_release ex. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release \"lançamento-" -"alvo\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: usado como -t=target_release ou pkg/target_release ex. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"\"lançamento-alvo\">" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent @@ -633,8 +635,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "" "<!-- TRANSLATOR: usado como apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point ex. apt-cdrom -d=/" "media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"ponto_de_montagem-do_cdrom\">" @@ -1164,10 +1166,10 @@ msgstr "" "command> tem um sistema de resolução de conflitos 'inteligente', que irá " "tentar actualizar os pacotes mais importantes a custo dos pacotes menos " "importantes, caso necessário. Portanto, o comando <literal>dist-upgrade</" -"literal> pode remover alguns pacotes. O ficheiro <filename>/etc/apt/sources." -"list</filename> contém uma lista de localizações de onde obter os ficheiros " -"de pacotes desejados. Veja também &apt-preferences; para um mecanismo para " -"sobrepor as definições gerais em pacotes individuais." +"literal> pode remover alguns pacotes. O ficheiro <filename>/etc/apt/" +"sources.list</filename> contém uma lista de localizações de onde obter os " +"ficheiros de pacotes desejados. Veja também &apt-preferences; para um " +"mecanismo para sobrepor as definições gerais em pacotes individuais." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1405,8 +1407,8 @@ msgstr "" "Uma versão fonte específica pode ser obtida ao pós-fixar o nome da fonte com " "um igual (=) e depois a versão a procurar, semelhante ao mecanismo usado " "para os ficheiros de pacotes. Isto activa a correspondência exacta do pacote " -"fonte, nome e versão, activando implicitamente a opção <literal>APT::Get::" -"Only-Source</literal>." +"fonte, nome e versão, activando implicitamente a opção " +"<literal>APT::Get::Only-Source</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1647,8 +1649,8 @@ msgid "" "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>." msgstr "" "Apenas descarrega; os ficheiros pacotes são apenas obtidos, não são " -"desempacotados nem instalados. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Download-Only</literal>." +"desempacotados nem instalados. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Download-Only</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1662,8 +1664,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" "Corrige; tenta corrigir um sistema com dependências quebradas no lugar. Esta " "opção, quando usada com install/remove, pode omitir quaisquer pacotes para " @@ -1749,8 +1751,8 @@ msgstr "" "os quais podem não ter acesso de leitura a todas as configurações do apt " "distorcendo a simulação. Também é mostrada por predefinição uma nota " "expressando este aviso aos utilizadores não-root. (<option>APT::Get::Show-" -"User-Simulation-Note</option>). Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Simulate</literal>." +"User-Simulation-Note</option>). Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1786,8 +1788,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" "Resposta \"Não\" automática a todos os avisos. Item de Configuração: " "<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." @@ -1827,15 +1829,15 @@ msgstr "" #, fuzzy #| msgid "" #| "Select the source override file to use with the <literal>sources</" -#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -#| "SourceOverride</literal>." +#| "literal> command. Configuration Item: " +#| "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." msgid "" "Add the given value to the <literal>Comment:</literal> field in history.log " "Configuration Item: <literal>APT::History::Comment</literal>." msgstr "" "Seleciona o ficheiro de sobreposição de fonte a usar com o comando " -"<literal>sources</literal>. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal>. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -1843,9 +1845,9 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" "Esta opção controla a arquitectura para que os pacotes são compilados pelo " "<command>apt-get source --compile</command> e como as dependências cruzadas " @@ -2011,8 +2013,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" "Ao invés de ir buscar os ficheiros para instalar, escreve os seus URIs. Cada " "URI irá ter o caminho, o nome de ficheiro de destino, o tamanho e o hash MD5 " @@ -2053,8 +2055,8 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" "Esta opção está ligada por predefinição; use <literal>--no-list-cleanup</" "literal> para a desligar. Quando ligada o <command>apt-get</command> irá " @@ -2075,8 +2077,8 @@ msgstr "" "Esta opção controla o instantâneo escolhido para arquivos com " "<literal>Snapshot: enable</literal> na entrada de fonte. Por exemplo, " "<option>-S 20220102T030405Z</option> seleciona um instantâneo de 2 de " -"Janeiro de 0022 às 03:04:05 UTC. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::" -"Snapshot</literal>; veja também o manual &sources-list;." +"Janeiro de 0022 às 03:04:05 UTC. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::Snapshot</literal>; veja também o manual &sources-list;." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2112,8 +2114,8 @@ msgstr "" "Apenas executa operações 'triviais'. Na lógica isto pode ser considerado " "relacionado ao <option>--assume-yes</option>, onde <option>--assume-yes</" "option> irá responder 'sim' a todos os avisos, <option>--trivial-only</" -"option> irá responder 'não'. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Trivial-Only</literal>." +"option> irá responder 'não'. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Trivial-Only</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2217,8 +2219,8 @@ msgstr "" "risco de segurança se a autenticidade dos dados não poder ser assegurada de " "outro modo pelo próprio utilizador. A utilização da opção <option>Trusted</" "option> para entradas da &sources-list; deve normalmente ser preferida em " -"vez desta sobreposição global. Item de configuração: <literal>APT::Get::" -"AllowUnauthenticated</literal>." +"vez desta sobreposição global. Item de configuração: " +"<literal>APT::Get::AllowUnauthenticated</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2267,8 +2269,8 @@ msgstr "" "apenas para certos campos como <literal>origin</literal>, <literal>label</" "literal>, <literal>codename</literal>, <literal>suite</literal>, " "<literal>version</literal> e <literal>defaultpin</literal>. Veja também &apt-" -"preferences;. Item de Configuração: <literal>Acquire::" -"AllowReleaseInfoChange</literal>." +"preferences;. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>Acquire::AllowReleaseInfoChange</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2282,8 +2284,8 @@ msgstr "" "Mostra informação de progresso compreensível para o utilizador na janela de " "terminal quando os pacotes são instalados, actualizados ou removidos. Para " "uma versão \"analisável por máquina\" destes dados veja o README.progress-" -"reporting no directório doc do apt. Itens de Configuração: <literal>Dpkg::" -"Progress</literal> e <literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>." +"reporting no directório doc do apt. Itens de Configuração: " +"<literal>Dpkg::Progress</literal> e <literal>Dpkg::Progress-Fancy</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml @@ -2338,8 +2340,8 @@ msgstr "" "Embargo: Devido a limitações técnicas, as trancas são adquiridas " "individualmente para cada fase, assim uma instalação pode falhar ao adquirir " "tranca após executar com sucesso a actualização. Até que isto seja " -"resolvido, isto é meramente açúcar sintático para <literal>apt update &" -"& apt install</literal>" +"resolvido, isto é meramente açúcar sintático para <literal>apt update " +"&& apt install</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt-get.8.xml apt-cache.8.xml apt-mark.8.xml apt.conf.5.xml @@ -2771,12 +2773,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" "O mesmo que <literal>dotty</literal>, apenas para xvcg a partir de <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">Ferramenta VCG</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">Ferramenta VCG</ulink>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -2804,23 +2806,23 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" "O comando <literal>madison</literal> do <literal>apt-cache</literal> tenta " "imitar o formato de saída e um subconjunto das funcionalidades da ferramenta " "<literal>madison</literal> de gestão de pacotes da Debian. Mostra versões " "disponíveis de um pacote num formato tabular. Ao contrário do " "<literal>madison</literal> original, apenas pode mostrar informação para a " -"arquitectura que o APT recolheu listas de pacotes (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"arquitectura que o APT recolheu listas de pacotes " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" "Seleciona o ficheiro para armazenar a cache do pacote. A cache do pacote é a " "cache principal usada por todas as operações. Item de Configuração: " @@ -2864,17 +2866,17 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Escreve apenas dependências importantes; para usar com <literal>unmet</" "literal> e <literal>depends</literal>. Separa apenas relações de Depends e " -"Pre-Depends para serem escritas. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Important</literal>." +"Pre-Depends para serem escritas. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Important</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" "Por predefinição o <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</" "command> escrevem todas as dependências. Isto pode ser \"afinado\" com estas " @@ -2952,8 +2954,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" "Faz com que o <literal>pkgnames</literal> escreva todos os nomes, incluindo " "pacotes virtuais e dependências em falta. Item de configuração: " @@ -2992,10 +2994,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Adiciona o ficheiro fornecido como a fonte para meta-dados. Pode ser " "repetido para adicionar múltiplos ficheiros. Presentemente são suportados " -"ficheiros <literal>*.deb</literal>, <literal>*.dsc</literal>, <literal>*." -"changes</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> e <literal>Packages</literal> " -"assim como directórios de pacotes fonte: A correspondência dos ficheiros é " -"baseada apenas com base no seu nome, não no seu conteúdo." +"ficheiros <literal>*.deb</literal>, <literal>*.dsc</literal>, " +"<literal>*.changes</literal>, <literal>Sources</literal> e " +"<literal>Packages</literal> assim como directórios de pacotes fonte: A " +"correspondência dos ficheiros é baseada apenas com base no seu nome, não no " +"seu conteúdo." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml @@ -3046,8 +3049,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" "<command>apt-mark</command> pode ser usado como um front-end unificado para " @@ -3287,10 +3290,11 @@ msgstr "Configuração do Utilizador" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3303,8 +3307,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3603,12 +3608,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" "<emphasis>Assina-lo</emphasis>. Você pode fazer isso ao correr <command>gpg " -"--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> e <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"--clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> e <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml @@ -3680,8 +3685,8 @@ msgstr "" "Para mais informação de fundo você deve querer reler a <ulink url=\"https://" "www.debian.org/doc/manuals/securing-debian-manual/ch07\">Infraestrutura de " "Segurança da Debian</ulink> no capítulo do Manual Debian de Segurança " -"(disponível também no pacote harden-doc) e o <ulink url=\"http://www." -"cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong Distribution HOWTO</" +"(disponível também no pacote harden-doc) e o <ulink url=\"http://" +"www.cryptnet.net/fdp/crypto/strong_distro.html\" >Strong Distribution HOWTO</" "ulink> de V. Alex Brennen." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> @@ -3751,8 +3756,8 @@ msgid "" "filename>" msgstr "" "O APT usa um ID de CD-ROM para acompanhar qual disco está actualmente na " -"drive e mantêm uma base de dados desses IDs em <filename>&statedir;/cdroms." -"list</filename>" +"drive e mantêm uma base de dados desses IDs em <filename>&statedir;/" +"cdroms.list</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3767,12 +3772,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" "Não tente a auto-detecção do caminho do CD-ROM. Normalmente combinada com a " -"opção <option>--cdrom</option>. Item de Configuração: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"opção <option>--cdrom</option>. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3783,8 +3788,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Ponto de Montagem; especifica a localização para montar o cdrom. Este ponto " "de montagem deve estar listado em <filename>/etc/fstab</filename> e " -"configurado apropriadamente. Item de configuração: <literal>Acquire::cdrom::" -"mount</literal>." +"configurado apropriadamente. Item de configuração: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::mount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3795,19 +3800,19 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Renomear um disco; muda a etiqueta de um disco ou sobrepõe a etiqueta " "fornecida do disco. Esta opção irá fazer com que o <command>apt-cdrom</" -"command> pergunte por uma nova etiqueta. Item de configuração: <literal>APT::" -"CDROM::Rename</literal>." +"command> pergunte por uma nova etiqueta. Item de configuração: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::Rename</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" "Nenhuma montagem; impede o <command>apt-cdrom</command> de montar e " -"desmontar o ponto de montagem. Item de configuração: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"desmontar o ponto de montagem. Item de configuração: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cdrom.8.xml @@ -3906,11 +3911,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" -"Isto irá definir a variável de ambiente shell $OPTS ao valor de MyApp::" -"options com uma predefinição de <option>-f</option>." +"Isto irá definir a variável de ambiente shell $OPTS ao valor de " +"MyApp::options com uma predefinição de <option>-f</option>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml @@ -4035,9 +4040,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" "todos os ficheiros em <literal>Dir::Etc::Parts</literal> em ordem ascendente " "alfa-numérica não têm extensão ou têm \"<literal>conf</literal>\" como " @@ -4052,8 +4057,8 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "the main configuration file specified by <literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>" msgstr "" -"o ficheiro de configuração principal especificado por <literal>Dir::Etc::" -"main</literal>" +"o ficheiro de configuração principal especificado por " +"<literal>Dir::Etc::main</literal>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4113,12 +4118,13 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>//</literal> são tratadas como comentários (ignoradas), assim como " "todo o texto entre <literal>/*</literal> e <literal>*/</literal>, tal como " "os comentários de C/C++. As linhas começadas com <literal>#</literal> são " -"também tratadas como comentários. Cada linha é do formato <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. As aspas e o ponto-e-vírgula final são " -"necessários. O valor deve estar em uma linha, e não existe nenhum tipo de " -"concatenação de string. Os valores não podem incluir barras invertidas ou " -"aspas extras. Os nomes das opções são feitos de caracteres alfa-numéricos e " -"os caracteres \"/-:._+\". Um novo scope pode ser aberto com chavetas, assim:" +"também tratadas como comentários. Cada linha é do formato " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-Yes \"true\";</literal>. As aspas e o ponto-e-" +"vírgula final são necessários. O valor deve estar em uma linha, e não existe " +"nenhum tipo de concatenação de string. Os valores não podem incluir barras " +"invertidas ou aspas extras. Os nomes das opções são feitos de caracteres " +"alfa-numéricos e os caracteres \"/-:._+\". Um novo scope pode ser aberto com " +"chavetas, assim:" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><informalexample><programlisting> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4172,8 +4178,8 @@ msgid "" "example you could use <literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>." msgstr "" "Maiúsculas e minúsculas não são significativas nos nomes dos items de " -"configuração, portanto no exemplo prévio você poderia usar <literal>dpkg::" -"pre-install-pkgs</literal>." +"configuração, portanto no exemplo prévio você poderia usar " +"<literal>dpkg::pre-install-pkgs</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4341,18 +4347,21 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" "O sub-escopo <option>action</option> define as cores para listas de pacotes " "em <option>install</option> e comandos semelhantes. As seguintes opções " "podem ser definidas: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " -"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::" -"Install-Dependencies</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; correspondendo às suas " -"listas no resultado do &apt;." +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; correspondendo às suas listas " +"no resultado do &apt;." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4472,8 +4481,8 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Instantâneo a usar para todos os repositórios configurados com " "<literal>Snapshot: yes</literal>. Veja também &sources-list;, a opção " -"<option>--snapshot</option> que define este valor, e <option>Acquire::" -"Snapshots::URI</option> em baixo." +"<option>--snapshot</option> que define este valor, e " +"<option>Acquire::Snapshots::URI</option> em baixo." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -4683,8 +4692,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" "Define as expressão(ões) regulares para pacotes de kernel versionados. Com " "base nestas expressões um conjunto de regras é injetado no apt semelhante às " @@ -5139,9 +5148,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -5273,38 +5282,40 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" "Adquirir changelogs só pode ser feito se for conhecido um URL de onde os " "obter. De preferência o ficheiro Release indica isto num campo 'Changelogs'. " "Se isto não estiver disponível, é usado o campo Label/Origin do ficheiro " -"Release para verificar se uma opção <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::" -"Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> ou <literal>Acquire::" -"Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> existem " -"e se sim é utilizado este valor. Este valor no ficheiro Release pode ser " -"sobreposto com <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> ou <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::" -"URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. O valor " -"deve ser um URI normal para um ficheiro de texto, excepto se os dados desse " -"pacote específico for substituído pelo marcador de posição " -"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. O valor para isto é: 1. se o pacote " -"pertence a um componente (ex. <literal>main</literal>) esta é a primeira " -"parte, caso contrário é omitida. 2. a primeira letra do nome do pacote " -"fonte, excepto se o nome do pacote fonte começar com '<literal>lib</" +"Release para verificar se uma opção " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></" +"literal> ou <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal> existem e se sim é utilizado este valor. Este valor " +"no ficheiro Release pode ser sobreposto com " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> ou " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. O valor deve ser um URI normal para um ficheiro de " +"texto, excepto se os dados desse pacote específico for substituído pelo " +"marcador de posição <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. O valor para isto é: 1. " +"se o pacote pertence a um componente (ex. <literal>main</literal>) esta é a " +"primeira parte, caso contrário é omitida. 2. a primeira letra do nome do " +"pacote fonte, excepto se o nome do pacote fonte começar com '<literal>lib</" "literal>' e neste caso será as primeiras quatro letras. 3. O nome completo " "do pacote fonte. 4. O nome completo outra vez e 5. a versão da fonte. A " "primeira (se presente), segunda, terceira e quarta partes são separadas por " @@ -5321,17 +5332,19 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" "Tal como changelogs, os instantâneos só podem ser adquiridos se for " "conhecido um URI de onde os obter. Preferencialmente o ficheiro Release " @@ -5340,8 +5353,9 @@ msgstr "" "<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></" "literal> ou <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" "replaceable></literal> existe e se sim esse valor é tomado. O valor no " -"ficheiro Release pode ser sobreposto com <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::" -"Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> ou " +"ficheiro Release pode ser sobreposto com " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> ou " "<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" "replaceable></literal>. O valor deve ser um URI normal para um directório, " "excepto com o ID de instantâneo substituído pelo marcador de posição " @@ -5360,15 +5374,15 @@ msgstr "Configuração específica de binário" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" "Especialmente com a introdução do binário <command>apt</command> pode ser " "útil para definir certas opções apenas para um binário específico mesmo como " -"opções que parecessem apenas afectar um certo binário como <option>APT::Get::" -"Show-Versions</option> afecta <command>apt-get</command> assim como " -"<command>apt</command>." +"opções que parecessem apenas afectar um certo binário como " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> afecta <command>apt-get</command> " +"assim como <command>apt</command>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5473,12 +5487,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." msgstr "" "Programas binários são apontados por <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " "<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> especifica a localização dos " @@ -5504,11 +5518,11 @@ msgstr "" "especial. Se definido, todos os caminhos serão relativos a <literal>RootDir</" "literal>, <emphasis>mesmo caminhos que estão absolutamente especificados</" "emphasis>. Então, por exemplo, se <literal>RootDir</literal> estiver " -"definido para <filename>/tmp/staging</filename> e <literal>Dir::State::" -"status</literal> estiver definido para <filename>/var/lib/dpkg/status</" -"filename>, então o ficheiro status será procurado em <filename>/tmp/staging/" -"var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. Se desejar usar como prefixo apenas caminhos " -"relativos, defina antes <literal>Dir</literal>." +"definido para <filename>/tmp/staging</filename> e " +"<literal>Dir::State::status</literal> estiver definido para <filename>/var/" +"lib/dpkg/status</filename>, então o ficheiro status será procurado em " +"<filename>/tmp/staging/var/lib/dpkg/status</filename>. Se desejar usar como " +"prefixo apenas caminhos relativos, defina antes <literal>Dir</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5523,10 +5537,10 @@ msgstr "" "A lista <literal>Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> pode ser usada para " "especificar quais os ficheiros que o APT deve ignorar em silêncio enquanto " "analisa os ficheiros nos directórios de fragmento. Por predefinição que " -"termine com <literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, <literal>." -"bak</literal> ou <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> é ignorado em silêncio. " -"Como visto no último valor predefinido, estes padrões podem usar sintaxe de " -"expressão regular." +"termine com <literal>.disabled</literal>, <literal>~</literal>, " +"<literal>.bak</literal> ou <literal>.dpkg-[a-z]+</literal> é ignorado em " +"silêncio. Como visto no último valor predefinido, estes padrões podem usar " +"sintaxe de expressão regular." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5681,9 +5695,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" "Cada linha directiva de configuração tem a forma <literal>chave=valor</" "literal>. Caracteres especiais (sinais de igual, novas-linhas, caracteres " @@ -5744,10 +5758,11 @@ msgid "" "has support for instead." msgstr "" "A versão do protocolo a ser usado para o comando <literal><replaceable>cmd</" -"replaceable></literal> pode ser escolhida ao definir <literal>DPkg::Tools::" -"options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</literal> correctamente, " -"sendo a predefinição a versão 1. Se o APT não suportar a versão requisitada " -"irá então enviar a informação na versão mais alta que suporta." +"replaceable></literal> pode ser escolhida ao definir " +"<literal>DPkg::Tools::options::<replaceable>cmd</replaceable>::Version</" +"literal> correctamente, sendo a predefinição a versão 1. Se o APT não " +"suportar a versão requisitada irá então enviar a informação na versão mais " +"alta que suporta." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -5814,11 +5829,11 @@ msgid "" "<literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal> script. See the top of " "this script for the brief documentation of these options." msgstr "" -"Os grupos de opções <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> e <literal>APT::" -"Archives</literal> configuram o comportamento das actualizações periódicas " -"do APT, o que é feito pelo script <literal>/usr/lib/apt/apt.systemd.daily</" -"literal>. Veja o cabeçalho deste script para uma breve documentação das suas " -"opções." +"Os grupos de opções <literal>APT::Periodic</literal> e " +"<literal>APT::Archives</literal> configuram o comportamento das " +"actualizações periódicas do APT, o que é feito pelo script <literal>/usr/lib/" +"apt/apt.systemd.daily</literal>. Veja o cabeçalho deste script para uma " +"breve documentação das suas opções." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: apt.conf.5.xml @@ -6016,8 +6031,8 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" "Gera mensagens de depuração descrevendo quais pacotes estão a ser instalados " "automaticamente para resolver dependências. Isto corresponde ao passo de " @@ -6033,14 +6048,14 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" "Gera mensagens de depuração descrevendo qual pacote está marcado como manter/" "instalar/remover enquanto o \"solucionador-de-problemas\" faz o seu " @@ -6120,8 +6135,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" "Escreve informação acerca dos fornecedores lida de <filename>/etc/apt/" "vendors.list</filename>." @@ -6129,8 +6144,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" "Mostra os comandos externos que são chamados por hooks do apt. Isto inclui " @@ -6662,8 +6677,8 @@ msgstr "" "Uma nota de atenção: a palavra chave usada aqui é \"<literal>origin</" "literal>\" que pode ser usada para corresponder a um nome de máquina. O " "seguinte registo irá atribuir uma alta prioridade a todas as versões " -"disponíveis do servidor identificadas pelo nome de máquina \"ftp.de.debian." -"org\"" +"disponíveis do servidor identificadas pelo nome de máquina " +"\"ftp.de.debian.org\"" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para><itemizedlist><listitem><programlisting> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -6935,9 +6950,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" "O sufixo <literal>:any</literal> certifica a selecção de pacotes binários de " "qualquer arquitectura. Sem este sufixo, o apt assume implicitamente o sufixo " @@ -7114,9 +7129,9 @@ msgstr "Então:" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "Será instalada a versão mais recente disponível do pacote <literal>perl</" "literal>, desde que o número da versão comece com \"<literal>&good-perl;</" @@ -7395,12 +7410,12 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "Todos os ficheiros <filename>Packages</filename> e <filename>Release</" "filename> obtidos das localizações listadas no ficheiro &sources-list; são " @@ -7765,10 +7780,10 @@ msgstr "" "O directório <filename>/etc/apt/sources.list.d</filename> disponibiliza um " "modo de adicionar entradas na sources.list em ficheiros separados. São " "permitidos dois formatos diferentes de ficheiro como descrito nas próximas " -"duas secções. Os nomes de ficheiros precisam de ter ou a extensão <filename>." -"list</filename> ou <filename>.sources</filename> dependendo do formato " -"contido. Os nomes dos ficheiros podem apenas conter letras (a-z e A-Z), " -"dígitos (0-9), e os caracteres underscore (_), menos (-) e ponto (.). De " +"duas secções. Os nomes de ficheiros precisam de ter ou a extensão " +"<filename>.list</filename> ou <filename>.sources</filename> dependendo do " +"formato contido. Os nomes dos ficheiros podem apenas conter letras (a-z e A-" +"Z), dígitos (0-9), e os caracteres underscore (_), menos (-) e ponto (.). De " "outro modo o APT irá escrever um aviso de que ignorou um ficheiro, a menos " "que esse ficheiro coincida com um padrão na lista de configuração " "<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> - que neste caso serão " @@ -7840,6 +7855,12 @@ msgstr "" "formato por si mesmas podem não esperar encontrar opções pois estas não eram " "comuns antes da introdução do suporte a multi-arquitecturas." +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -8083,10 +8104,17 @@ msgstr "&sourceslist-sources-format;" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml +#, fuzzy +#| msgid "" +#| "As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in " +#| "one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or " +#| "like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +#| "id=\"1\"/>" msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" "Como um exemplo, as fontes da sua distribuição podem-se parecer com isto no " "formato estilo uma-linha: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> ou " @@ -8154,11 +8182,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) é uma opção multi-valor " "que define quais alvos de download o apt irá tentar adquirir a partir desta " @@ -8187,8 +8216,9 @@ msgstr "" "se o repositório não anunciar a disponibilidade de PDiffs. Usa por " "predefinição o valor da opção com o mesmo nome para um ficheiro índice " "específico definido no scope <option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option>, o qual " -"usa por predefinição o valor da opção de configuração <option>Acquire::" -"PDiffs</option> o qual usa por predefinição <literal>yes</literal>." +"usa por predefinição o valor da opção de configuração " +"<option>Acquire::PDiffs</option> o qual usa por predefinição <literal>yes</" +"literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8216,10 +8246,10 @@ msgstr "" "funcionalidade se esta fonte indicar suporte para tal, enquanto " "<literal>force</literal> irá activar a funcionalidade independentemente do " "que a fonte indique. Recorre à predefinição do valor da opção com o mesmo " -"nome para um ficheiro index específico definido no scope <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option>, que o próprio usa por predefinição o valor da opção " -"de configuração <option>Acquire::By-Hash</option> a qual é predefinida para " -"<literal>yes</literal>." +"nome para um ficheiro index específico definido no scope " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option>, que o próprio usa por predefinição o " +"valor da opção de configuração <option>Acquire::By-Hash</option> a qual é " +"predefinida para <literal>yes</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -8406,8 +8436,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" "<option>Check-Valid-Until</option> (<option>check-valid-until</option>) é " "um valor yes/no que controla se o APT deverá tentar detectar ataques de " @@ -8450,8 +8481,9 @@ msgstr "" "actualizados (locais) de um arquivo mais frequentemente actualizado mas " "menos acessível (o qual está também em sources.list) em vez de desactivar " "completamente a verificação. Usa por predefinição o valor das opções de " -"configuração <option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and <option>Acquire::" -"Max-ValidTime</option> que estão ambas não definidas por predefinição." +"configuração <option>Acquire::Min-ValidTime</option> and " +"<option>Acquire::Max-ValidTime</option> que estão ambas não definidas por " +"predefinição." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> #: sources.list.5.xml @@ -9067,8 +9099,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" "Directório temporário para onde escrever ficheiros <command>debconf</" "command> modelo extraídos e scripts de configuração. Item de Configuração: " @@ -9112,11 +9144,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" -"Usa ordenação de campo de índice Source. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Usa ordenação de campo de índice Source. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml @@ -9249,10 +9281,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" "O comando <literal>release</literal> gera um ficheiro Release a partir de " "uma árvore de directórios. Por predefinição, procura recursivamente no " @@ -9283,13 +9315,14 @@ msgid "" "<literal>Description</literal>." msgstr "" "Valores para os campos de metadados adicionais no ficheiro Release são " -"tomados a partir das variáveis correspondentes sob <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"Release</literal>, ex. <literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. " -"Os campos suportados são <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</" -"literal>, <literal>Suite</literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, " -"<literal>Codename</literal>, <literal>Date</literal>, <literal>NotAutomatic</" -"literal>, <literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</literal>, <literal>Acquire-By-Hash</" -"literal>, <literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, " +"tomados a partir das variáveis correspondentes sob " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release</literal>, ex. " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Origin</literal>. Os campos suportados " +"são <literal>Origin</literal>, <literal>Label</literal>, <literal>Suite</" +"literal>, <literal>Version</literal>, <literal>Codename</literal>, " +"<literal>Date</literal>, <literal>NotAutomatic</literal>, " +"<literal>ButAutomaticUpgrades</literal>, <literal>Acquire-By-Hash</literal>, " +"<literal>Valid-Until</literal>, <literal>Signed-By</literal>, " "<literal>Architectures</literal>, <literal>Components</literal> e " "<literal>Description</literal>." @@ -9512,12 +9545,12 @@ msgstr "Secção <literal>TreeDefault</literal>" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" "Define predefinições específicas para as secções <literal>Tree</literal>. " -"Todas estas variáveis são variáveis de substituição e têm as strings " -"$(DIST), $(SECTION) e $(ARCH) substituídas pelos seus respectivos valores." +"Todas estas variáveis são variáveis de substituição e têm as strings $" +"(DIST), $(SECTION) e $(ARCH) substituídas pelos seus respectivos valores." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9551,17 +9584,17 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" -"Define o topo da árvore de directórios .deb. A predefinição é " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Define o topo da árvore de directórios .deb. A predefinição é <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" "Define o topo da árvore de directórios de pacotes fonte. A predefinição é " "<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" @@ -9572,8 +9605,8 @@ msgid "" "Sets the output Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/" "binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>" msgstr "" -"Define o ficheiro Packages de saída. A predefinição é <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>" +"Define o ficheiro Packages de saída. A predefinição é <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/Packages</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9581,19 +9614,19 @@ msgid "" "Sets the output Sources file. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/" "source/Sources</filename>" msgstr "" -"Define o ficheiro Sources de saída. A predefinição é <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>" +"Define o ficheiro Sources de saída. A predefinição é <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/source/Sources</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" "Define se o ficheiro mestre Translation-en de saída com as descrições longas " -"não deve ser incluído no ficheiro Packages. A predefinição é " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"não deve ser incluído no ficheiro Packages. A predefinição é <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -9603,8 +9636,8 @@ msgid "" "filename>" msgstr "" "Define o prefixo de caminho que causa que um symlink seja considerado um " -"link interno em vez de um link externo. A predefinição é <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/</filename>" +"link interno em vez de um link externo. A predefinição é <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/</filename>" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10018,14 +10051,14 @@ msgid "" "literal>." msgstr "" "Seleciona o ficheiro de sobreposição de fonte a usar com o comando " -"<literal>sources</literal>. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::FTPArchive::" -"SourceOverride</literal>." +"<literal>sources</literal>. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::SourceOverride</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" "Torna as bases de dados de cache apenas de leitura. Item de Configuração: " "<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." @@ -10041,8 +10074,8 @@ msgstr "" "Aceita nos comandos <literal>packages</literal> e <literal>contents</" "literal> apenas ficheiros de pacotes que condizem com <literal>*_arch.deb</" "literal> ou <literal>*_all.deb</literal> em vez de todos os ficheiros de " -"pacotes presentes no caminho fornecido. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." +"pacotes presentes no caminho fornecido. Item de Configuração: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Architecture</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml @@ -10157,9 +10190,10 @@ msgid "" "following tokens being recognized; Unknown tokens will be ignored. Tokens " "may be separated by spaces, tabs or newlines." msgstr "" -"O formato definido aqui é semelhante ao formato do ficheiro <filename>~/." -"netrc</filename> usado pelo <citerefentry><refentrytitle><command>ftp</" -"command></refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> e programas " +"O formato definido aqui é semelhante ao formato do ficheiro " +"<filename>~/.netrc</filename> usado pelo " +"<citerefentry><refentrytitle><command>ftp</command></" +"refentrytitle><manvolnum>1</manvolnum></citerefentry> e programas " "semelhantes que interagem com servidores. É um formato simples baseado em " "token com os seguintes tokens a serem reconhecidos. Os tokens desconhecidos " "serão ignorados. Os tokens podem ser separados por espaços, tabs ou nova-" @@ -10454,16 +10488,17 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" "A variável de ambiente <envar>http_proxy</envar> é suportada pela " "configuração de todo o sistema. Proxies específicos para o APT podem ser " @@ -10496,14 +10531,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" "Mais ainda, existem três definições disponibilizadas para controle de cache " "como caches de proxy compatíveis com HTTP/1.1. <literal>Acquire::http::No-" @@ -10512,8 +10547,8 @@ msgstr "" "idade máxima permitida (em segundos) de um ficheiro índice na cache do " "proxy. <literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> especifica que o proxy não " "deve armazenar os ficheiros de arquivo pedidos na sua cache, o que pode ser " -"usado para prevenir que o proxy polua a sua cache com (grandes) ficheiros ." -"deb." +"usado para prevenir que o proxy polua a sua cache com (grandes) " +"ficheiros .deb." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10548,8 +10583,8 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>." msgstr "" "Note que a auto-detecção não será usada para uma máquina se uma configuração " -"de proxy específica de máquina já estiver definida via <literal>Acquire::" -"http::Proxy::<replaceable>máquina</replaceable></literal>." +"de proxy específica de máquina já estiver definida via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>máquina</replaceable></literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10563,11 +10598,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" -"Esta opção toma precedência sobre a opção antiga de nome <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"Esta opção toma precedência sobre a opção antiga de nome " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml @@ -10604,12 +10639,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" "A definição <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> pode ser usada " "para activar o 'pipelining' de HTTP (RFC 2616 secção 8.1.2.2) a qual pode " @@ -10739,9 +10774,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" "O protocolo HTTPS é baseado no protocolo HTTP, assim todas as opções " "suportadas pelo &apt-transport-http; são também suportadas via " @@ -10788,9 +10823,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" "Uma lista de revogação de certificados personalizada (CRL) pode ser " "configurada com as opções <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> e " @@ -10861,19 +10897,19 @@ msgstr "Autenticação do cliente" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" "Para além de suportar autenticação baseada em palavra-passe (veja &apt-" "authconf;) o HTTPS também suporta autenticação baseada em certificados do " -"cliente via <literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> e <literal>Acquire::" -"https::SSLKey</literal>. Estes devem ser definidos respetivamente no nome de " -"ficheiro do certificado de cliente X.509 e a chave privada (não encriptada) " -"associada, ambos em formato PEM. Na prática o uso de variantes especificas " -"da máquina de ambas opções é altamente recomendado." +"cliente via <literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> e " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. Estes devem ser definidos " +"respetivamente no nome de ficheiro do certificado de cliente X.509 e a chave " +"privada (não encriptada) associada, ambos em formato PEM. Na prática o uso " +"de variantes especificas da máquina de ambas opções é altamente recomendado." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout> #: apt-transport-https.1.xml @@ -11162,9 +11198,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" "Assumindo que um ficheiro com este conteúdo está armazenado em <filename>/" "etc/apt/mirrorlist.txt</filename> na sua máquina, pode ser usado desta " @@ -11184,9 +11220,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> the sources.list entry from above could instead be written as:" msgstr "" "Todas as versões do método mirror suportam uma mirrorlist acessível via " -"HTTP, portanto assumindo que está disponível em <literal>http://apt.example." -"org/mirror.lst</literal> a entrada sources.list de cima poderá, em vez " -"dessa, ser escrita como:" +"HTTP, portanto assumindo que está disponível em <literal>http://" +"apt.example.org/mirror.lst</literal> a entrada sources.list de cima poderá, " +"em vez dessa, ser escrita como:" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml @@ -12100,10 +12136,10 @@ msgstr "?narrow aceita argumentos infinitos" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" "<code>foo</code> não pode ser usado como abreviatura para <code>?name(foo)</" "code>, pois isto pode fazer com que erros de escrita passem despercebidos: " @@ -12685,8 +12721,8 @@ msgid "" "have been successfully installed. To change this behavior place " "<literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> in /etc/apt/apt.conf." msgstr "" -"Por predefinição o APT irá automaticamente remover o ficheiro de pacote (." -"deb) assim que ele tenha sido instalado com sucesso. Para alterar este " +"Por predefinição o APT irá automaticamente remover o ficheiro de pacote " +"(.deb) assim que ele tenha sido instalado com sucesso. Para alterar este " "comportamento coloque <literal>Dselect::clean \"prompt\";</literal> em /etc/" "apt/apt.conf." @@ -13500,8 +13536,8 @@ msgid "" "emphasis>." msgstr "" "Mais detalhes podem ser vistos ao examinar o manual do apt.conf e o exemplo " -"de ficheiro de configuração em <emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/apt." -"conf</emphasis>." +"de ficheiro de configuração em <emphasis>/usr/share/doc/apt/examples/" +"apt.conf</emphasis>." #. type: Content of: <book><chapter><section><para> #: offline.dbk @@ -13718,35 +13754,36 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for FTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special keyword " -#~ "<literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of the " -#~ "above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to set the " -#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration file. This " -#~ "entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server what to " -#~ "connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to do this. " -#~ "The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI component " -#~ "are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal>, " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>ftp://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>ftp_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used. To use an FTP proxy you will have to " +#~ "set the <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> script in the configuration " +#~ "file. This entry specifies the commands to send to tell the proxy server " +#~ "what to connect to. Please see &configureindex; for an example of how to " +#~ "do this. The substitution variables representing the corresponding URI " +#~ "component are <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal>, <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</" +#~ "literal>, <literal>$(SITE)</literal> and <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>ftp::Proxy</literal> define o proxy predefinido a usar para URIs " -#~ "FTP. Está no formato standard de <literal>ftp://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Os proxies por máquina podem também ser especificados " -#~ "ao usar o formato <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></literal> com a " -#~ "palavra chave especial <literal>DIRECT</literal> que significa não usar " -#~ "nenhum proxy. Se nenhuma das definições acima for especificada, será " -#~ "usada a variável de ambiente <envar>ftp_proxy</envar>. Para usar um proxy " -#~ "FTP você tem que definir o script <literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> no " -#~ "ficheiro de configuração. Esta entrada especifica os comandos a enviar " -#~ "para dizer ao servidor proxy ao que se ligar. Por favor veja " -#~ "&configureindex; para um exemplo de como fazer isto. As variáveis de " -#~ "substituição que representam o componente URI correspondente são " -#~ "<literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal> <literal>$(PROXY_PASS)</literal> " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal> <literal>$(SITE_PASS)</literal> " -#~ "<literal>$(SITE)</literal> e <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</literal>." +#~ "FTP. Está no formato standard de <literal>ftp://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Os proxies por máquina podem também ser " +#~ "especificados ao usar o formato <literal>ftp::Proxy::<host></" +#~ "literal> com a palavra chave especial <literal>DIRECT</literal> que " +#~ "significa não usar nenhum proxy. Se nenhuma das definições acima for " +#~ "especificada, será usada a variável de ambiente <envar>ftp_proxy</envar>. " +#~ "Para usar um proxy FTP você tem que definir o script " +#~ "<literal>ftp::ProxyLogin</literal> no ficheiro de configuração. Esta " +#~ "entrada especifica os comandos a enviar para dizer ao servidor proxy ao " +#~ "que se ligar. Por favor veja &configureindex; para um exemplo de como " +#~ "fazer isto. As variáveis de substituição que representam o componente URI " +#~ "correspondente são <literal>$(PROXY_USER)</literal> <literal>$" +#~ "(PROXY_PASS)</literal> <literal>$(SITE_USER)</literal> <literal>$" +#~ "(SITE_PASS)</literal> <literal>$(SITE)</literal> e <literal>$(SITE_PORT)</" +#~ "literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "The option <literal>timeout</literal> sets the timeout timer used by the " @@ -13945,9 +13982,9 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ "or \"<literal>asc</literal>\" as file extension." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<emphasis>Note</emphasis>: Em vez de se usar este comando, deve-se " -#~ "colocar um chaveiro directamente no directório <filename>/etc/apt/trusted." -#~ "gpg.d/</filename> com um nome descritivo e com \"<literal>gpg</literal>\" " -#~ "ou \"<literal>asc</literal>\" como extensão de ficheiro." +#~ "colocar um chaveiro directamente no directório <filename>/etc/apt/" +#~ "trusted.gpg.d/</filename> com um nome descritivo e com \"<literal>gpg</" +#~ "literal>\" ou \"<literal>asc</literal>\" como extensão de ficheiro." #~ msgid "(mostly deprecated)" #~ msgstr "(maioritariamente descontinuado)" @@ -14030,9 +14067,9 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ "With this option it is possible to specify a particular keyring file the " #~ "command should operate on. The default is that a command is executed on " #~ "the <filename>trusted.gpg</filename> file as well as on all parts in the " -#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though <filename>trusted." -#~ "gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that e.g. new keys are " -#~ "added to this one." +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg.d</filename> directory, though " +#~ "<filename>trusted.gpg</filename> is the primary keyring which means that " +#~ "e.g. new keys are added to this one." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Com esta opção é possível especificar um ficheiro de chaveiro específico " #~ "com o qual o comando deve operar. A predefinição é que um comando é " @@ -14061,11 +14098,11 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ "isto:" #~ msgid "" -#~ "<literal>wget -qO- https://myrepo.example/myrepo.asc | sudo apt-key add -" -#~ "</literal>" +#~ "<literal>wget -qO- https://myrepo.example/myrepo.asc | sudo apt-key add " +#~ "-</literal>" #~ msgstr "" -#~ "<literal>wget -qO- https://myrepo.example/myrepo.asc | sudo apt-key add -" -#~ "</literal>" +#~ "<literal>wget -qO- https://myrepo.example/myrepo.asc | sudo apt-key add " +#~ "-</literal>" #~ msgid "" #~ "Then you can directly replace this with (though note the recommendation " @@ -14201,20 +14238,20 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> sets the default proxy to use for HTTP " -#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user][:pass]@]host[:" -#~ "port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified by using the " -#~ "form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the special " -#~ "keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If no one of " -#~ "the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> environment " -#~ "variable will be used." +#~ "URIs. It is in the standard form of <literal>http://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Per host proxies can also be specified " +#~ "by using the form <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> with the " +#~ "special keyword <literal>DIRECT</literal> meaning to use no proxies. If " +#~ "no one of the above settings is specified, <envar>http_proxy</envar> " +#~ "environment variable will be used." #~ msgstr "" #~ "<literal>http::Proxy</literal> define o proxy http predefinido a usar " -#~ "para URIs de HTTP. Está no formato standard de <literal>http://[[user][:" -#~ "pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Também podem ser especificados proxies por " -#~ "máquina ao usar o formato <literal>http::Proxy::<host></literal> " -#~ "com a palavra chave especial <literal>DIRECT</literal> que significa não " -#~ "usar proxies. Se nenhuma das definições acima for especificada, será " -#~ "usada a variável de ambiente <envar>http_proxy</envar>." +#~ "para URIs de HTTP. Está no formato standard de <literal>http://[[user]" +#~ "[:pass]@]host[:port]/</literal>. Também podem ser especificados proxies " +#~ "por máquina ao usar o formato <literal>http::Proxy::<host></" +#~ "literal> com a palavra chave especial <literal>DIRECT</literal> que " +#~ "significa não usar proxies. Se nenhuma das definições acima for " +#~ "especificada, será usada a variável de ambiente <envar>http_proxy</envar>." #~ msgid "" #~ "The <literal>Cache-control</literal>, <literal>Timeout</literal>, " @@ -14236,39 +14273,40 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ "info about trusted certificates. <literal><host>::CaInfo</literal> " #~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> " #~ "boolean suboption determines whether or not the server's host certificate " -#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines whether or " -#~ "not the server's hostname should be verified. <literal><host>::" -#~ "Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to use for client " -#~ "authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> is the " -#~ "corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> determines what " -#~ "private key to use for client authentication. <literal><host>::" -#~ "SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host option. " -#~ "<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version to use. " -#~ "It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' or " -#~ "'<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" +#~ "should be verified against trusted certificates. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>Verify-Host</literal> boolean suboption determines " +#~ "whether or not the server's hostname should be verified. " +#~ "<literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> is the corresponding per-" +#~ "host option. <literal>SslCert</literal> determines what certificate to " +#~ "use for client authentication. <literal><host>::SslCert</literal> " +#~ "is the corresponding per-host option. <literal>SslKey</literal> " +#~ "determines what private key to use for client authentication. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslKey</literal> is the corresponding per-host " +#~ "option. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> overrides default SSL version " +#~ "to use. It can contain either of the strings '<literal>TLSv1</literal>' " +#~ "or '<literal>SSLv3</literal>'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" #~ "literal> is the corresponding per-host option." #~ msgstr "" #~ "A sub-opção <literal>CaInfo</literal> especifica o lugar do ficheiro que " -#~ "contém informação acerca de certificados de confiança. <literal><" -#~ "host>::CaInfo</literal> é a opção 'por máquina' correspondente. A sub-" -#~ "opção booleana <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> determina se o certificado " -#~ "da máquina anfitriã deve ou não ser verificado com certificados de " -#~ "confiança. <literal><host>::Verify-Peer</literal> é a opção 'por " -#~ "máquina' correspondente. A sub-opção booleana <literal>Verify-Host</" -#~ "literal> determina se o nome da máquina servidora deve ao não ser " -#~ "verificado. <literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> é a opção 'por " -#~ "máquina' correspondente. <literal>SslCert</literal> determina qual " -#~ "certificado a usar para autenticação de clientes. <literal><host>::" -#~ "SslCert</literal> é a opção 'por máquina' correspondente. " -#~ "<literal>SslKey</literal> determina qual a chave privada a usar para " -#~ "autenticação de clientes. <literal><host>::SslKey</literal> é a " -#~ "opção 'por máquina' correspondente. <literal>SslForceVersion</literal> " -#~ "sobrepõe a versão SSL predefinida a usar. Pode conter qualquer uma das " -#~ "strings 'TLSv1' ou 'SSLv3'. <literal><host>::SslForceVersion</" -#~ "literal> é a opção 'por máquina' correspondente." +#~ "contém informação acerca de certificados de confiança. " +#~ "<literal><host>::CaInfo</literal> é a opção 'por máquina' " +#~ "correspondente. A sub-opção booleana <literal>Verify-Peer</literal> " +#~ "determina se o certificado da máquina anfitriã deve ou não ser verificado " +#~ "com certificados de confiança. <literal><host>::Verify-Peer</" +#~ "literal> é a opção 'por máquina' correspondente. A sub-opção booleana " +#~ "<literal>Verify-Host</literal> determina se o nome da máquina servidora " +#~ "deve ao não ser verificado. <literal><host>::Verify-Host</literal> " +#~ "é a opção 'por máquina' correspondente. <literal>SslCert</literal> " +#~ "determina qual certificado a usar para autenticação de clientes. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslCert</literal> é a opção 'por máquina' " +#~ "correspondente. <literal>SslKey</literal> determina qual a chave privada " +#~ "a usar para autenticação de clientes. <literal><host>::SslKey</" +#~ "literal> é a opção 'por máquina' correspondente. " +#~ "<literal>SslForceVersion</literal> sobrepõe a versão SSL predefinida a " +#~ "usar. Pode conter qualquer uma das strings 'TLSv1' ou 'SSLv3'. " +#~ "<literal><host>::SslForceVersion</literal> é a opção 'por máquina' " +#~ "correspondente." #~ msgid "" #~ "The http scheme specifies an HTTP server for the archive. If an " @@ -14282,8 +14320,9 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ "variável de ambiente <envar>http_proxy</envar> estiver definida com o " #~ "formato http://server:port/, será usado o servidor proxy especificado em " #~ "<envar>http_proxy</envar>. Os utilizadores de proxies HTTP/1.1 " -#~ "autenticados pode usar uma string do formato http://user:pass@server:" -#~ "port/. Note que este não é um método de autenticação seguro." +#~ "autenticados pode usar uma string do formato http://" +#~ "user:pass@server:port/. Note que este não é um método de autenticação " +#~ "seguro." #~ msgid "Archive Configuration" #~ msgstr "Configuração de Arquivo" @@ -14595,21 +14634,21 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ msgid "" #~ "No action; perform a simulation of events that would occur but do not " -#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -#~ "Simulate</literal>." +#~ "actually change the system. Configuration Item: " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Nenhuma acção; executa uma simulação dos eventos que irão ocorrer mas na " -#~ "realidade não altera o sistema. Item de Configuração: <literal>APT::Get::" -#~ "Simulate</literal>." +#~ "realidade não altera o sistema. Item de Configuração: " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Simulate</literal>." #~ msgid "" #~ "Simulated runs performed as a user will automatically deactivate locking " -#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option <literal>APT::" -#~ "Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is by default) a " -#~ "notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only a simulation. " -#~ "Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or the notice - " -#~ "superusers should know what they are doing without further warnings from " -#~ "<literal>apt-get</literal>." +#~ "(<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), and if the option " +#~ "<literal>APT::Get::Show-User-Simulation-Note</literal> is set (as it is " +#~ "by default) a notice will also be displayed indicating that this is only " +#~ "a simulation. Runs performed as root do not trigger either NoLocking or " +#~ "the notice - superusers should know what they are doing without further " +#~ "warnings from <literal>apt-get</literal>." #~ msgstr "" #~ "As simulações executadas como um utilizador irão desactivar " #~ "automaticamente o bloqueio (<literal>Debug::NoLocking</literal>), e se a " @@ -14750,18 +14789,20 @@ msgstr "O qual irá usar os arquivos já obtidos e que estão no disco." #~ "it encounters unauthenticated archives to give a slightly longer grace " #~ "period on this backward compatibility effecting change. This exception " #~ "will be removed in future releases and you can opt-out of this grace " -#~ "period by setting the configuration option <option>Binary::apt-get::" -#~ "Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to <literal>false</literal> " -#~ "or <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the command line." +#~ "period by setting the configuration option <option>Binary::apt-" +#~ "get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> to <literal>false</" +#~ "literal> or <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> on the " +#~ "command line." #~ msgstr "" #~ "Como uma excepção temporária o &apt-get; (não o &apt;!) dispara avisos " #~ "apenas se encontrar arquivos não autenticados para dar um período de " #~ "graça ligeiramente mais longo nesta alteração que afecta a " #~ "compatibilidade com versões anteriores. Esta excepção será removida em " #~ "lançamentos futuros e você pode optar por não usar este período de graça " -#~ "ao definir a opção de configuração <option>Binary::apt-get::Acquire::" -#~ "AllowInsecureRepositories</option> para <literal>false</literal> ou " -#~ "<option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> na linha de comandos." +#~ "ao definir a opção de configuração <option>Binary::apt-" +#~ "get::Acquire::AllowInsecureRepositories</option> para <literal>false</" +#~ "literal> ou <option>--no-allow-insecure-repositories</option> na linha de " +#~ "comandos." #~ msgid "" #~ "In the future APT will refuse to work with unauthenticated repositories " diff --git a/doc/po/pt_BR.po b/doc/po/pt_BR.po index 020993be2..7b12b6d6b 100644 --- a/doc/po/pt_BR.po +++ b/doc/po/pt_BR.po @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt-doc 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-01 21:58+0100\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-09-20 17:02+0000\n" "Last-Translator: André Luís Lopes <andrelop@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: <debian-l10n-portuguese@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -395,8 +395,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. -o=Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string \"config_string\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -o=config_string e.g. " +"-o=Debug::pkgProblemResolver=1 --> <!ENTITY synopsis-config-string " +"\"config_string\">" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -409,8 +410,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. -" -"t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in -t=target_release or pkg/target_release e.g. " +"-t=squeeze apt/experimental --> <!ENTITY synopsis-target-release " "\"target_release\">" msgstr "" @@ -452,8 +453,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Plain text #: apt.ent msgid "" -"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom -" -"d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" +"<!-- TRANSLATOR: used as in apt-cdrom -d=cdrom_mount_point e.g. apt-cdrom " +"-d=/media/cdrom --> <!ENTITY synopsis-cdrom-mount \"cdrom_mount_point\">" msgstr "" #. type: Plain text @@ -1188,8 +1189,8 @@ msgid "" "structure can be so corrupt as to require manual intervention (which usually " "means using <command>dpkg --remove</command> to eliminate some of the " "offending packages). Use of this option together with <option>-m</option> " -"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." +"may produce an error in some situations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Fix-Broken</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1261,8 +1262,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-get.8.xml msgid "" -"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Assume-No</literal>." +"Automatic \"no\" to all prompts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Assume-No</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1300,9 +1301,9 @@ msgid "" "This option controls the architecture packages are built for by <command>apt-" "get source --compile</command> and how cross-builddependencies are " "satisfied. By default is it not set which means that the host architecture " -"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by <literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::Host-" -"Architecture</literal>." +"is the same as the build architecture (which is defined by " +"<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>). Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Host-Architecture</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1412,8 +1413,8 @@ msgid "" "name on the remote site! This also works with the <literal>source</literal> " "and <literal>update</literal> commands. When used with the <literal>update</" "literal> command the MD5 and size are not included, and it is up to the user " -"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"Print-URIs</literal>." +"to decompress any compressed files. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::Print-URIs</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1439,8 +1440,8 @@ msgid "" "turn it off. When it is on, <command>apt-get</command> will automatically " "manage the contents of <filename>&statedir;/lists</filename> to ensure that " "obsolete files are erased. The only reason to turn it off is if you " -"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Get::" -"List-Cleanup</literal>." +"frequently change your sources list. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Get::List-Cleanup</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1928,8 +1929,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "The same as <literal>dotty</literal>, only for xvcg from the <ulink " -"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/gsvcg1." -"html\">VCG tool</ulink>." +"url=\"https://www.rw.cdl.uni-saarland.de/people/sander/private/html/" +"gsvcg1.html\">VCG tool</ulink>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><term> @@ -1954,16 +1955,16 @@ msgid "" "archive management tool, <literal>madison</literal>. It displays available " "versions of a package in a tabular format. Unlike the original " "<literal>madison</literal>, it can only display information for the " -"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists (<literal>APT::" -"Architecture</literal>)." +"architecture for which APT has retrieved package lists " +"(<literal>APT::Architecture</literal>)." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Select the file to store the package cache. The package cache is the primary " -"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: <literal>Dir::Cache::" -"pkgcache</literal>." +"cache used by all operations. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Dir::Cache::pkgcache</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -1998,9 +1999,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Per default the <command>depends</command> and <command>rdepends</command> " "print all dependencies. This can be tweaked with these flags which will omit " -"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> e.g. <literal>APT::" -"Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." +"the specified dependency type. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::Show<replaceable>DependencyType</replaceable></literal> " +"e.g. <literal>APT::Cache::ShowRecommends</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2051,8 +2052,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cache.8.xml msgid "" "Make <literal>pkgnames</literal> print all names, including virtual packages " -"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::Cache::" -"AllNames</literal>." +"and missing dependencies. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::Cache::AllNames</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2121,8 +2122,8 @@ msgid "" "<command>apt-mark</command> can be used as a unified front-end to set " "various settings for a package, such as marking a package as being " "automatically/manually installed or changing <command>dpkg</command> " -"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected e." -"g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" +"selections such as hold, install, deinstall and purge which are respected " +"e.g. by <command>apt-get dselect-upgrade</command> or <command>aptitude</" "command>." msgstr "" @@ -2293,10 +2294,11 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" -"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding <literal>." -"sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the <literal>Signed-" -"By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with a dot, and then " -"indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more information." +"Keys should usually be included inside their corresponding " +"<literal>.sources</literal> by embedding the ASCII-armored key in the " +"<literal>Signed-By</literal> option. To do so, replace the empty line with " +"a dot, and then indent all lines by two spaces. See &sources-list; for more " +"information." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -2309,8 +2311,9 @@ msgid "" "literal> file or using <literal>deb [signed-by=/etc/apt/keyrings/example-" "archive-keyring.asc] ...</literal> in the legacy <literal>.list</literal> " "format. This may be useful for APT versions prior to 2.4, which do not " -"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of <literal>." -"asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</literal>." +"support embedded keys. ASCII-armored keys must use an extension of " +"<literal>.asc</literal>, and unarmored keys an extension of <literal>.gpg</" +"literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -2515,8 +2518,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-secure.8.xml msgid "" "<emphasis>Sign it</emphasis>. You can do this by running <command>gpg --" -"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o Release." -"gpg Release</command>." +"clearsign -o InRelease Release</command> and <command>gpg -abs -o " +"Release.gpg Release</command>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -2629,8 +2632,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "Do not try to auto-detect the CD-ROM path. Usually combined with the " -"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: <literal>Acquire::" -"cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." +"<option>--cdrom</option> option. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>Acquire::cdrom::AutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2653,8 +2656,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-cdrom.8.xml msgid "" "No mounting; prevent <command>apt-cdrom</command> from mounting and " -"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::CDROM::" -"NoMount</literal>." +"unmounting the mount point. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::CDROM::NoMount</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2730,8 +2733,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-config.8.xml msgid "" -"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of MyApp::" -"options with a default of <option>-f</option>." +"This will set the shell environment variable $OPTS to the value of " +"MyApp::options with a default of <option>-f</option>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -2833,9 +2836,9 @@ msgid "" "order which have either no or \"<literal>conf</literal>\" as filename " "extension and which only contain alphanumeric, hyphen (-), underscore (_) " "and period (.) characters. Otherwise APT will print a notice that it has " -"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the <literal>Dir::" -"Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which case it will " -"be silently ignored." +"ignored a file, unless that file matches a pattern in the " +"<literal>Dir::Ignore-Files-Silently</literal> configuration list - in which " +"case it will be silently ignored." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><orderedlist><listitem><para> @@ -3037,10 +3040,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The subscope <option>action</option> defines the colors for package lists in " "<option>install</option> and similar commands. The following options may be " -"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Install</option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</" -"option>, <option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, <option>APT::Color::" -"Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in the &apt; output." +"set: <option>APT::Color::Action::Upgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Install-Dependencies</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Downgrade</option>, " +"<option>APT::Color::Action::Remove</option>; corresponding to their lists in " +"the &apt; output." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -3258,8 +3263,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" "Define the regular expression(s) for versioned kernel packages. Based on " -"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to APT::" -"NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." +"these expressions a rule set is injected into apt similar to " +"APT::NeverAutoRemove regular expressions." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -3562,9 +3567,9 @@ msgid "" "that these codes are not included twice in the list. If " "<literal>LC_MESSAGES</literal> is set to \"C\" only the " "<filename>Translation-en</filename> file (if available) will be used. To " -"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting <literal>Acquire::" -"Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is another special " -"meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " +"force APT to use no Translation file use the setting " +"<literal>Acquire::Languages=none</literal>. \"<literal>none</literal>\" is " +"another special meaning code which will stop the search for a suitable " "<filename>Translation</filename> file. This tells APT to download these " "translations too, without actually using them unless the environment " "specifies the languages. So the following example configuration will result " @@ -3653,21 +3658,22 @@ msgid "" "<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and if so this " "value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden with " "<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a text file, except that package specific data is replaced " -"with the placeholder <literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: " -"1. if the package is from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this " -"is the first part otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source " -"package name, except if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</" -"literal>' in which case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete " -"source package name. 4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. " -"The first (if present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a " -"slash ('<literal>/</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an " -"underscore ('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</" -"literal>' is available for this option indicating that this source can't be " -"used to acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if " -"available in this case." +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Changelogs::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a text file, " +"except that package specific data is replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@CHANGEPATH@</literal>. The value for it is: 1. if the package is " +"from a component (e.g. <literal>main</literal>) this is the first part " +"otherwise it is omitted, 2. the first letter of source package name, except " +"if the source package name starts with '<literal>lib</literal>' in which " +"case it will be the first four letters. 3. The complete source package name. " +"4. the complete name again and 5. the source version. The first (if " +"present), second, third and fourth part are separated by a slash ('<literal>/" +"</literal>') and between the fourth and fifth part is an underscore " +"('<literal>_</literal>'). The special value '<literal>no</literal>' is " +"available for this option indicating that this source can't be used to " +"acquire changelog files from. Another source will be tried if available in " +"this case." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -3677,17 +3683,19 @@ msgid "" "where to get them. Preferable the Release file indicates this in a " "'Snapshots' field. If this isn't available the Label/Origin field of the " "Release file is used to check if a <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Label::" -"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::" -"URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal> option exists and " -"if so this value is taken. The value in the Release file can be overridden " -"with <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" -"replaceable></literal> or <literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::" -"Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></literal>. The value should be a " -"normal URI to a directory, except that the snapshot ID replaced with the " -"placeholder <literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value " -"'<literal>no</literal>' is available for this option indicating that this " -"source cannot be used to acquire snapshots from. Another source will be " -"tried if available in this case." +"<replaceable>LABEL</replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</replaceable></" +"literal> option exists and if so this value is taken. The value in the " +"Release file can be overridden with " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Label::<replaceable>LABEL</" +"replaceable></literal> or " +"<literal>Acquire::Snapshots::URI::Override::Origin::<replaceable>ORIGIN</" +"replaceable></literal>. The value should be a normal URI to a directory, " +"except that the snapshot ID replaced with the placeholder " +"<literal>@SNAPSHOTID@</literal>. The special value '<literal>no</literal>' " +"is available for this option indicating that this source cannot be used to " +"acquire snapshots from. Another source will be tried if available in this " +"case." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> @@ -3700,9 +3708,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Especially with the introduction of the <command>apt</command> binary it can " "be useful to set certain options only for a specific binary as even options " -"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like <option>APT::" -"Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> as well as " -"<command>apt</command>." +"which look like they would effect only a certain binary like " +"<option>APT::Get::Show-Versions</option> effect <command>apt-get</command> " +"as well as <command>apt</command>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3775,12 +3783,12 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. <literal>Dir::" -"Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method handlers and " -"<literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, <literal>lzma</literal>, " -"<literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> <literal>dpkg-source</" -"literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and <literal>apt-cache</" -"literal> specify the location of the respective programs." +"Binary programs are pointed to by <literal>Dir::Bin</literal>. " +"<literal>Dir::Bin::Methods</literal> specifies the location of the method " +"handlers and <literal>gzip</literal>, <literal>bzip2</literal>, " +"<literal>lzma</literal>, <literal>dpkg</literal>, <literal>apt-get</literal> " +"<literal>dpkg-source</literal> <literal>dpkg-buildpackage</literal> and " +"<literal>apt-cache</literal> specify the location of the respective programs." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -3918,9 +3926,9 @@ msgid "" "literal>. Special characters (equal signs, newlines, nonprintable " "characters, quotation marks, and percent signs in <literal>key</literal> and " "newlines, nonprintable characters, and percent signs in <literal>value</" -"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple <literal>key::" -"=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration section ends " -"with a blank line." +"literal>) are %-encoded. Lists are represented by multiple " +"<literal>key::=value</literal> lines with the same key. The configuration " +"section ends with a blank line." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4158,8 +4166,8 @@ msgid "" "Generate debug messages describing which packages are being automatically " "installed to resolve dependencies. This corresponds to the initial auto-" "install pass performed in, e.g., <literal>apt-get install</literal>, and not " -"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see <literal>Debug::" -"pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." +"to the full <literal>apt</literal> dependency resolver; see " +"<literal>Debug::pkgProblemResolver</literal> for that." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4170,14 +4178,14 @@ msgid "" "may trigger additional actions; they are shown indented two additional " "spaces under the original entry. The format for each line is " "<literal>MarkKeep</literal>, <literal>MarkDelete</literal> or " -"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c -" -"> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> is " -"the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the version " -"considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer version, " -"but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). The later " -"two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the installed " -"version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section the package " -"appears in." +"<literal>MarkInstall</literal> followed by <literal>package-name <a.b.c " +"-> d.e.f | x.y.z> (section)</literal> where <literal>a.b.c</literal> " +"is the current version of the package, <literal>d.e.f</literal> is the " +"version considered for installation and <literal>x.y.z</literal> is a newer " +"version, but not considered for installation (because of a low pin score). " +"The later two can be omitted if there is none or if it is the same as the " +"installed version. <literal>section</literal> is the name of the section " +"the package appears in." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -4230,15 +4238,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/vendors." -"list</filename>." +"Print information about the vendors read from <filename>/etc/apt/" +"vendors.list</filename>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt.conf.5.xml msgid "" -"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes e." -"g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " +"Display the external commands that are called by apt hooks. This includes " +"e.g. the config options <literal>DPkg::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal> or " "<literal>APT::Update::{Pre,Post}-Invoke</literal>." msgstr "" @@ -4991,9 +4999,9 @@ msgstr "" #: apt_preferences.5.xml msgid "" "The <literal>:any</literal> suffix makes sure to select binary packages from " -"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the <literal>:" -"native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the native " -"architecture." +"any architecture. Without that suffix, apt implicitly assumes the " +"<literal>:native</literal> suffix which would only select packages from the " +"native architecture." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -5176,9 +5184,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The most recent available version of the <literal>perl</literal> package " "will be installed, so long as that version's version number begins with " -"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-perl;" -"* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed version " -"is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." +"\"<literal>&good-perl;</literal>\". If <emphasis>any</emphasis> &good-" +"perl;* version of <literal>perl</literal> is available and the installed " +"version is &bad-perl;*, then <literal>perl</literal> will be downgraded." msgstr "" "A versão mais recente disponível do pacote <literal>perl</literal> será " "instalado, contanto que esse número de versão da versão inicie com " @@ -5479,23 +5487,23 @@ msgid "" "files retrieved from locations listed in the &sources-list; file are stored " "in the directory <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename>, or in the file " "named by the variable <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> in the " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file <filename>debian." -"lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> " -"contains the <filename>Release</filename> file retrieved from the site " -"<literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for <literal>binary-i386</literal> " -"architecture files from the <literal>contrib</literal> component of the " -"<literal>unstable</literal> distribution." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename> file. For example, the file " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contains the <filename>Release</filename> file " +"retrieved from the site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> for " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal> architecture files from the <literal>contrib</" +"literal> component of the <literal>unstable</literal> distribution." msgstr "" "Todos os arquivos <filename>Packages</filename> e <filename>Release</" "filename> obtidos das localidades listadas no arquivo &sources-list; são " "mantidos no diretório <filename>/var/lib/apt/lists</filename> ou no arquivo " "indicado pela variável <literal>Dir::State::Lists</literal> no arquivo " -"<filename>apt.conf</filename>. Por exemplo, o arquivo <filename>debian.lcs." -"mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-i386_Release</filename> contém " -"o arquivo <filename>Release</filename> obtido do site <literal>debian.lcs." -"mit.edu</literal> para a arquitetura <literal>binary-i386</literal>, " -"arquivos do componente <literal>contrib</literal> da distribuição " -"<literal>unstable</literal>." +"<filename>apt.conf</filename>. Por exemplo, o arquivo " +"<filename>debian.lcs.mit.edu_debian_dists_unstable_contrib_binary-" +"i386_Release</filename> contém o arquivo <filename>Release</filename> obtido " +"do site <literal>debian.lcs.mit.edu</literal> para a arquitetura " +"<literal>binary-i386</literal>, arquivos do componente <literal>contrib</" +"literal> da distribuição <literal>unstable</literal>." #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> #: apt_preferences.5.xml @@ -5877,6 +5885,12 @@ msgid "" "multi-architecture support." msgstr "" +#. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> +#: sources.list.5.xml +msgid "" +"This format is deprecated and may eventually be removed, but not before 2029." +msgstr "" + #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "deb822-Style Format" @@ -6038,9 +6052,10 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> #: sources.list.5.xml msgid "" -"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in one-" -"line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"0\"/> or like " -"this in deb822 style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" +"As an example, the sources for your distribution could look like this in the " +"deprecated one-line-style format: <placeholder type=\"literallayout\" " +"id=\"0\"/> or like this in deb822 style format: <placeholder " +"type=\"literallayout\" id=\"1\"/>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><title> @@ -6086,11 +6101,12 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "<option>Targets</option> (<option>target</option>) is a multivalue option " "defining which download targets apt will try to acquire from this source. If " -"not specified, the default set is defined by the <option>Acquire::" -"IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are specified by their " -"name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). Additionally, targets can " -"be enabled or disabled by using the <literal>Identifier</literal> field as " -"an option with a boolean value instead of using this multivalue option." +"not specified, the default set is defined by the " +"<option>Acquire::IndexTargets</option> configuration scope (targets are " +"specified by their name in the <literal>Created-By</literal> field). " +"Additionally, targets can be enabled or disabled by using the " +"<literal>Identifier</literal> field as an option with a boolean value " +"instead of using this multivalue option." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6219,8 +6235,9 @@ msgid "" "helps users identify mirrors which are no longer updated. However, some " "repositories such as historic archives are not updated any more by design, " "so this check can be disabled by setting this option to <literal>no</" -"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option <option>Acquire::" -"Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to <literal>yes</literal>." +"literal>. Defaults to the value of configuration option " +"<option>Acquire::Check-Valid-Until</option> which itself defaults to " +"<literal>yes</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para><itemizedlist><listitem><para> @@ -6692,8 +6709,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-extracttemplates.1.xml msgid "" "Temporary directory in which to write extracted <command>debconf</command> " -"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" +"template files and config scripts. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::ExtractTemplates::TempDir</literal>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -6726,8 +6743,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-sortpkgs.1.xml msgid "" -"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"SortPkgs::Source</literal>." +"Use source index field ordering. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::SortPkgs::Source</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><para> @@ -6824,10 +6841,10 @@ msgid "" "<filename>icons</filename> files as well as <filename>Release</filename>, " "<filename>Index</filename> and <filename>md5sum.txt</filename> files by " "default (<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Default-Patterns</literal>). " -"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to stdout a " -"<filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, SHA1, " -"SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." +"Additional filename patterns can be added by listing them in " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::Release::Patterns</literal>. It then writes to " +"stdout a <filename>Release</filename> file containing (by default) an MD5, " +"SHA1, SHA256 and SHA512 digest for each file." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -7015,8 +7032,8 @@ msgstr "a linha <literal>Label:</literal>" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets defaults specific to <literal>Tree</literal> sections. All of these " -"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), " -"$(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." +"variables are substitution variables and have the strings $(DIST), $" +"(SECTION) and $(ARCH) replaced with their respective values." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -7041,15 +7058,15 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/" -"$(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the .deb directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$(DIST)/$" +"(SECTION)/binary-$(ARCH)/</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" +"Sets the top of the source package directory tree. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/source/</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -7070,8 +7087,8 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" "Sets the output Translation-en master file with the long descriptions if " -"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to " -"<filename>$(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" +"they should be not included in the Packages file. Defaults to <filename>$" +"(DIST)/$(SECTION)/i18n/Translation-en</filename>" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -7398,8 +7415,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> #: apt-ftparchive.1.xml msgid "" -"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: <literal>APT::" -"FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." +"Make the caching databases read only. Configuration Item: " +"<literal>APT::FTPArchive::ReadOnlyDB</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><variablelist><varlistentry><listitem><para> @@ -7726,16 +7743,17 @@ msgid "" "The environment variable <envar>http_proxy</envar> is supported for system " "wide configuration. Proxies specific to APT can be configured via the " "option <literal>Acquire::http::Proxy</literal>. Proxies which should be " -"used only for certain hosts can be specified via <literal>Acquire::http::" -"Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. Even more fine-grained " -"control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, detailed further below. " -"All these options use the URI format <literal><replaceable>scheme</" -"replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</" -"replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</" -"replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI schemes are <literal>socks5h</" -"literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), <literal>http</literal> and " -"<literal>https</literal>. Authentication details can be supplied via &apt-" -"authconf; instead of including it in the URI directly." +"used only for certain hosts can be specified via " +"<literal>Acquire::http::Proxy::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. " +"Even more fine-grained control can be achieved via proxy autodetection, " +"detailed further below. All these options use the URI format " +"<literal><replaceable>scheme</replaceable>://[[<replaceable>user</" +"replaceable>][:<replaceable>pass</replaceable>]@]<replaceable>host</" +"replaceable>[:<replaceable>port</replaceable>]/</literal>. Supported URI " +"schemes are <literal>socks5h</literal> (SOCKS5 with remote DNS resolution), " +"<literal>http</literal> and <literal>https</literal>. Authentication " +"details can be supplied via &apt-authconf; instead of including it in the " +"URI directly." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> @@ -7750,14 +7768,14 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with " -"HTTP/1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> " -"tells the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " +"Furthermore, there are three settings provided for cache control with HTTP/" +"1.1 compliant proxy caches: <literal>Acquire::http::No-Cache</literal> tells " +"the proxy not to use its cached response under any circumstances. " "<literal>Acquire::http::Max-Age</literal> sets the allowed maximum age (in " -"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. <literal>Acquire::" -"http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should not store the " -"requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to prevent the proxy " -"from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." +"seconds) of an index file in the cache of the proxy. " +"<literal>Acquire::http::No-Store</literal> specifies that the proxy should " +"not store the requested archive files in its cache, which can be used to " +"prevent the proxy from polluting its cache with (big) .deb files." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -7795,8 +7813,8 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" -"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name <literal>Acquire::" -"http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." +"This option takes precedence over the legacy option name " +"<literal>Acquire::http::ProxyAutoDetect</literal>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -7826,12 +7844,12 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-http.1.xml msgid "" "The setting <literal>Acquire::http::Pipeline-Depth</literal> can be used to " -"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial e." -"g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in a " -"pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " -"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the " -"HTTP/1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to " -"0. It is enabled by default with the value 10." +"enable HTTP pipelining (RFC 2616 section 8.1.2.2) which can be beneficial " +"e.g. on high-latency connections. It specifies how many requests are sent in " +"a pipeline. APT tries to detect and work around misbehaving webservers and " +"proxies at runtime, but if you know that yours does not conform to the HTTP/" +"1.1 specification, pipelining can be disabled by setting the value to 0. It " +"is enabled by default with the value 10." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> @@ -7917,9 +7935,9 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "The HTTPS protocol is based on the HTTP protocol, so all options supported " "by &apt-transport-http; are also available via <literal>Acquire::https</" -"literal> and will default to the same values specified for <literal>Acquire::" -"http</literal>. This manpage will only document the options <emphasis>unique " -"to https</emphasis>." +"literal> and will default to the same values specified for " +"<literal>Acquire::http</literal>. This manpage will only document the " +"options <emphasis>unique to https</emphasis>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -7948,9 +7966,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-transport-https.1.xml msgid "" "A custom certificate revocation list (CRL) can be configured with the " -"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and <literal>Acquire::" -"https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></literal>. As with the " -"previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be specified." +"options <literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::CRLFile::<replaceable>host</replaceable></" +"literal>. As with the previous option, a file in PEM format needs to be " +"specified." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><title> @@ -7996,11 +8015,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "" "Besides supporting password-based authentication (see &apt-authconf;) HTTPS " "also supports authentication based on client certificates via " -"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and <literal>Acquire::https::" -"SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively to the filename of the " -"X.509 client certificate and the associated (unencrypted) private key, both " -"in PEM format. In practice the use of the host-specific variants of both " -"options is highly recommended." +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLCert</literal> and " +"<literal>Acquire::https::SSLKey</literal>. These should be set respectively " +"to the filename of the X.509 client certificate and the associated " +"(unencrypted) private key, both in PEM format. In practice the use of the " +"host-specific variants of both options is highly recommended." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><literallayout> @@ -8202,9 +8221,9 @@ msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><para> #: apt-transport-mirror.1.xml msgid "" -"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/mirrorlist." -"txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in &sources-list; " -"(since apt 1.6):" +"Assuming a file with this content is stored as <filename>/etc/apt/" +"mirrorlist.txt</filename> on your machine it can be used like this in " +"&sources-list; (since apt 1.6):" msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><refsect2><literallayout> @@ -9032,10 +9051,10 @@ msgstr "" #: apt-patterns.7.xml msgid "" "<code>foo</code> cannot be used as a shortform for <code>?name(foo)</code>, " -"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?and(...," -"~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have <code>required</code> " -"priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, it would require the " -"package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." +"as this can cause typos to go unnoticed: Consider <code>?" +"and(...,~poptional)</code>: this requires the package to have " +"<code>required</code> priority, but if you do not type the <code>~</code>, " +"it would require the package name to contain <code>poptional</code>." msgstr "" #. type: Content of: <refentry><refsect1><itemizedlist><listitem><para> diff --git a/doc/sources.list.5.xml b/doc/sources.list.5.xml index eb734215b..6153adfc4 100644 --- a/doc/sources.list.5.xml +++ b/doc/sources.list.5.xml @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ &apt-email; &apt-product; <!-- The last update date --> - <date>2025-01-05T00:00:00Z</date> + <date>2025-01-28T00:00:00Z</date> </refentryinfo> <refmeta> diff --git a/po/apt-all.pot b/po/apt-all.pot index 7ecbc4815..028b7a414 100644 --- a/po/apt-all.pot +++ b/po/apt-all.pot @@ -5,9 +5,9 @@ #, fuzzy msgid "" msgstr "" -"Project-Id-Version: apt 2.9.25\n" +"Project-Id-Version: apt 2.9.26\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-22 10:57+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: YEAR-MO-DA HO:MI+ZONE\n" "Last-Translator: FULL NAME <EMAIL@ADDRESS>\n" "Language-Team: LANGUAGE <LL@li.org>\n" @@ -2290,7 +2290,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2501,6 +2501,11 @@ msgstr "" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2521,6 +2526,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2536,7 +2547,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3098,6 +3113,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "" @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-20 21:28+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Ossama M. Khayat <okhayat@yahoo.com>\n" "Language-Team: Arabic <support@arabeyes.org>\n" @@ -2344,7 +2344,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2556,6 +2556,11 @@ msgstr "فشل تغيير اسم %s إلى %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2576,6 +2581,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2591,7 +2602,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3177,6 +3192,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "دمج المعلومات المتوفرة" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "" @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 0.7.18\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-10-02 23:35+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Iñigo Varela <ivarela@softastur.org>\n" "Language-Team: Asturian (ast)\n" @@ -2422,7 +2422,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "S" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2642,6 +2642,11 @@ msgstr "Nun pudo renomase %s como %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2662,6 +2667,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2677,7 +2688,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3310,6 +3325,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Lleendo información d'estáu" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 0.7.21\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-25 17:23+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Damyan Ivanov <dmn@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Bulgarian <dict@fsa-bg.org>\n" @@ -2467,7 +2467,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2691,6 +2691,11 @@ msgstr "Неуспех при преименуването на %s на %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2711,6 +2716,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2726,7 +2737,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3363,6 +3378,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Четене на информацията за състоянието" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 0.5.26\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2004-05-06 15:25+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Safir Šećerović <sapphire@linux.org.ba>\n" "Language-Team: Bosnian <lokal@lugbih.org>\n" @@ -2327,7 +2327,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2538,6 +2538,11 @@ msgstr "Ne mogu otvoriti %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2558,6 +2563,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2573,7 +2584,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3162,6 +3177,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Sastavljam dostupne informacije" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Building dependency tree" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.4~beta1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-08-08 22:47+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Carles Pina i Estany <cpina@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Catalan <debian-l10n-catalan@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2514,7 +2514,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "S" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2745,6 +2745,11 @@ msgstr "No s'ha pogut analitzar %s. Voleu tornar a editar-lo? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "El fitxer «%s» ha canviat, executeu «apt-get update».\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2767,6 +2772,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "No hi ha «Signed-By» a l'entrada %s de «%s»" @@ -2786,12 +2797,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Consulteu la pàgina de manual apt-secure(8) per obtenir detalls sobre la " "creació de dipòsits i la configuració d'usuaris." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3444,6 +3459,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "edita el fitxer d'informació d'origen" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "satisfà cadenes de dependència" @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.9.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-09 20:38+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miroslav Kure <kurem@debian.cz>\n" "Language-Team: Czech <debian-l10n-czech@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2430,7 +2430,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2652,6 +2652,11 @@ msgstr "Nepodařilo se zpracovat %s. Zkusit znovu upravit?" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Soubor „%s“ se změnil, spusťte prosím „apt-get update“.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2674,6 +2679,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "Chybí Signed-By v %s pro „%s“" @@ -2693,12 +2704,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Podrobnosti o vytváření a nastavení repozitářů naleznete v manuálové stránce " "apt-secure(8)." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3333,6 +3348,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "upraví soubor se zdroji balíků" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "splní řetězec závislostí" @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-06-06 13:46+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Dafydd Harries <daf@muse.19inch.net>\n" "Language-Team: Welsh <cy@pengwyn.linux.org.uk>\n" @@ -2405,7 +2405,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "I" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2621,6 +2621,11 @@ msgstr "Methwyd ailenwi %s at %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2641,6 +2646,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2656,7 +2667,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3309,6 +3324,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Yn cyfuno manylion Ar Gael" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.4~rc2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2017-03-02 23:51+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Joe Hansen <joedalton2@yahoo.dk>\n" "Language-Team: Danish <debian-l10n-danish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2474,7 +2474,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "J" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2696,6 +2696,11 @@ msgstr "Kunne ikke fortolke %s. Rediger igen? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Din »%s« fil blev ændret, kør venligst »apt-get update«.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2716,6 +2721,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2735,12 +2746,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Se apt-secure(8)-manualsiden for detaljer om arkivoprettelse og " "brugerkonfiguration." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3397,6 +3412,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "rediger source-informationsfilen (kildefilen)" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Building dependency tree" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.7.2\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-07-17 19:13+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Helge Kreutzmann <debian@helgefjell.de>\n" "Language-Team: German <debian-l10n-german@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2554,7 +2554,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "J" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2791,6 +2791,11 @@ msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" "Ihre »%s«-Datei wurde verändert, bitte führen Sie »apt-get update« aus.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2813,6 +2818,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "Fehlendes Signed-By im Eintrag %s für »%s«" @@ -2832,12 +2843,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Weitere Details zur Erzeugung von Paketdepots sowie zu deren " "Benutzerkonfiguration finden Sie in der Handbuchseite apt-secure(8)." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3511,6 +3526,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "die Datei für die Paketquellen bearbeiten" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "Abhängigkeitszeichenketten erfüllen" @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-09-19 09:49+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Kinley Tshering <gasepkuenden2k3@hotmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Dzongkha <pgeyleg@dit.gov.bt>\n" @@ -2383,7 +2383,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "ཝའི།" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2596,6 +2596,11 @@ msgstr "%s་ལུ་%s་བསྐྱར་མིང་བཏགས་ནི msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2616,6 +2621,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2631,7 +2642,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3266,6 +3281,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "འཐོབ་ཚུགས་པའི་བརྡ་དོན་མཉམ་བསྡོམས་འབད་དོ།" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -22,7 +22,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2020-12-30 12:20+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Vangelis Skarmoutsos <skarmoutsosv@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Greek <debian-l10n-greek@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2411,7 +2411,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "Ο" @@ -2626,6 +2626,11 @@ msgstr "Αποτυχία ανάλυσης του %s. Επεξεργασία ξα msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Το αρχείο '%s' άλλαξε, παρακαλώ τρέξτε το 'apt-get update'.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2646,6 +2651,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2661,7 +2672,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3266,6 +3281,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "επεξεργασία του αρχείου με τις πληροφορίες πηγής" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "εκπλήρωση των συμβολοσειρών εξαρτήσεων" @@ -37,7 +37,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 0.8.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-01-26 01:51+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Manuel \"Venturi\" Porras Peralta " "<venturi@openmailbox.org>\n" @@ -2582,7 +2582,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "S" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2809,6 +2809,11 @@ msgstr "Fallo al analizar %s. ¿Editar de nuevo?" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "El fichero «%s» cambió, ejecute «apt-get update».\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2829,6 +2834,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2848,12 +2859,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Vea la página de manual apt-secure(8) para los detalles sobre la creación de " "repositorios y la configuración de usuarios." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3516,6 +3531,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "edita el fichero de información de fuentes" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-05-17 00:41+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Piarres Beobide <pi@beobide.net>\n" "Language-Team: Euskara <debian-l10n-basque@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2386,7 +2386,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2602,6 +2602,11 @@ msgstr "Huts egin du %s izenaren ordez %s ipintzean" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2622,6 +2627,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2637,7 +2648,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3270,6 +3285,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Egoera argibideak irakurtzen" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 0.5.26\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-12-11 14:52+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Tapio Lehtonen <tale@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Finnish <debian-l10n-finnish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2382,7 +2382,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "K" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2595,6 +2595,11 @@ msgstr "Nimen muuttaminen %s -> %s ei onnistunut" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2615,6 +2620,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2630,7 +2641,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3262,6 +3277,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Luetaan tilatiedot" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2019-01-21 09:19+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Julien Patriarca <leatherface@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: French <debian-l10n-french@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2565,7 +2565,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "O" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2798,6 +2798,11 @@ msgstr "Impossible de lire %s. Faut-il l'éditer à nouveau ?" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Votre fichier « %s » a changé, veuillez lancer « apt-get update ».\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2820,6 +2825,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2839,12 +2850,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Voir les pages de manuel d'apt-secure(8) pour la création des dépôts et les " "détails de configuration d'un utilisateur." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3529,6 +3544,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "édite le fichier d'information source" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2011-05-12 15:28+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Anxo Bouzada <mbouzada@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: galician <proxecto@trasno.net>\n" @@ -2456,7 +2456,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "S" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2677,6 +2677,11 @@ msgstr "Non foi posíbel cambiar o nome de %s a %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2697,6 +2702,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2712,7 +2723,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3345,6 +3360,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Lendo a información do estado" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2016-04-10 19:46+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Gabor Kelemen <kelemeng@ubuntu.com>\n" "Language-Team: Hungarian <gnome-hu-list@gnome.org>\n" @@ -2498,7 +2498,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "I" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2724,6 +2724,11 @@ msgstr "%s feldolgozása sikertelen. Újra szerkeszti? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "A(z) „%s” fájl megváltozott, adja ki az „apt-get update” parancsot.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2744,6 +2749,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2763,12 +2774,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Lásd az apt-secure(8) kézikönyvoldalt a tárolólétrehozással és felhasználói " "beállításokkal kapcsolatos részletekért." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3420,6 +3435,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "a forrásinformációs fájl szerkesztése" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-06 10:21+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Luca Vercelli <luca.vercelli.to@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Italian <debian-l10n-italian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2526,7 +2526,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "S" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2759,6 +2759,11 @@ msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" "Il proprio file \"%s\" è stato modificato: eseguire \"apt-get update\".\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2781,6 +2786,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "Clausola Signed-By mancante nella voce %s per \"%s\"" @@ -2800,12 +2811,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Consultare la pagina man apt-secure(8) per la creazione di repository e la " "configurazione utente." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3467,6 +3482,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Modifica il file sulle informazioni delle sorgenti" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "Risolve stringhe di dipendenze" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2022-08-14 14:30+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Hideki Yamane <henrich@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Japanese <debian-japanese@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2490,7 +2490,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2714,6 +2714,11 @@ msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" "'%s' ファイルが変更されています。「apt-get update」を実行してください。\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2734,6 +2739,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2753,12 +2764,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "リポジトリの作成とユーザ設定の詳細は、apt-secure(8) man ページを参照してくだ" "さい。" #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3414,6 +3429,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "ソース情報ファイルを編集" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Building dependency tree" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-10-10 09:48+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Khoem Sokhem <khoemsokhem@khmeros.info>\n" "Language-Team: Khmer <support@khmeros.info>\n" @@ -2370,7 +2370,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2582,6 +2582,11 @@ msgstr "បរាជ័យក្នុងការប្តូរឈ msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2602,6 +2607,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2617,7 +2628,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3251,6 +3266,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "បញ្ចូលព័ត៌មានដែលមានចូលគ្នា" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -8,7 +8,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2010-08-30 02:31+0900\n" "Last-Translator: Changwoo Ryu <cwryu@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Korean <debian-l10n-korean@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2393,7 +2393,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2608,6 +2608,11 @@ msgstr "%s 파일의 이름을 %s(으)로 바꾸는데 실패했습니다" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2628,6 +2633,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2643,7 +2654,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3271,6 +3286,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "상태 정보를 읽는 중입니다" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-05-08 12:48+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Erdal Ronahi <erdal.ronahi@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: ku <ubuntu-l10n-kur@lists.ubuntu.com>\n" @@ -2320,7 +2320,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "E" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2532,6 +2532,11 @@ msgstr "%s ji hev nehate veçirandin" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2552,6 +2557,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2567,7 +2578,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3178,6 +3193,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "" @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-08-02 01:47-0400\n" "Last-Translator: Gintautas Miliauskas <gintas@akl.lt>\n" "Language-Team: Lithuanian <komp_lt@konferencijos.lt>\n" @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "T" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2568,6 +2568,11 @@ msgstr "Nepavyko pervadinti %s į %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2588,6 +2593,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2603,7 +2614,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3232,6 +3247,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Skaitoma būsenos informacija" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-20 23:27+0530\n" "Last-Translator: Sampada <sampadanakhare@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Marathi, janabhaaratii, C-DAC, Mumbai, India " @@ -2376,7 +2376,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "होय" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2588,6 +2588,11 @@ msgstr "%s ला पुनर्नामांकन %s करण्यास msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2608,6 +2613,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2623,7 +2634,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3251,6 +3266,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "स्थिती माहिती वाचत आहे" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2018-10-30 20:53+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Petter Reinholdtsen <pere@hungry.com>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian Bokmål <i18n-no@lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -2443,7 +2443,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "J" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2665,6 +2665,11 @@ msgstr "Klarte ikke å endre navnet på %s til %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "'%s'-filen din ble endret, vær så snill å kjør 'apt-get update'.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2685,6 +2690,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2704,12 +2715,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Se manualsiden apt-secure(8) for detaljer om oppretting av depote og " "brukeroppsett." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3345,6 +3360,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Leser tilstandsinformasjon" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -9,7 +9,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2006-06-12 14:35+0545\n" "Last-Translator: Shiva Pokharel <pokharelshiva@hotmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Nepali <info@mpp.org.np>\n" @@ -2367,7 +2367,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2579,6 +2579,11 @@ msgstr " %s मा %s पुन:नामकरण असफल भयो" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2599,6 +2604,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2614,7 +2625,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3247,6 +3262,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "उपलब्ध सूचना गाँभिदैछ" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -15,7 +15,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.9.10\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-05 18:11+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Frans Spiesschaert <Frans.Spiesschaert@yucom.be>\n" "Language-Team: Debian Dutch l10n Team <debian-l10n-dutch@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2511,7 +2511,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "J" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2740,6 +2740,11 @@ msgstr "Verwerken van %s is mislukt. Opnieuw bewerken? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Uw bestand '%s' is gewijzigd. Voer 'apt-get update' uit.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2762,6 +2767,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "Ontbrekende Signed-By in het item %s voor '%s'" @@ -2781,12 +2792,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Zie de man-pagina apt-secure(8) voor details over het aanmaken van een " "pakketbron en over de configuratie langs gebruikerskant." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3444,6 +3459,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "het bestand met informatie over de pakketbronnen bewerken" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "voldoen aan vereistentekenreeksen" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2005-02-14 23:30+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Havard Korsvoll <korsvoll@skulelinux.no>\n" "Language-Team: Norwegian nynorsk <i18n-nn@lister.ping.uio.no>\n" @@ -2381,7 +2381,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "J" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2593,6 +2593,11 @@ msgstr "Klarte ikkje endra namnet p %s til %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2613,6 +2618,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2628,7 +2639,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3265,6 +3280,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Flettar informasjon om tilgjengelege pakkar" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -14,7 +14,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 0.9.7.3\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-07-08 17:53+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Michał Kułach <michal.kulach@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Polish <debian-l10n-polish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2522,7 +2522,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "T" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2756,6 +2756,11 @@ msgstr "Nie udało się przeanalizować %s. Edytować ponownie? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Plik \"%s\" uległ zmianie, proszę wykonać \"apt-get update\".\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2778,6 +2783,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "Brakuje Signed-By (podpisu) we wpisie %s dla \"%s\"" @@ -2797,12 +2808,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Więcej informacji o tworzeniu repozytorium i szczegółach konfiguracji " "użytkownika znajduje się w podręczniku apt-secure(8)." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3454,6 +3469,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "edytuje plik z informacjami o źródłach" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "spełnia łańcuchy zależności" @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-29 15:45+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Miguel Figueiredo <elmig@debianpt.org>\n" "Language-Team: Portuguese <traduz@debianpt.org>\n" @@ -2470,7 +2470,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "S" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2694,6 +2694,11 @@ msgstr "Falha ao baixar %s %s\n" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2714,6 +2719,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2729,7 +2740,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3368,6 +3383,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "A ler a informação de estado" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" diff --git a/po/pt_BR.po b/po/pt_BR.po index ac1dd150d..56e14e0c7 100644 --- a/po/pt_BR.po +++ b/po/pt_BR.po @@ -10,7 +10,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2008-11-17 02:33-0200\n" "Last-Translator: Felipe Augusto van de Wiel (faw) <faw@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Brazilian Portuguese <debian-l10n-" @@ -2395,7 +2395,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "S" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2611,6 +2611,11 @@ msgstr "Falha ao baixar %s %s\n" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2631,6 +2636,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2646,7 +2657,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3283,6 +3298,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Lendo informação de estado" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -27,7 +27,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.9.8\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-09-02 00:21+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Remus-Gabriel Chelu <remusgabriel.chelu@disroot.org>\n" "Language-Team: Romanian <debian-l10n-romanian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2590,7 +2590,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "D" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2828,6 +2828,11 @@ msgstr "Nu s-a putut analiza %s. Editați din nou? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Fișierul „%s” s-a modificat, executați «apt-get update».\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2847,6 +2852,12 @@ msgstr "" "Utilizarea lui %s ar trebui să fie preferată în locul încorporării " "informațiilor de autentificare direct în intrarea %s pentru „%s”." +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + # R-GC, scrie: # mesaj, tradus cu ajutorul lui # David Kalnischkies, actualul @@ -2873,12 +2884,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Consultați pagina de manual apt-secure(8) pentru detalii privind crearea " "depozitului și configurarea utilizatorilor." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3537,6 +3552,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "editează fișierul cu informații despre surse" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "efectuează operațiile pentru satisfacerea lanțurilor de dependențe" @@ -18,7 +18,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.9.11\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-11-18 23:14+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Алексей Шилин <shilin.aleksej@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Russian <debian-l10n-russian@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2505,7 +2505,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Д" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "Н" @@ -2731,6 +2731,11 @@ msgstr "Не удалось разобрать содержимое %s. Повт msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Файл «%s» изменён, запустите «apt-get update».\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2753,6 +2758,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "Отсутствует поле Signed-By в записи %s для '%s'" @@ -2772,12 +2783,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Информацию о создании репозитория и настройках пользователя смотрите в " "справочной странице apt-secure(8)." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3429,6 +3444,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "редактировать файл с источниками пакетов" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "удовлетворить строки зависимостей" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-28 20:49+0100\n" "Last-Translator: Ivan Masár <helix84@centrum.sk>\n" "Language-Team: Slovak <sk-i18n@lists.linux.sk>\n" @@ -2440,7 +2440,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2663,6 +2663,11 @@ msgstr "Premenovanie %s na %s zlyhalo" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2683,6 +2688,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2698,7 +2709,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3335,6 +3350,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Načítavajú sa stavové informácie" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -7,7 +7,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 0.5.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-06-27 21:29+0000\n" "Last-Translator: Andrej Znidarsic <andrej.znidarsic@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Slovenian <sl@li.org>\n" @@ -2444,7 +2444,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2667,6 +2667,11 @@ msgstr "Ni mogoče preimenovati %s v %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2687,6 +2692,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2702,7 +2713,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3340,6 +3355,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Branje podatkov o stanju" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2015-08-19 21:33+0200\n" "Last-Translator: Anders Jonsson <anders.jonsson@norsjovallen.se>\n" "Language-Team: Swedish <debian-l10n-swedish@debian.org>\n" @@ -2460,7 +2460,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "J" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2680,6 +2680,11 @@ msgstr "Misslyckades med att tolka %s. Redigera igen? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Din ”%s”-fil ändrades, kör ”apt-get update”.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, fuzzy, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2701,6 +2706,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2716,7 +2727,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3359,6 +3374,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "redigera källinformationsfilen" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-12-12 13:00+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Theppitak Karoonboonyanan <thep@debian.org>\n" "Language-Team: Thai <thai-l10n@googlegroups.com>\n" @@ -2384,7 +2384,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2600,6 +2600,11 @@ msgstr "แจง %s ไม่สำเร็จ จะแก้ไขอีก msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "แฟ้ม '%s' ของคุณมีการเปลี่ยนแปลง กรุณาเรียก 'apt-get update'\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2620,6 +2625,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2635,7 +2646,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3271,6 +3286,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "แก้ไขแฟ้มข้อมูลแหล่งแพกเกจ" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2007-03-29 21:36+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Eric Pareja <xenos@upm.edu.ph>\n" "Language-Team: Tagalog <debian-tl@banwa.upm.edu.ph>\n" @@ -2396,7 +2396,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "O" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "H" @@ -2608,6 +2608,11 @@ msgstr "Bigo ang pagpangalan muli ng %s tungong %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2628,6 +2633,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2643,7 +2654,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3272,6 +3287,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Pinagsasama ang magagamit na impormasyon" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -11,7 +11,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.6.0\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2023-04-19 15:15+0300\n" "Last-Translator: Mert Dirik <mertdirik@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Debian l10n Turkish <debian-l10n-turkish@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2485,7 +2485,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "E" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "H" @@ -2710,6 +2710,11 @@ msgstr "%s ayrıştırılamadı. Tekrar düzenlemek ister misiniz? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "'%s' dosyası değişti, lütfen 'apt-get update' komutunu çalıştırın.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2732,6 +2737,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2751,12 +2762,16 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "" "Depo oluşturma ve kullanıcı yapılandırması hakkında ayrıntılı bilgi için apt-" "secure(8) rehber sayfasında bulunabilir." #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3399,6 +3414,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Kaynak bilgi dosyasını düzenle" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "Bağımlılık dizgilerini karşıla" @@ -17,7 +17,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.5\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2012-09-25 20:19+0300\n" "Last-Translator: A. Bondarenko <artem.brz@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Українська <uk@li.org>\n" @@ -2475,7 +2475,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2699,6 +2699,11 @@ msgstr "Не вдалося перейменувати %s на %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2719,6 +2724,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2734,7 +2745,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3381,6 +3396,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "Зчитування інформації про стан" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" @@ -13,7 +13,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.0.8\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2014-09-12 13:48+0700\n" "Last-Translator: Trần Ngọc Quân <vnwildman@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Vietnamese <translation-team-vi@lists.sourceforge.net>\n" @@ -2439,7 +2439,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "C" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "K" @@ -2659,6 +2659,11 @@ msgstr "Gặp lỗi khi phân tích %s. Sửa lại chứ? " msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "Tập tin “%s” của bạn đã thay đổi, hãy chạy lệnh “apt-get update”.\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2679,6 +2684,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2694,7 +2705,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3350,6 +3365,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "sửa tập tin thông tin gói nguồn" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" diff --git a/po/zh_CN.po b/po/zh_CN.po index 474c14ab9..ee05daa41 100644 --- a/po/zh_CN.po +++ b/po/zh_CN.po @@ -16,7 +16,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 2.9.1\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2024-04-16 13:15-0400\n" "Last-Translator: Boyuan Yang <073plan@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Chinese (simplified) <debian-l10n-chinese@lists.debian.org>\n" @@ -2357,7 +2357,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "Y" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "N" @@ -2576,6 +2576,11 @@ msgstr "解析 %s 失败。请重新编辑之后再试。" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "您的 %s 文件有过改动，请执行 ‘apt-get update’。\n" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2596,6 +2601,12 @@ msgstr "您应当优先考虑使用 %s 而非直接把账户信息直接写在 % #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "对‘%2$s’在 %1$s 一项中缺失了 Signed-By" @@ -2615,10 +2626,14 @@ msgstr "" #| msgid "" #| "See apt-secure(8) manpage for repository creation and user configuration " #| "details." -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." msgstr "参见 apt-secure(8) 手册以了解仓库创建和用户配置方面的细节。" #: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format msgid "%i package can be upgraded. Run 'apt list --upgradable' to see it.\n" msgid_plural "" @@ -3238,6 +3253,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "编辑软件源信息文件" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc msgid "satisfy dependency strings" msgstr "使系统满足依赖关系字符串" diff --git a/po/zh_TW.po b/po/zh_TW.po index 77991310c..b778589d2 100644 --- a/po/zh_TW.po +++ b/po/zh_TW.po @@ -12,7 +12,7 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" "Project-Id-Version: apt 1.2.X\n" "Report-Msgid-Bugs-To: APT Development Team <deity@lists.debian.org>\n" -"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-21 11:21+0000\n" +"POT-Creation-Date: 2025-01-28 18:52+0000\n" "PO-Revision-Date: 2009-01-28 10:41+0800\n" "Last-Translator: Tetralet <tetralet@gmail.com>\n" "Language-Team: Debian-user in Chinese [Big5] <debian-chinese-" @@ -2359,7 +2359,7 @@ msgid "Y" msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: "No" answer printed for a yes/no question if --assume-no is set -#: apt-private/private-output.cc +#: apt-private/private-output.cc apt-private/private-sources.cc msgid "N" msgstr "" @@ -2571,6 +2571,11 @@ msgstr "無法將 %s 更名為 %s" msgid "Your '%s' file changed, please run 'apt-get update'.\n" msgstr "" +#: apt-private/private-sources.cc +#, c-format +msgid "Rewrite %zu sources?" +msgstr "" + #: apt-private/private-unmet.cc #, c-format msgid "Package %s version %s has an unmet dep:\n" @@ -2591,6 +2596,12 @@ msgstr "" #. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list #: apt-private/private-update.cc #, c-format +msgid "The %s entry for '%s' should be upgraded to deb822 .sources" +msgstr "" + +#. TRANSLATOR: the first is manpage reference, the last the URI from a sources.list +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +#, c-format msgid "Missing Signed-By in the %s entry for '%s'" msgstr "" @@ -2606,7 +2617,11 @@ msgid "" msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc -msgid "See apt-secure(7) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgid "See apt-secure(8) for best practices in configuring repository signing." +msgstr "" + +#: apt-private/private-update.cc +msgid "Some sources can be modernized. Run 'apt modernize-sources' to do so." msgstr "" #: apt-private/private-update.cc @@ -3237,6 +3252,10 @@ msgid "edit the source information file" msgstr "正在讀取狀態資料" #: cmdline/apt.cc +msgid "modernize .list files to .sources files" +msgstr "" + +#: cmdline/apt.cc #, fuzzy #| msgid "Failed to satisfy %s dependency for %s: %s" msgid "satisfy dependency strings" |